Guia Fijacion Fisher PDF

06/2012 International Catalogue
International Catalogue
Contacts
fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG

Weinhalde 14 -18
72176 Waldachtal
Germany
Phone (0049) 7443 12-0
Fax (0049) 7443 12-4222
E-mail info@fischer.de
www.fischer.de
fischer fixings UK Ltd.

Whitely Road
Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford
Great Britain
Phone (0044) 1491 827900
Fax (0044) 1491 827953
E-mail info@fischer.co.uk
www.fischer.co.uk
fischer Systems Asia Pte. Ltd.

150 Kampong Ampat
#04-03 KA Centre
Singapore 368324
Phone (0065) 62 85 22 07
Fax (0065) 62 85 83 10
088220 · 06/2012 · V-MPS/MP · Printed in Germany

E-mail sales@fischer.sg
Your dealer:
www.fischer.de
The information in this catalogue is intended for general
guidance only and is given without engagement. Additional
information and advice on specific applications is available from
our Technical Support Team. For this however, we require a pre-
cise description of your particular application.
All the data in this catalogue concerning work with our fixing
elements must be adapted to suit local conditions and the type of
materials in use.
If no detailed performance specifications are given for certain
articles and types, please contact our Technical Service
Department for advice.
fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG

72178 Waldachtal
Germany
We cannot be responsible for any errors, and we reserve the right

to make technical and range modifications without notice.
No liability is accepted for printing errors and omissions.
Dear Partners,
fischer is a specialist for secure and economical construction fittings.

Our product spectrum consists of chemical systems and steel anchors
up to plastic fixings. Innovative facade systems, a comprehensive screw
program, special assortments for external thermal insulation composite
systems, sanitary, heating, ventilation and electrical installation, adhesives,
sealants and foams: fischer has the right solution for every fixing problem.
We deliver the highest quality, the best security and ease of installation.
We aim at delivering every optimal technical solution for your current
fixing task quickly and flexibly.
fischer caters to customers all around the globe – with 35 foreign

subsidiaries and sales partners in over 100 countries. We also develop
and deliver customer-specific solutions on request. We strive to produce
excellent and innovative products as well as provide an excellent range of
services: Qualified field engineers can also be provided at your disposal on
site. Our hotline connects you directly to fischer application engineering
which offers you quick and professional help for all your fixing tasks.
Finally, we also offer internally designed assessment programmes as
well as the technical hand books about special and general applications
in case of earthquake-prone areas, for fire protection or numerous other
fields of application.
The fischer ACADEMY is also one-of-a-kind. In our 4000 square-meter

customer center at our Tumlingen headquarters, we provide ideal
training conditions for practical implementation with our products and
its numerous areas of application. However, we don’t offer you the most
modern training in fixing technology just at our company headquarters.
fischer trainers are active worldwide.
Our fixing products catalogue is also a part of our comprehensive

service offer. In 2012 it was revised and completely reworked. The quick
overview at the beginning simplifies searching for the desired products.
The following detailed product selection guide is clearly classified in the
most important parameters: Product types, designs, building materials,
approvals and an application recommendation.
The application selection guide, which is arranged according to instances

of application, is also new. This overview defines the most important
sections with their typical requirements: Instance of application, product,
substrate (building material), type of installation, approval, fire protection
and corrosion.
The individual product pages were overwritten with the main character-
istic features of the products and the text as well as the technical tables
were newly structured. Optimisations are also provided which will help
you to orient to and choose the appropriate product.
Please let us know your thoughts and suggestions about the new concept
of the main fischer catalogue. We look forward to your response and wish
you a lot of success with our products.
Yours, Klaus Fischer
3
Good reasons to choose fischer
A brand and its promise to perform

Whoever chooses fischer receives more than a range of safe With the fischer ProcessSystem (fPS), we ensure that we are
products. The aim is to always develop the best solutions for adapting and optimising our processes in line with customer
our customers across the globe. This does not just mean requirements in a flexible manner and on a continuous basis.
innovative products, but also user-orientated support and a
reliable service.
Always with its finger on the pulse of the times

At fischer, innovation is more than just a sum of the patents. Be it new production procedures or materials, such as
We are open to new things and are prepared for change – renewable raw materials: We are carrying out the research for
always with the aim of offering our customers the greatest your safety and will continue to do so in the future. This gives
possible benefits. Over the years, our own development and us such great flexibility that we can even develop tailor-made
production sites have been developing numerous fixing customer solutions. This power to innovate has seen fischer
solutions for the most wide-ranging applications. become market leader in anchor technology and the fixing
industry.
Safety that connects – Decisive quality

The fischer product range is well-positioned in all sectors of 2009 saw a complete range of wooden screws be made
fixing technology – Steel, Nylon and Chemical fixings. available on the market for the very first time.
4
We take responsibility
Our active environment management policy means that we
are helping to maintain an intact environment for our
generation and for those that follow. We deal responsibly
with energy resources and raw materials. The environment
management policy at the Tumlingen site has been certified
in line with DIN EN ISO 14001. We are a member of the
German Sustainable Building Council (DGNB), and our
products have been successively certified in line with the
guidelines provided by the Institute for Construction and the
Environment (IBU).
Our service to you

We are a reliable partner, one that will stand at your side
and address your individual requirements with advice and
actions:
 global presence and active sales service in over  qualified, technical support and advice regarding
100 countries economical fixing solutions, taking the latest building
materials, standards and guidelines into account; we can
 training sessions, some with accreditation, at your
even come to your building site if required
premises or in the fischer ACADEMY – our company's
own training and customer service centre  convenient calculations with modern software
5
Innovations to inspire professionals
Injection mortar FIS VT 300 T

The solid injection mortar for anchorings
in non-cracked concrete, now in a new
cartridge size.
You can find details on page 83.
High-performance anchor FH II A4
The push-through anchor for fixings with
sophisticated design, now also available in
stainless steel.
Anchor bolt FBN II A4

The cost-efficient fixing for flexible
use in non-cracked concrete, now
also available in stainless steel..
6
Content
 Quick overview
Product selection guide  Detailed overview 8 1a
Application selection guide 24 1b
Chemical fixings 41 2
High performance steel anchors 151 3
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation 223 4
General fixings 275 5
Cavity fixings 309 6
Electrical fixings 323 7
Sanitary fixings 353 8
Scaffold and eye screw fixings 363 9
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings 373 10
Foams and sealants 395 11
Adhesives 425 12
Drills and bits 431 13
Basic knowledge 450 14
Service 470 15
7
Products - Quick overview
2
Selection guide
Chemical fixings
Page Page
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn 128

Highbond-System FHB II 45
UMV multicone dynamic bonded
132
anchor
Highbond anchor FHB II-A S 49 Stand-off installation Thermax 135
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L 53 Remedial wall tie VBS 8 140
Resin anchor R with RG M 57 Remedial wall tie VBS-M 140
Weather facing reconstruction

Resin anchor R with RG MI 63 144
system FWS
Injection mortar FIS EM 67 Can System FCS 146
Injection mortar FIS V 71 fill & fix injection fixing 148
Injection mortar FIS VW 75

High performance steel anchors 3
Injection mortar FIS VS 79
Page
1 Injection mortar FIS VT 83 Bolt anchor FAZ II 154
Injection mortar FIS P 86 Bolt anchor FAZ II GS 158
Injection for cracked concrete High performance anchor

89 161
with FIS A FH II
Injection for cracked concrete ZYKON undercut anchor
94 167
with RG MI FZA
Injection for non-cracked concrete ZYKON undercut anchor
97 173
with FIS A FZA-I
Injection for non-cracked concrete ZYKON hammerset anchor
103 176
with RG MI FZEA II
Injection in solid brick masonry 106 Concrete screw FBS 179
Injection in perforated brick masonry 111 Hammerset anchor EA II 182
Push-through installation in masonry 116 Nail anchor FNA II 185
Injection for aerated concrete 119 Ceiling nail FDN 189
Bolt anchor FBN II 193

Rebar connections 123
Bolt anchor FBN II GS 195
Bolt anchor EXA 202
8
Selection guide
General fixings
Page Page
Heavy-duty anchor TA M 206 Universal plug UX 277
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T 210 Expansion plug SX 280
Sleeve anchor FSA 212 Expansion plug S 283
Fixing set for diamond drills

214 Metal expansion anchor FMD 286
FDBB
Wall screw MR 216 Expansion plug M-S 288
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY 218 Anchor M 290
Brass fixing MS 292

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation 4
Aircrete anchor GB 294
Page
Frame fixing SXR 225 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K 296
Universal frame fixing FUR 232 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M 298
Frame fixing SXS 237 Brass fixing PA 4 300

1
Hammerfix N 242 Balcony cladding fixing P9K 302
Nail sleeve FNH 246 Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB 304
Window frame fixing F-S 248 Repair pad FIX.it 305
Metal frame fixing F-M 250 Doorstop TS 306
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS 252
Wall tie VB 255

Cavity fixings 6
Adjustable fixing S10J 256 Page
Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS 258 Metal cavity fixing HM 310
Gravity- and spring toggle

Universal spacing screw ASL 259 312
K, KD, KDH, KM
Stand-off installation
261 Board fixing PD 315
Thermax 8 / 10
264 Plasterboard fixing GK 317
Thermax 12 / 16
Remedial wall tie VBS-M 269 Plasterboard fixing metal GKM 319
Remedial wall tie VBS 8 264
9
7 9
Selection guide
Electrical fixings Scaffold and eye screw fixings

Page Page
ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS 324 Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug 364
ClipFix plus SD 326 Scaffold anchoring FI G 366
Cable clasp KB 328 Eye screw GS 368
Cable harness SHA 330 Ring nut RI 370
Pipe clip RC 332
Pipe clip FC 334

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings 10
Saddle clip SCH 336
Page
Nail clip NS / MNS 338 Insulation support DHK 374
Nail disc NSB 340 Insulation support DHM 376
Spacer pipe clamp AM 342 Render fixing DIPK 378
1 Conduit clip BSM 344 Render fixing FIF-K 380
Impact nail ED 346 Render fixing FIF-S 382
Cable tie BN / UBN 348 Insulation discs 384
Wireclip 350 Holding clamp DVN 386
Retaining disc with screw DHT S 387
Insulation fixing FID 389
Sanitary fixings 8 Insulation disc FATB 391

Page
Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H 393
Sanitary fixings for board materials 354
Ceramic fixings 356
Wash basin and urinal fixings 358 Foams and sealants 11

Page
One-component gun foam PUP B2 396
One-component gun foam PUP G B2 397
One-component gun foam PUBS B2 398
10
12
Selection guide
Adhesives
Page Page
One-component gun foam PUP B3 399 Assembly adhesive MK 426
One-component gun foam PUFS B1 400 Construction adhesive KK 427
One-component gun foam PUPP G B2 401 All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD 428
One-component rapid installation 429

402 PVC adhesive
foam PU1
2-component rapid foam PU2 403
2-component fixing foam 404

Drills and bits 13
Accessories 405 Page
Premium sanitary silicone DSSA 407 Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric 432
Sanitary silicone DSSI 408 Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer 434
Hammer drill bit SDS Max II /

Multi-silicone DMS 409 437
SDS Max IV
Premium high temperature silicone DHS 410 Chisel 439 1

Premium construction silicone DBSA 411 Profi-bit FPB 440
Roof and wall silicone DBSI 412 Diamond bit FDB 443
Premium silicone for natural stone DNS 413 Stainless steel bit FSB 446
Premium B1 silicone DFS 414 Bit holder FBH 448
Premium painting acrylic DMA 415
Acrylic sealant DA 416
Premium structured acrylic DSA 417
Premium ventilation duct sealant DLK 418
Premium all-weather sealant DDK 419
Roof sealing compound DD 420
Accessories 421
Sealant selection matrix 422

and colour boards
11
Selection guide Products - Detailed overview
Chemical fixings
Product Anchoring base Application recommendation Page
Approval
Concrete Masonry
Principles of function
Type of installation
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image
A4
ETA ICC
1) steel construction, railings, consoles,

Highbond anchor a)
 -   b) 2)  - ■ machines, staircases, gates, 45
FHB II 3) facades
1) steel constructions, railings,

Resin anchor R with RG M     a) 2)  - ■ consoles, facade, cable-trays, high 57
3) racks, ladders
Resin anchor R with RG MI  -   a) 1)  - ■ machines, benches, consoles 63
1)
Injection mortar steel constructions, consoles,
    a) 2)  - ■ ▲ 67
FIS EM with FIS A 3) machines, gates
Injection mortar
1 FIS EM with
reinforcement bar
- - - - a) 1)  - ■ ▲ post installed rebars 123
Injection mortar 1) steel constructions, consoles,

- -   a) 2)  - ■ 123
FIS EM with FRA machines
1) steel constructions, consoles,

Injection mortar
    a) 2)   ■ ▲ machines, reinforcement bars, 71
FIS V with FIS A 3) gates
Injection mortar
1)
FIS V with - - - - a)
2)
 - ■ ▲ post installed rebars 123
reinforcement bar
Injection mortar steel constructions, consoles,

- -   a) 1)  - ■ 123
FIS V with FRA machines, gates
1) steel constructions, railings,

Injection mortar
    a) 2)  - ■ consoles, facade, cable-trays, high 83
FIS VT with FIS A 3) racks, ladders
1)
Injection mortar steel construction, facades,
    a) 2) -  128
FIS P with FIS A 3) cable trays, consoles
Injection mortar a)
Dibt
 - -  b) 2)  - machines, cranes, elevators 132

FIS HB with FHB dyn
1)
Dibt
UMV multicone dynamic  a)

2)
 - machines, cranes, elevators 132
a)
Remedial wall tie VBS 8  b)
2)  - facing masonry 146
1) Pre-positioned installation 2) Push-through installation 3) Stand-off installation

a) Adhesive locking b) Interlocking c) Friction locking
12
Products - Detailed overview
Selection guide
High performance fixings / steel anchors
Approval
Concrete Masonry
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image
A4
ETA ICC
Bolt anchor steel construction, facades,

 -   c) 2)  ■ ▲ 154
FAZ II cable trays, consoles
Bolt anchor steel construction, facades,
   c) 2)  ■ ▲ 158
FAZ II GS wooden seams
High performance anchor steel construction, machines,
 -  - c) 2)  ■ ▲ 161
FH II gates, aircondition, handrails
ZYKON undercut anchor 1) steel construction, facades,
 -   b) 2)  ■ 167
FZA, FZA-D window elements, railings
ZYKON undercut anchor 1)
  b)  ■ railings, window elements 173
FZA-I 3)
ZYKON hammerset anchor steel construction, consoles,

 -   b) 1)  ■ 176
FZEA II cable trays, sprinkler systems
Concrete screw
FBS
  b) 2)  ■
formwork supports, steel construc-
tion, railings 179 1
Hammerset anchor
  c) 1)  ■ M+E, sprinkler 185
EA II
Nail anchor pipes, fire protection panels,
 -   c) 2)  ■ 189
FNA II suspended ceilings
Ceiling nail
 - - - c) 2)  ■ suspended ceilings 193
FDN
Bolt anchor 2) steel construction, machines, gates,
   - c)  ■ 195
FBN II 3) aircondition, handrails
Bolt anchor
 c) 2)  ■ wooden beams, steel construcion 200
FBN II GS
Bolt anchor
 - c) 2)  ■ steel construction, facades, railings 202
EXA
Heavy-duty anchor steel construction, consoles,
 - - - c) 1)  ■ 206
TA M cable trays, gates
Heavy-duty anchor 1) steel construction, consoles,
 c)  ■ 210
TA M-T 2) cable trays, gates
Sleeve anchor metal shelves, wooden elements,
 - - - c) 2)  212
FSA metal sheets
Fixing set for diamond drills 1)
 c)  core drilling machines 214
FDBB 2)
Wall screw
 c) 2)  metal sheets, light-steel construction 216
MR
Hollow-ceiling anchor
Dibt
  b) 1)  pipes, M + E, suspende ceilings 218

FHY
13
Frame fixings / stand-off installation
Approval
Concrete Masonry
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image
A4
ETA ICC
b) squared timbers gates,

Frame fixing SXR  -  - 2)   ■ 225
c) kitchen cabines, facade, windows
Universal frame fixing b) fire protection doors, gates, facades,
Dibt
 -  - 2)   232
FUR c) cabinets
squared timbers gates,

Frame fixing SXS   - c) 2)   ■ 237
kitchen cabines, facade, windows
Hammerfix sheet metal, cable clips, pipe clamps,

 - A2 - c) 2)   242
N squared timbers
Nail sleeve
 c) 2)  boards, battens 246
FNH
Window frame fixing windows, door frames,

 - - - c) 2)   248
F-S squared timbers
1 Metal frame fixing
 - - - c) 2)  
windows, door frames,
250
F-M squared timbers
Window frame screws fire protection doors, windows,

 - - - b) 2)   252
FFSZ and FFS door frames, squared timbers
Wall tie
   faced brickwork 255
VB
Adjustable fixing substractures for walls facings and

 c) 2)   256
S 10 J bottoms
Self-drilling adjustable substractures for walls facings and

 b) 2) 258
screw JUSS bottoms
Universal spacing screw substractures for walls facings and

 b) 2) 259
ASL bottoms
 - - - c) 1)   lamps, detectors, mailboxes 261
Thermax 8 / 10
Dibt
 -  - a) 1)   awning, french balcony, marquee 264

Thermax 12 / 16
Remedial wall tie a)

Dibt
  2)  faced masonry 269

VBS M b)

14
Selection guide
General fixings
Approval
Concrete Masonry
Type Image Material ETA ICC
Images, lights, skirtings, wall

Universal plug b) cabinets, towel rails, mirror cabinets,
PA 6 (nylon) 1)   curtain rails, wash basin fixings, 277
UX c)
TV consoles, plumbing and heating
fixings
Lights, wall cabinets, wardrobes,
Expansion plug 1) letterboxes, TV consoles, trellis, fold- 280
PA 6 (nylon) c)  ing shutters, hand-rails, light wells,
SX 2)
bath and toilet installations
Images, lights, skirtings, wall-
Expansion plug mounted shelves, mirror cabinets,
PA 6 (nylon) c) 1)  letterboxes, motion sensors, informa- 283
S tion boards, curtain rails, electric
installations
Metal expansion anchor Gas pipes, water pipes, cable and
zinc plated. b) 1)  286
FMD pipe clamps
Hand-rails, folding shutters, trellis,
Expansion plug
M-S
PA 6 (nylon) c) 1)  downpipes, stand-off installation,
light wells
288 1
Anchor Machines, protective grilles,
PA 6 (nylon) c) 1)  290
M control boxes
Brass fixing Cellar shelves, wooden and metal

zinc plated. c) 1)  substructures, boilers, aggregates, 292
MS control boxes
Suspended ceilings, Cable trays,

Aircrete anchor pipes, premises, wooden and metal
Dibt
PA 6 (nylon) b) 1) 294
GB façade and roof constructions,
awning consoles, letterboxes, trellis
Images, lights, wall-mounted shelves,

Turbo Aircrete anchor mirror cabinets, letterboxes, boards, 296
PA 6 (nylon) b) 1)
FTP-K motion sensors, cable and pipe
clamps, stand-off installations
Images, lights, wall-mounted shelves,
Turbo Aircrete anchor mirror cabinets, curtain rails, cable
zinc plated.
and pipe clamps, stand-off installa- 298
b) 1)
FTP-M
tions, radiators, TV consoles
Brass fixing Handles, angle brackets,
zinc plated. c) 1)  furniture fittings 300
PA 4
Balcony claddings, fittings,

Balcony cladding fixing P9K b) 1) 302
electric switches
Stair-tread fixing
b) 1) Wooden step treads 304
TB / TBB
Door stop
c) 1)  Doorstop with flexible positioning 306
TS
Repair pad To repair over-sized or damaged

drill holes in combination with 305
FIX.it plastic plugs.

15
Cavity fixings
Approval
Gypsum Panel building
plasterboard materials
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image
A4
ETA ICC
Metal cavity fixing pictures, lamps, detectors, hooks,

 - - - b) 1)   310
HM curtain rails
Toggle fixing lamps, curtain rails,

 - - - b) 1)   312
K, KD, KDH, KM pictures, detectors, hooks,
Board fixing mirror cabinets, lamps, detectors,

- - - - b) 1)   315
PD pictures, curtain rails
Plasterboard fixing skirting, key boxes, pictures,

- - - - b) 1)  317
GK lamps, detectors
Plasterboard fixing metal key boxes, pictures, lamps,

- - - - b) 1)  319
GKM detectors, skirting

16
Selection guide
Electrical fixings
product Anchoring base Application recommendation Page
Approval
Concrete Masonry
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image
A4
ETA ICC
ClipFix plus
c)  conduits, flexible pipes 324
LS ,ZS, ES
ClipFix plus
c) 2)  trunking, strips, profiles 326
SD
Cable clasp
c) 2)  conduits 328
KB
Cable harness conduits, flexible and rigid plastic

330
SHA pipes
Pipe clip
rigid plastic pipes 332
RC
Pipe clip conduits, flexible and rigid plastic

334
FC pipes
Saddle clip conduits, flexible and rigid plastic

336
1
SCH pipes
Nail clip
c)  conduits 338
NS / MNS
Nail disc
c)  cables in wall slots 340
NSB
Spacer pipe clamp metal conduits according to

 342
AM DIN 49020
Conduit clip conduits, flexible and rigid plastic

 344
BSM pipes, metal conduits
Impact nail
 c) conduit clips 346
ED
Cable tie conduits, flexible and rigid plastic

348
BN, UBN pipes
for suspension of lighting, trunking,

Wireclip 350
busbar

17
Sanitary fixings
Approval
Concrete Masonry
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image
A4
ETA ICC
Sanitary fixings for board b)

 2) Wash basins and urinals 354
materials c)
1)
Ceramic fixings  c)
2)
  Free-standing toilets 356
Wash basins and urinal 1)

 c)   Wash basins and urinals 358
fixings 2)
Installation tool Tool for installing stud screws with

354
HED four thread sizes
Accessories Flanged nut and cover cap 354

Scaffold and eye screw fixings

Approval
Concrete Masonry
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image
A4
ETA ICC
Scaffold anchoring Facade and climbing scaffolds,

 c) 1)   364
S 14 ROE + GS 12 Tensioning ropes, Chains
Scaffold anchoring with metric thread M12 for combina- 366

 tion with internal-threaded fixings.
FI G
Cover caps Cover cap for closing off remaining

AD drill holes 366
Ring nut connection piece for fixings with

 threaded studs 370
RI
Eye screw Climbing scaffolds ,Cables Chains,

 Lamps, Clotheslines Hanging flower 368
GS baskets
18
Selection guide
Insulation fixings / Facade fixings
Product Material Anchoring base Application recommendation Page
Approval
Concrete Masonry
Type Image ETA ICC
material soft and pressure resistant

Insulation support insulating materials, as e.g. for the 374
c) 2)  
DHK underside of the ceiling for under-
ground car parks
Insulation support with depth stop, soft insulating
c) 2)   376
DHM materials
Render fixing with plastic nail, plaster facade with

c) 2)   378
DIPK pressure-resistant insulating materials
Render fixing with plastic nail, plaster facade with

c) 2)   380
FIF-K pressure-resistant insulating materials
Render fixing
c) 2)   with coated steel nail with plastic nail 382
FIF-S
Insulation discs pressure-resistant insulating materi-

384
DT als, roof sealing sheets for flat roofs 1
material pressure-resistant insulating
Holding clamp DVN b) materials as e.g. polystyrene, 386
PU-expanded plastic slab
Retaining disk with screw material pressure-resistant insulating
b) 2) materials as e.g. polystyrene, PU-ex- 387
DHT-S panded panels, foamglass, rock wool
Insulation fixing
b) 1) lamps, mailboxes, labels, detectors 389
FID
Insulation disc with steel nail, to fix pressure-

c) 2)   391
FATB resistant insulation materials
Fibre cement panel screw

b) 2) fibre cement panels 393
FAFZ-H

19
Foams
Product Application recommendation Page
(general test certificate from building authorities)
(general test certificate from building authorities)
Building material class B3
Tested watertightness
(suitable as mirror adhesive)
thermal conductivity
Building material B1
Building material B2
joint soundproofing
Tested airtightness
1 component
2 component
Tested
Tested
Colour
Type Image
Insulating and filling window connection

joints, around window sills and shutter
One-component gun foam boxes, in roofing work and dry construction,
● ● ● ● ● beige finished elements, wall connections, wall 396
PUP 750 B2
penetrations and cavities, pipe penetrations
and ventilation ducts
Installing and filling component joints,

con- wall connections and wall penetrations,
One-component gun foam in roofing work and dry construction (e.g. in
● ● ● ● ● crete the ceiling area), window connection joints, 397
PUP 500 G B2
grey around window sills and shutter boxes, pipe
penetrations and ventilation ducts
1
Insulating and filling in roofing work and
dry construction, window connection joints,
One-component gun foam around window sills and shutter boxes,
● ● ● beige finished elements, wall penetrations and 399
PUP 750 B3
cavities, pipe penetrations and ventilation
ducts
As a hardly flammable PU to be used

between massive, mineral or metallic
con- materials, high-efficiency thermal insulation
One-component gun foam
● ● crete on façades, installing and filling in window 400
PUFS 750 B1 connection joints, around window sills
grey and shutter boxes, finished elements,
wall connections
Bonding expanded polystyrene panels,

con- installing and filling wall penetrations,
One-component gun foam foaming in electrical installations,
● ● crete filling joints and cavities in all internal 401
PUP P 750 G B2
grey constructions, fixing and sealing walls
and ceilings
Bonding and sealing manhole rings,

One-component rapid insulating and filling in roofing work and
dry construction, window connection joints,
installation foam ● ● ● ● beige around window sills and shutter boxes, 402
PU 1 finished elements, wall connections and
wall penetrations
Installation of door frames, filling and

2-component rapid
light insulating cavities in walls and ceilings,
installation foam ● ● foaming in windows, bath tubs and 403
blue showers, fixing insulating elements, wooden
PU 2/402 cladding, sheet metal panels, control boxes
Installation of door frames, filling and

2-component rapid
light insulating cavities in walls and ceilings,
installation foam ● ● foaming in windows, bath tubs and 403
green showers, fixing insulating elements, wooden
PU 2/403 cladding, sheet metal panels, control boxes
Foam guns
Suitable for all standard systems 403
PUP
PU cleaner For the save removal of fresh 403

PUR PU-foam
20
Selection guide
Sealants and adhesives
Product Page
Free from isocyanate (MDI-free)

Adhesive, even on a damp base
Resistant to chemicals, ageing

Fungus-inhibiting (fungicidal)
Suitable for natural stone /

Frost-resistant up to -15 °C
Suitable in the interior and
Suitable for use as mirror

Compatible with bitumen
Odourless / low-odour
Immediately rainproof
Compatible with paint

during transportation
No stress cracks3)
and weathering
Chemical base
exterior area
Solvent-free
Silicon-free
paintable1)
adhesive
marple
Type Picture
Premium sanitary silicone Silicone ● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● ● 407

DSSA Acetate
Sanitary silicone Silicone ● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● ● 408

DSSI Acetate
Multi-silicone Silicone ● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● 409

DMS Acetate
Premium high temperature Silicone ● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● 410

silicone DHS Acetate
(only in transparent)
Construction silicone Silicone- ● ● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 411
●
DBSA Alkoxy
Roof and wall silicone

1
Silicone ● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● ● 412
DBSI Oxim
Premium silicone for
Silicone
natural stone Oxim
● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 413
DNS
B1 Premium silicone Silicone- ● ● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● 414
DFS Alkoxy
Premium painting acrylic Dispersio- ● ● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 415

DMA nacrylic
Acrylic sealant Dispersio- ●/●

●
2)
● ● ● ● ● ● 416
DA nacrylic
Premium structured acrylic Dispersio- ●/●

● ●
2)
● ● ● ● ● ● 417
DSA nacrylic
Ventilation duct sealant

418
DLK
Premium all-weather sealant MS-Poly- ● ● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 419

DDK mer®
Roof sealing Synthese- ● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 420

DD kautschuk
Assembly adhesive Dispersio- ● ●/- ● ● ● ● ● ● ●2) 426

MK nacrylic
Construction adhesive Polyur- ● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●1) 427

KK ethan
(not in transparent)
(not in transparent)
(not in black)
All-round adhesive gluing MS-Poly- ● ● ●/● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 428

●
and sealing KD mer®
PVC +
PVC adhesive Dissolver
● ●/● ● ● ● 429
21
Drills and bits
Approval
Concrete Masonry
C (1.4529)
zinc plated
hdy
Type Image
A4
ETA ICC
Hammer drill bit for drilling in concrete and reinforced

 432
SDS Plus IV Quattric concrete
Hammer drill bit

 for drilling in solid building materials 434
SDS Plus II Pointer
Hammer drill bit

 for drilling in masonry 437
SDS Max II / SDS Max IV
suitable for concrete, natural stone

Chisel  439
and masonry
Profi-bit
suitable for ¼“ drives 440
FPB
Diamond bits
FDB
1 Stainless steel bit
FSB
Bit holder
FBH
22
fischer hammer drill bits
Selection guide
Unstoppable.
The fischer bit product range

Perfect shape. Optimum drive.
mod
ified
23
Selection guide Application selection guide
Metal construction
Application product * Anchoring base Type of installation
Concrete Solid brick Hollow block Panel Natural stone
perforated building dense
Pre-positioned installation
Push-through installation
brick materials structure
Type
FAZ II ▯ ○ 
FHB II ▯ ○   
FBN II ▯ ○ 
Balcony railings FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FAZ II ▯ ○ 
FHB II ▯ ○   
FH II ▯ ○ 
Banisters FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FHB II ▯ ○   
FAZ II ▯ ○ 
FBN II ▯ ○ 
1 Canopies FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FHB II ▯ ○   
FAZ II ▯ ○ 
FH II ▯ ○ 
Consoles FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FAZ II ▯ ○ 
FBN II ▯ ○ 
SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
Heavy doors/ gates FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
EA II D ▯ ○ ○ 
EA-N ○ ○ ○ 
FDBB ○ ○ ○ 
Core drilling devices FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FAZ II ▯ ○ 
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
Thermax ▯ ▯ ▯ ○  
Awnings FUR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
▯ permitted * The cited product is solely recommended without guarantee. The fixing elements must always be adjusted to suit the local condi-
○ fischer recommendation tions and the materials used in an individual case.
24
Selection guide
Certification of
Approval Corrosion Page
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org
Inspection agency:
Outer area
ESR-2948
Inner area
AA-707
Concrete Masonry Concrete
perforated
uncracked
uncracked
solid brick
cracked
cracked
brick
A4
zp
154
      
    45
   195
      71
       154
    45
       161
      71
    45
       154
  195
1
      71
   45
       154
       161
      71
       154
   195
 225
      71
  185
 185
 214
      71
      154
      71
      264
 232
25
Carpentry and roofers

Type
FAZ II GS ▯ ○ 
FBN II GS ▯ ○ 
FIS V / FIS H K ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
Support beam FUR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
R ▯ ○  
Threshold anchoring systems FIS V / FIS H K ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 
FAZ II ▯ ○ 
FBN II ▯ ○ 
1 R ▯ ○  
Threshold anchoring while framing FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FAZ II ▯ ○ 
FBN II ▯ ○ 
FH II ▯ ○ 
Column bases FSA ○ ○ ○ 
FIS V / FIS H K ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 
Wooden canopies Thermax ▯ ▯ ▯ ○  
DHK 45 ○ ○ ○ ○ 
DHK ○ ○ ○ ○ 
DHM ○ ○ ○ ○ 
Insulation boards in the present facades
SXR ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 
SXS ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 
FUR ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 
Facades N ○ ○ ○ 
SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FUR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
P9K ○ 
Balcony claddings Wood screws Refer to fischer's range of screws.
26
Selection guide
Certification of
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org
Inspection agency:
Outer area
ESR-2948
Inner area
AA-707
perforated
uncracked
uncracked
solid brick
cracked
cracked
brick
A4
zp
       158
   200
      71
 232
       158
   200
   57
     71
       154
   195
   57
1
     71
       154
   195
      161
 212
      71
       158
   200
      264
374
374
376
     225
     237
     232
 242
 225
 232
 232
27
Sanitary - heating - climate - ventilation (SHKL)

perforated building dense Fittings
brick materials
Type
EA II ▯ ○  
FBS ▯ ○  
FIS V / FIS E ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
Pipeline routes EA-N ○ ○  
EA II ▯ ○  
FZEA II ▯ ○  
FIS V / FIS E ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
Individual pipes EA-N ○ ○  
EA II ▯ ○  
FBS ▯ ○ 
FIS V / FIS A / FIS E ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
1 Ventilation ducts EA-N ○ ○  
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FIS P / FIS A ○ ○ ○ ○   
SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
Sanitary fixings UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FAZ II ▯ ○ 
FBN II ▯ ○ 
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
Air conditioning devices FIS P / FIS A ○ ○ ○ ○   
28
Selection guide
Certification of
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org
Inspection agency:
Outer area
ESR-2948
Inner area
AA-707
perforated
uncracked
uncracked
solid brick
cracked
cracked
brick
A4
zp
     185
     179
    71
 185
     185
     176
     71
 185
     185
       179
     71
1
 185
      71
    86
 225
 277
       154
   195
      71
 86
29
Plant construction
Type
FHB dyn ▯ 
FAZ II ▯ 
FH II ▯ 
Hoist rails FBN II ▯ 
R ▯ ○ ○  
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FH II ▯ ○ 
Machines FBN II ▯ ○ 
R ▯ ○ ○  
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   

1 FH II
FBN II
▯
▯
○
○ 
Pumps
R ▯ ○ ○  
FHB II ▯   
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
Containers FBN II ▯ ○ 
FH II ▯ ○ 
FSA ▯ ○ ○ 
FAZ II ▯ ○ 
Platform lifts FBN II ▯ ○ 
R ▯ ○ ○  
FHB II ▯   
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
High racks FIS VT ▯ ○ ○   
30
Selection guide
Certification of
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org
Inspection agency:
Outer area
ESR-2948
Inner area
AA-707
perforated
uncracked
uncracked
solid brick
cracked
cracked
brick
A4
zp
    128
       154
       161
   195
   57
      71
       161
  195
   57
      71
       161
1
  195
   57
    45
      71
   195
       161
 212
       154
   195
   57
    45
      71
  83
31
Concrete construction
Type
FBS ▯ ○ ○ 
EA II ▯ ○ 
EA-N ○ ○ ○ 
Formwork and support fixings FBN II ▯ ○ 
GS 12 + S 14 ROE ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FIS V / FIG ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 
Thermax ▯ ▯ ▯ ○  
Scaffold fixings GS 12 / UX 14 ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FAZ II ▯ ○ 
FBN II ▯ ○ 
1 Light wells SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FIS V ▯ 
FIS VS ▯ 
FIS EM ▯ 
Additional reinforcement connections
EA II D ▯ ○ ○ 
EA-N ○ ○ ○ 
FDBB ○ ○ ○ 
Core drilling devices FIS V / FIS-A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
32
Selection guide
Certification of
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org
Inspection agency:
Outer area
ESR-2948
Inner area
AA-707
perforated
uncracked
uncracked
solid brick
cracked
cracked
brick
A4
zp
    179
   185
 185
  195
 368
      71
      135
 368
      71
       154
   195
1
 225
  71
  79
  67
  185
 185
 214
      71
33
Plastered and dry construction

Type
HM ○ ○  
UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
PD ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
Fixings for dry construction GKM ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FNA II ▯ ○ 
FDN ▯ ○ 
FBS ▯ ○ ○ 
Underceilings EA II ▯ ○ 
FIF-A ○ ○ ○ ○ 
DIPK ○ ○ ○ ○ 
DHT S 
1 Insulation board fixings
SXR ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 
SXS ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 
FUR ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 
Façade sub-structures N ○ ○ ○ 
GS 12 / S 14 ROE ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FIS V / FIG ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 
Thermax ▯ ▯ ▯  
Scaffold fixings GS 12 / UX ○ ○ ○ ○ 
34
Selection guide
Certification of
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org
Inspection agency:
Outer area
ESR-2948
Inner area
AA-707
perforated
uncracked
uncracked
solid brick
cracked
cracked
brick
A4
zp
    310
 277
 315
 319
    189
    193
    179
    185
380
 378
387
1
     225
     237
  232
 242
 368
     71
     264
 368
35
Electrical installation
Type
FAZ II ▯ 
FBN II ▯ ○ 
EA II ▯ ○  
Cable support systems EA-N ○ ○ ○ 
FNA II ▯ ○  
SXR ▯ ▯ ▯ ○ 
UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
Cable ducts SX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○  
FNA II ▯  
EA II ▯ 
1 EA-N ○ ○ ○ 
Light strips UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FIS P ○ ○ ○ ○  
Fill & Fix ○ ○ ○ ○ 
HM ○ ○ 
Lighting UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
Thermax ○ ○ ○ ○  
SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
External lighting UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
Thermax ○ ○ ○ ○   
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
Motion sensors FIS P / FIS A ○ ○ ○ ○   
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FIS P / FIS A ○ ○ ○ ○   
Thermax ▯ ▯ ▯ ○  
Satellite antennas SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FIS V ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FIS P ○ ○ ○ ○   
SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
Screen consoles UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
36
Selection guide
Certification of
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org
Inspection agency:
Outer area
ESR-2948
Inner area
AA-707
perforated
uncracked
uncracked
solid brick
cracked
cracked
brick
A4
zp
       154
   195
    185
 185
    189
     225
 277
 280
    189
    185
 185
1
 277
 86
 148
 310
 277
      71
 264
 225
 277
 225
 264
      71
 86
      71
 86
      135
 225
      71
 86
 225
 277
37
Joiners
Perforated building dense
Type
UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
HM ○ 
FIS V / FIS E K ○ ○ ○ ○ 
Small wall-mounted shelves SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
HM ○ 
FIS V / FIS E K ○ ○ ○ ○ 
Handrails SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
SX ○ ○ ○  
1 Skirtings fill & fix ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
SX ○ ○ ○  
Room doors PU 2 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
HM ○ 
Wardrobes FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
SXR ○ ○ ○ ○ 
Thermax ▯ ▯ ▯ ○  
Jalousies/ folding shutters UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FFSZ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FFS ○ ○ ○ ○ 
F-M ○ ○ ○ ○ 
Windows F-S ○ ○ ○ ○ 
FIS V / FIS A ▯ ▯ ▯ ○   
FAZ II ▯ ○ 
FBN II ▯ ○ 
Store and inn fittings UX ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 
38
Selection guide
Certification of
fire protection
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org
Inspection agency:
Outer area
ESR-2948
Inner area
AA-707
perforated
uncracked
uncracked
solid brick
cracked
cracked
brick
A4
zp
 277
 310
 71
 225
 277
 310
 71
 225
 225
 277
 280
1
 148
 225
 277
 280
403
 225
 277
 310
      71
      71
 225
      264
 277
 252
 252
 250
 248
      71
       154
   195
 277
39
40
Chemical fixings
Chemical fixings
Chemical fixings
▪ Highbond-System FHB II ............................................................................................ 45

▪ Highbond anchor FHB II-A S .................................................................................... 49
▪ Highbond anchor FHB II-A L..................................................................................... 53
▪ Resin anchor R with RG M (threaded rod) .......................................................... 57
▪ Resin anchor R with RG MI (internal threaded anchor) ................................. 63
▪ Injection mortar FIS EM ............................................................................................. 67
▪ Injection mortar FIS V ................................................................................................. 71
▪ Injection mortar FIS VW............................................................................................. 75
▪ Injection mortar FIS VS .............................................................................................. 79
▪ Injection mortar FIS VT .............................................................................................. 83
▪ Injection mortar FIS P ................................................................................................. 86
▪ Injection technology for cracked concrete with FIS A (threaded rod) ...... 89
▪ Injection technology for cracked concrete with RG MI .................................. 94
▪ Injection technology for non-cracked concrete with FIS A ........................... 97
▪ Injection technology for non-cracked concrete with RG MI ......................... 103
▪ Injection technology in solid brick masonry ....................................................... 106
▪ Injection technology in perforated brick masonry ........................................... 111
▪ Push-through installation in masonry.................................................................... 116
▪ Injection technology for aerated concrete .......................................................... 119
▪ Rebar connections ....................................................................................................... 123
▪ Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn ..................................................................... 128
▪ UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor ........................................................... 132
▪ Stand-off installation Thermax ................................................................................. 135
▪ Remedial wall tie VBS 8............................................................................................. 140
▪ Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M ................................................................... 142
▪ Weather facing reconstruction system FWS ..................................................... 144
▪ Can System FCS ........................................................................................................... 146
▪ fill & fix injection fixing ............................................................................................... 148
41
Chemical fixings
Range of chemical fixings

For fixings in cracked concrete
FIS EM mortar Highbond FHB II System

The powerful injection mortar for cracked concrete The best performance in cracked concrete
from Page 45 on
Page 67 FIS HB mortar
with threaded rod FIS A

The variable fixing system for cracked concrete FHB II-P standard version
Page 89
FHB II-PF quick version
with internal threaded anchor RG MI

with FHB II-A S
The fixing system with internal threaded anchor
for cracked concrete with the least installation effort
Page 94
with FHB II-A L
for maximum tensile loads
For fixings in masonry
FIS V Injection mortar FIS P Injection mortar

The versatile injection mortar for anchorings in The reliable injection mortar for fixings in masonry
non-cracked concrete and masonry
Page 71
Page 86
FIS VW Injection mortar

The versatile injection mortar with reduced curing with threaded rod FIS A and
time for non-cracked concrete and masonry internal threaded anchor FIS E
The versatile fixing system for solid brick masonry
Page 75
Page 106
FIS VS Injection mortar

The versatile injection mortar with extended open time
for non-cracked concrete and masonry
for perforated brick masonry with injection
anchor sleeves
Page 79
The versatile fixing system with injection anchor
sleeves
FIS VT Injection mortar Page 111

The solid injection mortar for anchorings in
non-cracked concrete
for push-through installation with FIS H K
Simple push-through installation in masonry
Page 83
Page 116
42
Chemical fixings
For fixings in non-cracked concrete
Resin anchor R FIS V mortar

The versatile injection mortar for anchorings
in non-cracked concrete and masonry
Page 71
with threaded rod RG M
The proven bonded anchor
for non-cracked concrete FIS VW mortar
The versatile injection mortar with reduced
Page 57
curing time for non-cracked concrete and masonry
with internal threaded anchor RG MI Page 75

The proven bonded anchor with internal
threaded anchor for non-cracked concrete
FIS VS mortar
Page 63 The versatile injection mortar with extended open
time for non-cracked concrete and masonry
Page 79
For fixings in aerated concrete
FIS VT mortar
FIS V mortar The solid injection mortar for anchorings in
The versatile injection mortar for anchorings non-cracked concrete
Page 83
Page 71
FIS VW mortar with threaded rod FIS A

The versatile injection mortar with reduced The fixing system for non-cracked concrete
curing time for non-cracked concrete and
masonry Page 97
Page 75 with internal threaded anchor RG MI

The fixing system with internal threaded anchor for
FIS VS Injection mortar non-cracked concrete
The versatile injection mortar with extended Page 103
open time for non-cracked concrete and masonry
Page 79
with threaded rod FIS A and
internal threaded anchor FIS E
FIS VT Injection mortar Secure hold in aerated concrete using
The solid injection mortar for anchorings in undercut technology
Page 119
Page 83
FIS P Injection mortar

The reliable injection mortar for fixings in masonry
Page 86
43
Chemical fixings
Range of chemical fixings

Rebar connections Dynamic
with fischer injection mortars FIS EM, FIS V with Highbond-anchor dynamic FHB dyn
and FIS VS The performance class amongst dynamic anchors
Professional rebar connections
Page 128
Page 67
Page 71
with UMV multicone dynamic
The capsule system for the anchoring of dynamic
loads
Page 79
Page 132
Page 123
Special Applications
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 und 16 fischer Can System FCS

The approved stand-off installation with thermal The epoxy resin for repair work
barrier in external thermal insulation composite
systems (ETICS) Page 146
Page 135
Remedial wall tie VBS 8

The professional façade repair for two-leaf cavity
walls
Page 140
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M fill & fix Injection fixing

The quick façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls The versatile injection fixing
Page 142
Page 148
Weather facing reconstruction system FWS

The economical solution for the repair of triple-skin
outer wall panels
Page 144
44
Highbond-System FHB II
Chemical fixings
The best performance in cracked concrete
Banisters Steel girders
BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVALS

Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ The Highbond system FHB II achieves ▪ Guard rails ▪ The FHB II is a bonded anchor with
the highest load values in cracked ▪ Façades torque-controlled expansion for pre-
concrete. Thus fewer fixing points and ▪ Staircases positioned and push-through installa-
smaller anchor plates are required. ▪ Steel consoles tion.
▪ The injection mortar FIS HB and the ▪ Machines ▪ The anchor rod can be set either with
capsules FHB II-P/PF offer the same ▪ Silo installations injection mortar FIS HB or with the
performance and can be used with ▪ Masts capsule FHB II-P(F), and is fully bonded
the FHB II-A S (short version) or L ▪ Skirting protection in the drill hole.
(long version) anchor rods. Thus, you ▪ Steelwork constructions ▪ When tightening the hexagon nut, the
can select the most economical solu- ▪ Timber constructions anchor rod cones are pulled into the
tion based on requirements. mortar shell, which expands against
▪ The large cartridge size of the injec- the drill hole wall.
tion mortar FIS HB is ideally suited for ▪ The styrene-free vinyl ester mortar fully
serial installation. seals the drill hole.
▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule ▪ When using the resin capsule, set the
FHB II-P/PF represents the economical anchor rod through rotating and hit-
solution for individual or underwater ting motions with a hammer drill. The
applications. RA-SDS setting tool, item no. 62420
▪ The special formulation used in the is used (see page 51).
capsule FHB II-PF ensures particularly
fast setting, thus allowing for an instal-
lation without waiting times.
45
Chemical fixings Highbond-System FHB II
INSTALLATION WITH CAPSULE
INSTALLATION WITH INJECTION MORTAR
TECHNICAL DATA
Resin capsule FHB II-P (standard)
Drill hole Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Fits Sales unit
Approval
diameter
do h0 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FHB II-P 8 x 60 096824 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60 10
FHB II-P 10 x 60 096847 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-S M 10 x 60 10
FHB II-P 10 x 75 508016 ■ 10 90 75 FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Resin capsule FHB II-PF (quick version)
Drill hole Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Fits Sales unit
Approval
diameter
do h0 hef
FHB II-PF 8 x 60 500542 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60 10
FHB II-PF 10 x 60 500547 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-S M 10 x 60 10
FHB II-PF 10 X 75 507999 ■ 10 90 75 FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 10
FHB II-PF 12 x 75 500548 ■ 12 90 75 FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 10
46
Highbond-System FHB II
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS HB 345 S

Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C
+ static mixer FIS S
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval
Item ETA [pcs]
FIS HB 345 S 033211 ■ D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS HB 345 S 502290 ■ RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS HB 345 S 502913 ■ D, GB, DK, S, FIN, N 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS HB 150 C 077529 ■ D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS S 061223 — — 10 static mixer 10
CURING TIME - FIS HB

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
FIS HB FIS HB at anchoring base
(minimum + 5°C) FIS HB
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 360 min.
± 0°C – + 5°C 180 min.
+ 5°C – +20°C 15 min. + 5°C – +20°C 90 min.
+20°C – +30°C 6 min. +20°C – +30°C 35 min.
+30°C – +40°C 4 min. +30°C – +40°C 20 min.
> +40°C 2 min. > +40°C 12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole.
CURING TIME - FHB II P / FHB II-PF

Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
FHB II-P FHB II-PF
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 240 min. 8 min.
± 0°C – +10°C 45 min. 6 min.
+10°C – + 20°C 20 min. 4 min.
≧ + 20°C 10 min. 2 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.
ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING
Cleaning brush BS for concrete
For drill Brush diameter Fits Sales unit

diameter
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]

BS ø 10 078178 10 11 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60, FHB II-A S M 10 x 60, FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 1
BS ø 12 078179 12 13 FHB II-A L M 10 x 95, FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 1
BS ø 14 078180 14 16 FHB II-A L M 12 x 100, FHB II-A S M 12 x 120 1
FHB II-A S M 16 x 95, FHB II-A L M 16 x 125, FHB II-A L M 16 x 145,
BS ø 16/18 078181 16/18 20 1
FHB II-A L M 16 x 160
FHB II-A L M 20 x 170, FHB II-A L M 20 x 210, FHB II-A S M 24 x 175,
BS ø 25 097806 25 27 1
FHB II-A L M 24 x 210
47
Chemical fixings Highbond-System FHB II
Compressed-air cleaning gun Blow-out pump ABG

Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FHB II-A M20 - M24 1
ABG big 089300 — 1
DISPENSER
Cordless dispenser
Dispenser FIS DM S Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP
FIS DC 4000 S
Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, — 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
air consumption max. 40 l/min
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S, Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC 4000 S 507790 1
FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 2 battery packs 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH
1 charger 12 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Charger DCC 4000 507791 Charger 12 V // 230 V Euro plug 1
Battery pack DC 507792 Battery pack 12 V // 2,0 Ah // Ni-MH 1
Dispenser KPM 2 Dispenser FIS AM

Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T,
KP M 2 053117 1
FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS AM 058000 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, 1
48
Highbond anchor FHB II-A S
The best performance in cracked concrete with the least
Chemical fixings
installation effort
Bridge railings Balcony railings
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ zinc-plated steel
▪ stainless steel
▪ high corrosion-resistant steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The reduced anchorage depth of the ▪ Guard rails ▪ The FHB II-A S is a bonded anchor
FHB II-A S minimises the drilling and ▪ Façades with torque-controlled expansion
installation effort; thus allowing for an ▪ Staircases for pre-positioned and push-through
especially economical fixing. ▪ Steel consoles installation.
▪ With the anchor rod FHB II-A S, the ▪ Masts ▪ With the FHB II-A S, the drill bit diame-
drill bit diameter is the same as the ▪ Skirting protection ter is the same as the thread diameter,
thread diameter. This allows for push- ▪ Steelwork constructions similar to with an anchor bolt.
through installation without any tools ▪ Timber constructions ▪ The anchor rod can be set either with
and reduces the amount of mortar Ideal for: injection mortar FIS HB or with the
required. ▪ Push-through installation capsule FHB II-P(F), and is fully bonded
▪ The cone shape of the anchor rod in the drill hole.
FHB II-A S is optimised for small ▪ When tightening the hexagon nut, the
axial and edge distances in cracked anchor rod cones are pulled into the
concrete, as well as thin concrete mortar shell, which expands against
members. As a result, it is suitable for the drill hole wall.
a wide range of applications. ▪ The styrene-free vinyl ester mortar fully
▪ The anchor rod FHB II-A S is approved seals the drill hole.
for use both with capsules and with ▪ When using the resin capsule, set
injection mortar. This guarantees maxi- the anchor rod through rotating and
mum flexibility in the application. hitting motions with a hammer drill.
Use the RA-SDS setting tool, item no.
62420.
FOR USE WITH

Resin capsule Resin capsule
FIS HB mortar FHB II-P FHB II-PF
see page 47 see page 46 see page 46
49
Chemical fixings Highbond anchor FHB II-A S
TECHNICAL DATA
Highbond anchor FHB II-A S (short version)
zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Usable Thread Width Sales unit
Approval
steel steel sion resistant diameter depth depth length across nut
steel do h0 hef tfix M  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/10 097072 097630 097704 1) ■ 10 75 60 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/20 097073 097631 097705 1) ■ 10 75 60 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/40 — 097632 — ■ 10 75 60 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/60 097074 097633 — ■ 10 75 60 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/100 097206 097634 — ■ 10 75 60 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/10 506884 506888 — ■ 10 90 75 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/20 506885 506889 — ■ 10 90 75 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/40 — 506890 — ■ 10 90 75 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/60 506886 506891 — ■ 10 90 75 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/100 506887 506892 — ■ 10 90 75 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/10 097257 097635 — ■ 12 90 75 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/25 097268 097636 097706 1) ■ 12 90 75 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/40 — 097637 097707 1) ■ 12 90 75 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/60 097274 097638 — ■ 12 90 75 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/100 097275 097639 — ■ 12 90 75 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/165 097280 097640 — ■ 12 90 75 165 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/30 097281 097641 097708 1) ■ 16 110 95 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/60 097286 097642 097709 1) ■ 16 110 95 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/100 097295 097643 — ■ 16 110 95 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/165 097296 097644 — ■ 16 110 95 165 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M20 x 170/50 506917 506919 — ■ 25 190 170 50 M 20 30 4
FHB II-A S M24 x 170/50 097297 097645 097711 1) ■ 25 190 170 50 M 24 36 4
1) Prices and delivery time on request.
50
Highbond anchor FHB II-A S
Chemical fixings
FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units Anchor
shown on the cartridge labels‘ per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
corresponding scala
[mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S M10 x 60 10 75 3 56
FHB II-A S M10 x 75 10 90 4 42
FHB II-A S M12 x 75 12 90 4 42
FHB II-A S M16 x 95 16 110 8 21
FHB II-A S M20 x 170 25 190 26 6
FHB II-A S M24 x 170 25 190 26 6
*) max. number with one static mixer
ACCESSORIES
Centring wedge Machine setting tool RA-SDS
Fits Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Centring wedge 093076 for overhead installations 10
RA-SDS 062420 Adapter suitable fits set screw 1
LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 5) 6) in concrete C20/254)
For the design the complete approval ETA - 05/0164 has to be considered.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Effective minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
depth thickness distance distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S M10x60 60 100 15,0 8,0 11,3 40 40 11,2 11,3 40 40
FHB II-A S M10x75 75 120 15,0 11,1 11,3 40 40 12,0 11,3 40 40
FHB II-A S M12x75 75 120 30,0 11,1 15,6 40 40 15,6 15,6 40 40
FHB II-A S M16x95 95 150 50,0 15,9 29,0 50 50 22,3 29,0 50 50
FHB II-A S M20x170 170 240 100,0 38,0 45,9 80 80 53,3 45,9 80 80
FHB II-A S M24x170 170 240 100,0 38,0 65,3 80 80 53,3 65,3 80 80
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial 4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- 5)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHP II-P or FHP II-PF see approval.
chor with a spacing s ≥ 3 x hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
51
Chemical fixings Highbond anchor FHB II-A S
LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II A4
Type Effective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
FHB II-A S M10x60 A4 60 100 15,0 8,0 13,8 40 40 11,2 13,8 40 40
FHB II-A S M10x75 A4 75 120 15,0 11,1 13,8 40 40 12,0 13,8 40 40
FHB II-A S M12x75 A4 75 120 30,0 11,1 19,3 40 40 15,6 19,3 40 40
FHB II-A S M16x95 A4 95 150 50,0 15,9 31,7 50 50 22,3 35,8 50 50
FHB II-A S M20x170 A4 170 240 100,0 38,0 55,9 80 80 53,3 55,9 80 80
FHB II-A S M24x170 A4 170 240 100,0 38,0 71,1 80 80 53,3 71,1 80 80
1)
2)
3)
LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II C
FHB II-A S M10x60 C 60 100 15,0 8,0 13,8 40 40 11,2 13,8 40 40
FHB II-A S M10x75 C 75 120 15,0 11,1 13,8 40 40 12,0 13,8 40 40
FHB II-A S M12x75 C 75 120 30,0 11,1 19,3 40 40 15,6 19,3 40 40
FHB II-A S M16x95 C 95 150 50,0 15,9 31,7 50 50 22,3 35,8 50 50
FHB II-A S M20x170 C 170 240 100,0 38,0 55,9 80 80 53,3 55,9 80 80
FHB II-A S M24x170 C 170 240 100,0 38,0 76,0 80 80 53,3 80,6 80 80
1)
2)
3)
52
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L
The best performance in cracked concrete for maximum tensile
Chemical fixings
loads
Façade sub-structures Steel constructions
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The large anchorage depth of the ▪ Guard rails ▪ The FHB II-A L is a bonded anchor
anchor rod FHB II-A L allows the sys- ▪ Façades with torque-controlled expansion
tem to achieve maximum load values. ▪ Staircases for pre-positioned and push-through
Thus fewer fixing points and smaller ▪ Steel consoles installation.
anchor plates are required. ▪ Machines ▪ When using FHB II-A L in push-
▪ The cone shape of the FHB II-A L ▪ Silo installations through installation, the annular gap
anchor rods has been specially ▪ Masts is to be filled with the injection mortar
optimised for high tensile loads. As ▪ Skirting protection FIS HB.
a result, the best performance in ▪ Steelwork constructions ▪ The anchor rod can be set either with
cracked concrete is achieved. ▪ Timber constructions injection mortar FIS HB or with the
▪ When using the FHB II-A L in combina- capsule FHB II-P(F), and is fully bonded
tion with the injection mortar FIS HB, in the drill hole.
push-through installation with annular ▪ When tightening the hexagon nut, the
gap filling is possible without the use anchor rod cones are pulled into the
of any further tools. mortar shell, which expands against
▪ The FHB II-A L anchor rod is approved the drill hole wall.
for use both with capsules and with ▪ The styrene-free vinyl ester mortar fully
injection mortar. This guarantees maxi- seals the drill hole.
mum flexibility in the application. ▪ When using the resin capsule, set
the anchor rod through rotating and
hitting motions with a hammer drill.
Use the RA-SDS setting tool, item no.
62420.
FOR USE WITH

Resin capsule Resin capsule
FIS HB mortar FHB II-P FHB II-PF
53
Chemical fixings Highbond anchor FHB II-A L
TECHNICAL DATA
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L (long version)
zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Usable Thread Width Sales unit
Approval
steel steel sion resistant diameter depth depth length across nut
steel do h0 hef tfix M  SW
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/10 097032 097298 097696 1) ■ 10 75 60 10 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/30 097033 097299 097697 1) ■ 10 75 60 30 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/50 097034 097440 — ■ 10 75 60 50 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/10 096907 097616 097698 1) ■ 12 110 95 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/20 096940 097617 097699 1) ■ 12 110 95 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/40 — 097618 — ■ 12 110 95 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/60 096941 097619 — ■ 12 110 95 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/100 096942 097620 — ■ 12 110 95 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/10 506893 506897 — ■ 14 115 100 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/25 506894 506898 — ■ 14 115 100 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/40 — 506899 — ■ 14 115 100 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/60 506895 506901 — ■ 14 115 100 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/100 506896 506902 — ■ 14 115 100 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/10 096943 097621 — ■ 14 135 120 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/25 096944 097622 097700 1) ■ 14 135 120 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/40 — 097623 097701 1) ■ 14 135 120 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/60 097014 097624 — ■ 14 135 120 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/100 097031 097625 — ■ 14 135 120 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/30 506903 506906 — ■ 18 140 125 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/60 506904 506909 — ■ 18 140 125 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/100 506905 506910 — ■ 18 140 125 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/30 506911 506914 — ■ 18 160 145 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/60 506912 506915 — ■ 18 160 145 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/100 506913 506916 — ■ 18 160 145 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/30 097035 097626 097702 1) ■ 18 175 160 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/60 097038 097627 — ■ 18 175 160 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/100 097070 097628 — ■ 18 175 160 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M20 x 210/50 097071 097629 097703 1) ■ 25 235 210 50 M 20 30 4
FHB II-A L M20 x 210/150 052370 — — ■ 25 235 210 150 M 20 30 8
FHB II-A L M24 x 210/50 506920 506921 — ■ 25 235 210 50 M 24 36 4
54
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L
Chemical fixings
FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units Anchor
shown on the cartridge labels‘ per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
corresponding scala
[mm] [mm]
FHB II-A L M8 x 60 10 75 3 56
FHB II-A L M10 x 95 12 110 5 34
FHB II-A L M12 x 100 14 115 7 24
FHB II-A L M12 x 120 14 135 7 24
FHB II-A L M16 x 125 18 140 11 15
FHB II-A L M16 x 145 18 160 13 13
FHB II-A L M16 x 160 18 175 13 13
FHB II-A L M20 x 210 25 235 33 5
FHB II-A L M24 x 210 25 235 33 5
ACCESSORIES
Centring wedge Machine setting tool RA-SDS
Fits Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Centring wedge 093076 for overhead installations 10
LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II
FHB II-A L M8x60 60 100 15,0 8,0 7,8 40 40 11,2 7,8 40 40
FHB II-A L M10x95 95 140 20,0 15,9 11,9 40 40 16,4 11,9 40 40
FHB II-A L M12x100 100 140 40,0 17,1 17,3 50 50 23,7 17,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M12x120 120 170 40,0 22,5 17,3 50 50 23,7 17,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M16x125 125 170 60,0 24,0 32,2 55 55 33,6 32,2 55 55
FHB II-A L M16x145 145 190 60,0 29,9 32,2 60 60 42,0 32,2 60 60
FHB II-A L M16x160 160 220 60,0 34,7 32,2 70 70 46,0 32,2 70 70
FHB II-A L M20x210 210 280 100,0 52,2 50,2 90 90 65,5 50,2 90 90
FHB II-A L M24x210 210 280 100,0 52,2 72,5 90 90 65,5 72,5 90 90
1)
2)
3)
55
Chemical fixings Highbond anchor FHB II-A L
LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II A4
FHB II-A L M8x60 A4 60 100 15,0 8,0 8,7 40 40 11,2 8,7 40 40
FHB II-A L M10x95 A4 95 140 20,0 15,9 13,3 40 40 16,4 13,3 40 40
FHB II-A L M12x100 A4 100 140 40,0 17,1 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M12x120 A4 120 170 40,0 22,5 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M16x125 A4 125 170 60,0 24,0 35,8 55 55 33,6 35,8 55 55
FHB II-A L M16x145 A4 145 190 60,0 29,9 35,8 60 60 42,0 35,8 60 60
FHB II-A L M16x160 A4 160 220 60,0 34,7 35,8 70 70 46,0 35,8 70 70
FHB II-A L M20x210 A4 210 280 100,0 52,2 55,9 90 90 65,5 55,9 90 90
FHB II-A L M24x210 A4 210 280 100,0 52,2 80,6 90 90 65,5 80,6 90 90
1)
chor with a spacing s ≥ 3 x hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
3)
4)
LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II C
FHB II-A L M8x60 C 60 100 15,0 8,0 8,7 40 40 11,2 8,7 40 40
FHB II-A L M10x95 C 95 140 20,0 15,9 13,3 40 40 16,4 13,3 40 40
FHB II-A L M12x100 C 100 140 40,0 17,1 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M12x120 C 120 170 40,0 22,5 19,3 50 50 23,7 19,3 50 50
FHB II-A L M16x125 C 125 170 60,0 24,0 35,8 55 55 33,6 35,8 55 55
FHB II-A L M16x145 C 145 190 60,0 29,9 35,8 60 60 42,0 35,8 60 60
FHB II-A L M16x160 C 160 220 60,0 34,7 35,8 70 70 46,0 35,8 70 70
FHB II-A L M20x210 C 210 280 100,0 52,2 55,9 90 90 65,5 55,9 90 90
FHB II-A L M24x210 C 210 280 100,0 52,2 80,6 90 90 65,5 80,6 90 90
1)
2)
3)
56
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M
Chemical fixings
The proven bonded anchor for non-cracked concrete
High-bay warehouses Collision protection
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15, non-cracked
▪ Natural stone with dense structure

▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule is ▪ Steelwork constructions ▪ The resin anchor R is suitable for pre-
especially economical for individual ▪ Timber constructions positioned installation when combined
applications and overhead installa- ▪ Guard rails with the threaded rod RG M.
tions. ▪ Staircases ▪ The 2-component resin capsule R M
▪ The choice between standard and ▪ Column bases contains quick-setting styrene-free
intensive cleaning allows for individual ▪ Machines vinyl ester resin and hardener.
adaptation either to achieve rapid ▪ Masts ▪ The threaded rod RG M is set using
progress or to obtain the maximum Ideal for: a hammer drill and the accompany-
load level. ▪ Overhead installations ing setting tool in rotating and hitting
▪ The wide range of approved steel ▪ Water-filled drill holes motions.
types allows for use in all corrosion ▪ During setting, the oblique edge of the
resistance classes and offers the best RG M destroys the capsule, and mixes
possible application safety. and activates the mortar.
▪ The extensive range of RG M from ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
M8-M30 opens up a wide range of of the threaded rod with the drill hole
applications and therefore offers great wall and seals the drill hole.
flexibility.
▪ The larger anchorage depths of the
RG M E variants allow for an even
greater load level. Thus fewer fixing
points are required.
57
Chemical fixings Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
Resin capsule R M
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Effect. anchoring Fits Sales unit
Approval
depth
do h1 hef
RM8 050270 1) ■ 10 80 80 RG M 8 10
R M 10 050271 1) ■ 12 90 90 RG M 10 10
R M 12 050272 ■ 14 110 110 RG M 12 10
R M 12 E 048501 ■ 14 150 150 RG M 12 E 10
R M 14 050278 ■ 16 120 120 RG M 14 10
R M 16 050273 ■ 18 125 125 RG M 16 10
R M 16 E 079838 ■ 18 190 190 RG M 16 E 10
R M 20 050274 ■ 25 170 170 RG M 20 10
R M 20 E 079840 ■ 25 240 240 RG M 20 E 5
R M 22 512763 — 30 190 190 RG M 22 5
R M 24 050275 ■ 28 210 210 RG M 24 5
R M 24 E 079842 ■ 28 290 290 RG M 24 E 5
R M 27 079843 ■ 32 250 250 RG M 27 5
R M 30 050276 ■ 35 280 280 RG M 30 5
1) No ETA-approval in combination with internal-threaded anchor RG MI.
CURING TIME
Temperature at anchoring base Curing time
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 240 min.

± 0°C – +10°C 45 min.
+10°C – +20°C 20 min.
≧ +20°C 10 min.
58
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod RG M
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Effect. anchoring Max. fixture Hexagon Hexagon nut Fits capsules Sales unit
Approval
steel steel diameter depth thickness drive
do hef t fix 6kt SW  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG M 8 x 110 050256 050263 ■ 10 80 13 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 8 x 150 095698 050293 ■ 10 80 60 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 8 x 250 095699 095700 ■ 10 80 160 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 8 x 350 — 095708 1) ■ 10 80 260 — 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 10 x 130 050257 050264 ■ 12 90 20 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 165 050280 050294 ■ 12 90 57 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 190 050281 050296 ■ 12 90 82 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 250 095703 095701 ■ 12 90 150 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 300 — 512246 1) ■ 12 90 200 — 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 10 x 350 095718 1) 095709 1) ■ 12 90 250 — 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 12 x 160 050258 050265 ■ 14 110 25 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 180 512248 512249 ■ 14 110 50 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 200 E 050572 050576 2) ■ 14 150 30 8 19 48501 RM 12 E 10
RG M 12 x 220 050283 050297 ■ 14 110 90 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 230 E 050574 050577 2) ■ 14 150 60 8 19 48501 RM 12 E 10
RG M 12 x 250 — 095702 ■ 14 110 120 — 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 250 050284 — ■ 14 110 120 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 290 E 050575 050578 2) ■ 14 150 120 8 19 48501 RM 12 E 10
RG M 12 x 300 050285 095705 ■ 14 110 170 — 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 380 095720 1) 095710 1) ■ 14 110 255 — 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 12 x 600 — 095711 1) ■ 14 110 475 — 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 14 x 170 050286 — — 16 120 38 10 22 50278 RM 14 10
RG M 16 x 165 050287 095704 ■ 18 125 13 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 190 050259 050266 ■ 18 125 35 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 235 E 090716 090721 ■ 18 190 20 12 24 79838 RM 16 E 10
RG M 16 x 250 050288 050298 ■ 18 125 98 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 275 E 090717 090722 ■ 18 190 60 12 24 79838 RM 16 E 10
RG M 16 x 300 050289 050299 ■ 18 125 148 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 380 095722 1) 095712 1) ■ 18 125 235 — 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 16 x 500 095723 1) 095713 1) ■ 18 125 355 — 24 50273 RM 16 10
RG M 20 x 220 512251 — ■ 25 170 25 12 30 50274 RM 20 10
RG M 20 x 260 050260 050267 ■ 25 170 65 12 30 50274 RM 20 10
RG M 20 x 330 E 090718 090723 ■ 25 240 60 12 30 79840 RM 20 E 10
RG M 20 x 350 095707 095706 ■ 25 170 155 12 30 50274 RM 20 10
RG M 20 x 500 095725 3) — ■ 25 170 305 — 30 50274 RM 20 10
RG M 22 x 280 512252 3) — — 30 190 65 — 32 512763 RM 22 5
RG M 24 x 300 050261 3) 050268 3) ■ 28 210 65 — 36 50275 RM 24 10
RG M 24 x 380 E 090719 3) 090724 3) ■ 28 290 60 — 36 79842 RM 24 E 5
RG M 24 x 400 095727 3) 095715 3) ■ 28 210 165 — 36 50275 RM 24 10
RG M 24 x 600 095728 — ■ 28 210 365 — 36 50275 RM 24 5
RG M 27 x 340 090720 3) 090725 3) ■ 32 250 60 — 41 79843 RM 27 5
RG M 30 x 380 050262 3) 090726 3) ■ 35 280 65 — 46 50276 RM 30 5
RG M 30 x 500 095730 3) — ■ 35 280 185 — 46 50276 RM 30 5
1) Straight cut, setting tool is enclosed.
2) Delivery time on request.
3) Straight cut, additional setting tool required
59
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod RG M
highly hot-dip Drill hole Effect. Max. fixture Hexagon Hexagon nut Fits capsules Sales unit
Approval
corrosion galvanised diameter anchoring thickness drive
resistant steel depth
steel do hef t fix 6kt SW  SW
Item C fvz
RG M 8 x 110 096316 1) — ■ 10 80 13 5 13 50270 RM 8 10
RG M 10 x 130 096217 1) — ■ 12 90 20 7 17 50271 RM 10 10
RG M 12 x 160 096218 1) 512247 ■ 14 110 25 8 19 50272 RM 12 10
RG M 16 x 190 096219 1) 512250 ■ 18 125 35 12 24 50273 RM 16 10
Brush diameter Thread Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
BS ø 10 078178 11 M8 1
BS ø 12 078179 13 M 10 1
BS ø 14 078180 16 M 12 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 20 M14, M16 1
BS ø 25 097806 27 M 20 1
BS ø 28 078183 30 M 24 1
BS ø 35 078184 40 M22, M27, M30 1

Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 RG M 8 - M 30 1
ABG big 089300 - 1
ACCESSORIES
Machine setting tool RA-SDS Adapter SDS plus 1/2“ VK
Adapter SDS max 1/2“ VK Adapter SK SW 8 1/2“ VK
Adapter SDS max 3/4“ VK
Fits Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
SK SW 8 1/2 001536 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M22 1
SDS plus 1/2 001537 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M16 1
SDS max 1/2 001538 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M16 - M20 1
SDS max 3/4 001539 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M20 - M30 1
60
Chemical fixings
SETTING TOOLS
Setting tool with SDS adapter
For simple installation of bonded anchors for example Resin anchor R, Highbond anchor FHB II
← +
→
RA-SDS
included with each package
Adapter for installing anchor rods

Threaded rods without external hex-drive (special lengths).
+ SDS max 1/2“ VK
+
← SDS max 3/4“ VK
Important: use counter nut!

+
SDS plus 1/2“ VK
+
SK SW 8 1/2“ VK
LOADS
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M (grade 5.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254)
Non-cracked concrete
Type Effective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
RG M 8 80 110 10,0 8,8 4,2 40 40
RG M 10 90 120 20,0 12,3 7,6 45 45
RG M 12 110 150 40,0 19,8 11,0 55 55
RG M 12E 150 200 40,0 21,1 11,0 75 75
RG M 16 125 160 60,0 28,4 20,5 65 65
RG M 16E 190 250 60,0 39,3 20,5 95 95
RG M 20 170 220 120,0 45,8 32,0 85 85
RG M 20E 240 300 120,0 60,9 32,0 120 120
RG M 24 210 280 150,0 64,1 46,1 105 105
RG M 24E 290 380 150,0 87,7 46,1 145 145
RG M 27 250 330 200,0 85,8 60,1 125 125
RG M 30 280 370 300,0 100,5 73,3 140 140
1)
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an an- distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 6)
up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
61
LOADS
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M A4 (grade A4-70)
RG M 8 A4 80 110 10,0 8,8 5,9 40 40
RG M 10 A4 90 120 20,0 12,3 9,3 45 45
RG M 12 A4 110 150 40,0 19,8 13,5 55 55
RG M 12E A4 150 200 40,0 22,5 13,5 75 75
RG M 16 A4 125 160 60,0 28,4 25,1 65 65
RG M 16E A4 190 250 60,0 42,0 25,1 95 95
RG M 20 A4 170 220 120,0 45,8 39,2 85 85
RG M 20E A4 240 300 120,0 64,6 39,2 120 120
RG M 24 A4 210 280 150,0 64,1 56,5 105 105
RG M 24E A4 290 380 150,0 88,5 56,5 145 145
RG M 27 A4 250 330 200,0 85,8 73,6 125 125
RG M 30 A4 280 370 300,0 100,5 89,8 140 140
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
2)
3)
LOADS
Resin anchor R with threaded rod RG M C (material 1.4529)
RG M 8 C 80 110 10,0 8,8 7,3 40 40
RG M 10 C 90 120 20,0 12,3 11,6 45 45
RG M 12 C 110 150 40,0 19,8 16,9 55 55
RG M 12E C 150 200 40,0 26,9 16,9 75 75
RG M 16 C 125 160 60,0 28,4 31,3 65 65
RG M 16E C 190 250 60,0 43,2 31,3 95 95
RG M 20 C 170 220 120,0 45,8 49,0 85 85
RG M 20E C 240 300 120,0 64,6 49,0 120 120
RG M 24 C 210 280 150,0 64,1 70,5 105 105
RG M 24E C 290 380 150,0 88,5 70,5 145 145
RG M 27 C 250 330 200,0 85,8 91,9 125 125
RG M 30 C 280 370 300,0 100,5 112,1 140 140
1)
2)
3)
62
Resin anchor R with RG MI
The proven bonded anchor with internal thread for non-cracked
Chemical fixings
concrete
Stadium seating Fall protection devices
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:

▪ The internal threaded anchor RG MI ▪ Removable fixings ▪ The resin anchor R is suitable for pre-
allows for the surface flush removal ▪ Temporary fixings, e.g. for machines positioned installation when combined
and reuse of the fixing point. It there- ▪ Scaffold anchoring with the internal threaded anchor
fore offers great flexibility. RG MI.
▪ The metric internal thread allows for ▪ The 2-component resin capsule R M
the use of standard metric screws or contains quick-setting styrene-free
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation vinyl ester resin and hardener.
to suit the intended use. ▪ The internal threaded anchor RG MI
▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule is is set using a hammer drill and the
especially economical for individual accompanying setting tool in rotating
applications. and hitting motions.
▪ The glass particles of the capsule body ▪ During setting, the oblique edge of the
rough up the drill hole wall during internal threaded anchor destroys the
the setting process. This minimises capsule, and mixes and activates the
the amount of cleaning required and mortar.
allows for installation under extreme ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
conditions, for example in water-filled the internal threaded anchor with the
drill holes. drill hole wall and seals the drill hole.
63
Chemical fixings Resin anchor R with RG MI
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
Resin capsule R M
Drill hole Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Fits internal-threaded anchor Sales unit
Approval
diameter depth depth

do h1 hef
RM8 050270 1) ■ 10 75 75 RG M5 I 10
R M 10 050271 1) ■ 12 75 75 RG M6 I 10
R M 12 050272 ■ 14 90 90 RG M8 I 10
R M 14 050278 ■ 16 90 90 RG M10 I 10
R M 16 E 079838 ■ 18 125/160 125/160 RG M12 I, RG M16 I 10
R M 20 050274 ■ 25 200 200 RG M20 I 10
1) No ETA-approval in combination with internal-threaded anchor RG MI.
CURING TIME
Temperature at anchoring base Curing time
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 240 min.

± 0°C – +10°C 45 min.
+10°C – +20°C 20 min.
≧ +20°C 10 min.
64
Resin anchor R with RG MI
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Internal threaded anchor RG MI
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole dia- Effect. anchoring Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fits capsules Sales unit
Approval
steel steel meter depth tration tration
ETA do hef lE,min lE,max

Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) — — 10 75 8 14 50270 RM 8 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) — — 12 75 10 16 50271 RM 10 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) ■ 14 90 12 18 50272 RM 12 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) ■ 18 90 15 23 50278 RM 14 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) ■ 20 125 18 26 79838 RM 16 E 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) ■ 24 160 24 35 79838 RM 16 E 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) ■ 32 200 30 45 50274 RM 20 5
1) Setting tool is included in each package.
Brush diameter Fits internal-threaded anchor Sales unit

Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
BS ø 10 078178 11 RG M5 I 1
BS ø 12 078179 13 RG M6 I 1
BS ø 14 078180 16 RG M8 I 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 20 RG M10 I 1
BS ø 20 052277 22 RG M12 I 1
BS ø 24 078182 26 RG M16 I 1
BS ø 35 078184 40 RG M20 I 1

Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 RG MI 8 - 20 1
ABG big 089300 - 1
65
Chemical fixings Resin anchor R with RG MI
LOADS
Resin anchor R with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254).
Typ Effective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 13,8 8,2 45 45
RG M 10 I 90 120 20,0 16,7 13,0 45 45
RG M 12 I 125 170 40,0 23,8 18,9 60 60
RG M 16 I 160 220 60,0 35,7 35,1 80 80
RG M 20 I 200 270 120,0 54,8 54,9 100 100
1)
2)
LOADS
Resin anchor R with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw with grade A4-70)
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete C20/254).
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 45 45
RG M 10 I A4 90 120 20,0 15,7 9,3 45 45
RG M 12 I A4 125 170 40,0 22,5 13,5 60 60
RG M 16 I A4 160 220 60,0 35,7 25,1 80 80
RG M 20 I A4 200 270 120,0 54,8 39,2 100 100
1)
2)
66
Injection mortar FIS EM
The powerful injection mortar for rebar connections and
Chemical fixings
cracked concrete
Rail fastenings Underwater applications

Approved for anchorings in:
Approved for rebar connections in:
▪ Concrete C12/15 to C50/60
Also suitable for:

▪ Thanks to its high bond strength, Injection mortar for use in cracked ▪ FIS EM is a 2-component injection
FIS EM achieves a very high load and non-cracked concrete with: system based on epoxy resin.
level for safe use in cracked and non- ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 89 ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
cracked concrete. ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see separate chambers and are not mixed
▪ FIS EM is also suitable for diamond- page 94 and activated until extrusion through
drilled drill holes, thus allowing for For rebar connections with: the static mixer.
greater flexibility on the construction ▪ Concrete steel bars, see page 123 ▪ The professional injection cartridges
site. ▪ Rebar anchor FRA, see page 123 are quick and easy to use with the
▪ The low mortar shrinkage allows for Ideal for: fischer dispensers.
a maximum applied load, including ▪ Diamond-drilled drill holes ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
in the case of large threaded rod ▪ Underwater applications reused, simply by changing the static
diameters. mixer.
▪ The pure epoxy resin can also be used ▪ Related accessories for the various
underwater, thus allowing for use in applications can be found on pages
extreme conditions. 69 (cracked concrete) and 125 (rebar
▪ The high approved temperature resist- connection).
ance of -40°C to +72°C allows for a
stable load level, even when subjected
to increased temperature demands.
▪ FIS EM has extended open times and
is therefore particularly suitable for
series installation and rebar connec-
tions.
67
Chemical fixings Injection mortar FIS EM
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS EM 390 S Injection mortar FIS EM 585 S
Injection mortar FIS EM 1100 S Static mixer FIS SE

Approval
Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]

FIS EM 390 S 093048 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS SE 6
FIS EM 390 S 093049 ▯ ■ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS SE 6
FIS EM 390 S 502289 ▯ ■ LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS SE 6
FIS EM 585 S 508831 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 585 ml, 2 x static mixer 6
FIS EM 585 S 509266 ▯ ■ GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 1 cartridge 585 ml, 2 x static mixer 6
FIS EM 1100 S 096865 ▯ ■ D, NL, GB, F, E, PRC, JP, ROK, I, P, PL, CZ 1 cartridge 1100 ml, 2 x static mixer 6
FIS SE 096448 — — — 10 static mixer FIS SE for FIS EM 390 S 10
FIS EM 390 S HWK with

FIS EM 390 S HWK FIS EM 390 S in bucket
dispenser FIS DM S
Approval

FIS EM 390 S HWK 501808 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS SE 1
FIS EM 390 S HWK 040038 ▯ ■ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS SE 1
12 cartridges 390 ml, 24 x static mixer FIS SE,
FIS EM 390 S HWK 049419 ▯ ■ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 1
1 x dispenser FIS DM S
FIS EM 390 S in
503024 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 16 cartridges 390 ml + 16 static mixer FIS SE 1
bucket
CURING TIME
at anchoring base
(mortar)
+ 5°C – +10°C 2 hrs. + 5°C – +10°C 40 hrs.
+10°C – +20°C 30 min. +10°C – +20°C 18 hrs.
+20°C – +30°C 14 min. +20°C – +30°C 10 hrs.
+30°C – +40°C 7 min. +30°C – +40°C 5 hrs.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 °C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.
68
Injection mortar FIS EM
Chemical fixings
Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit

BS ø 12 078179 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS ø 24 078182 26 24 1
BS ø 25 097806 27 25 1
BS ø 28 078183 30 28 1
BS ø 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1
Cleaning brush with thread M 8

Brush for drill-Ø 40 mm 505061 42 40 1
FIS brush extension 508791 — — 1
Compressed-air cleaning gun

Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FIS A M 16 - M 30 1
DISPENSER
Cordless dispenser
Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM
FIS DC 4000 S
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AM 058000 FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, — 1
FIS DC 4000 S 507790 1
69
Chemical fixings Injection mortar FIS EM
Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser FIS DM S-L Dispenser FIS DP S-L

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S-L 510992 FIS EM 585 S — 1
FIS DP S-L 511125 FIS EM 585 S Recommended pressure 6 bar 1
Dispenser FIS AJ-Plus

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AJ-Plus 041730 FIS EM 1100 S 1
70
Injection mortar FIS V
The versatile injection mortar for anchorings
Chemical fixings
Rescue ladders Silos

cracked
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Hollow blocks made from concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ FIS V has a number of system Injection mortar for use with: ▪ The FIS V is a 2-component injection
approvals, for example in non-cracked ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page mortar based on vinyl ester hybrid.
concrete, masonry and for rebar con- 97 (concrete), 106 (masonry) and ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
nections. FIS V is therefore the univer- 119 (aerated concrete). separate chambers and are not mixed
sal injection mortar with guaranteed ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see and activated until extrusion through
safety for almost every application. page 103 the static mixer.
▪ The cement in the FIS V vinyl ester ▪ Rebar anchor FRA, see page 123 ▪ The injection cartridges are quick and
mortar generates the highest tem- ▪ Concrete steel bars, see page 123 easy to use with the fischer dispens-
perature resistance up to +120 °C. ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see ers.
This means that FIS V can be used page 111 ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
in a wide range of temperatures and ▪ Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, reused, simply by changing the static
works reliably even when subjected to see page 119 mixer.
increased demands. ▪ Remedial wall tie VBS 8, see page ▪ Related accessories for the various
▪ The extensive range of accessories is 140 applications can be found on pages
ideally suited for the injection mortar ▪ Weather facing reconstruction system 73 (non-cracked concrete), 73
FIS V; increases the great flexibility FWS, see page 144 (masonry), 121 (aerated concrete)
of the system; and allows for a wide and 125 (rebar connection).
range of applications.
71
Chemical fixings Injection mortar FIS V
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS V 360 S Injection mortar FIS V 950 S
Static mixer FIS S
Approval

FIS V 360 S 094404 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, TR, H, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS V 360 S 094405 ▯ ■ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS V 360 S 068435 ▯ ■ DK, S, N, FIN, PL, CZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS V 360 S 502283 ▯ ■ LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS V 360 S 041846 ▯ ■ D, H, RO, SLO, HR, BG 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS V 360 S 043994 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
1 cartridge 950 ml, 1 x static mixer big,
FIS V 950 S 017101 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, I, E, P, JP, PRC 6
1 x static mixer FIS S
FIS S 061223 — — — 10 static mixer 10
FIS V 360 S HWK small FIS V 360 S HWK big FIS V 360 S HWK big
Approval

FIS V 360 S HWK
092430 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, H, RUS, TR 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x static mixer 1
small
FIS V 360 S HWK big 091936 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, H, RUS, TR 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x static mixer FIS S 1
FIS V 360 S HWK big 096554 ▯ ■ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x static mixer FIS S 1
12 cartridges 360 ml, 24 x static mixer FIS S,
FIS V 360 S HWK big 503027 ▯ ■ D, H, RO, SLO, HR, RUS 1
1 x application gun FIS DM S
72
Injection mortar FIS V
Chemical fixings
FIS V 360 S in bucket Case set FIS B Thermosafe case set, empty
Approval

FIS V 360 S in bucket 503025 ▯ ■ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS S 1
3 cartridges 360 ml, 1 x application gun FIS DM S,
FIS B Case set 024870 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, TR, H, RUS 1
1 x blow-out pump ABG, 1 x set of brushes, 6 x static mixer
Thermosafe Case set,
511083 — — — empty, for cartridges 360 ml, FIS DM S and ABG 1
empty
CURING TIME
at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 24 hrs.
± 0°C – + 5°C 3 hrs.
+ 5°C – +10°C 9 min. + 5°C – +10°C 90 min.
+10°C – +20°C 5 min. +10°C – +20°C 60 min.
+20°C – +30°C 4 min. +20°C – +30°C 45 min.
+30°C – +40°C 2 min. +30°C – +40°C 35 min.
Cleaning brush BS for concrete Brush set for masonry

BS ø 8 078177 9 8 1
BS ø 10 078178 11 10 1
BS ø 12 078179 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS ø 20 052277 22 20 1
BS ø 24 078182 26 24 1
BS ø 25 097806 27 25 1
BS ø 28 078183 30 28 1
BS ø 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1
Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1
Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1
73
Chemical fixings Injection mortar FIS V

Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
ABG big 089300 - 1
DISPENSER
Cordless dispenser
FIS DC 4000 S
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DC 4000 S 507790 1
Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Pneumatic dispenser FIS AJ

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AJ 016251 FIS V 950 S — 1
74
Injection mortar FIS VW
The versatile injection mortar with reduced curing time
Chemical fixings
Steel constructions Awnings

Approved for:
cracked
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ · Concrete C12/15

▪ The FIS VW has a significantly shorter Injection mortar for use with: ▪ The FIS VW is a quick-setting, 2-com-
curing time than FIS V, thus ensuring ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page ponent injection mortar based on vinyl
rapid progress even at low tempera- 97 (concrete), 106 (masonry) and ester hybrid.
tures. 119 (aerated concrete) ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
▪ The special formulation allows for use ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see separate chambers and are not mixed
in base material temperatures of -15°C page 103 and activated until extrusion through
to +20°C, thus increasing application ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see the static mixer.
flexibility. page 111 ▪ The injection cartridges are quick and
▪ FIS VW has a number of system ▪ Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, easy to use with the fischer dispens-
approvals, for example in non-cracked see page 119 ers.
concrete and masonry. FIS VW is ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
therefore the universal injection mortar reused, simply by changing the static
with guaranteed safety for almost mixer.
every application. ▪ Related accessories for the various
▪ The extensive range of accessories is applications can be found on
ideally suited for the injection mortar pages 77 (non-cracked concrete),
FIS VW; increases the great flexibility 77 (masonry) and 121 (aerated
of the system; and allows for a wide concrete).
range of applications.
75
Chemical fixings Injection mortar FIS VW
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS VW 360 S Injection mortar FIS VW 300 T
Approval
FIS VW 360 S 090753 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VW 360 S 043997 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VW 360 S 045674 ▯ ■ DK, FIN, NOR, S 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VW 360 S 502284 ▯ ■ RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VW 300 T 507793 ▯ ■ D, GB, HR, SLO, SRB, BG 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VW 300 T 507795 ▯ ■ S, DK, N, CZ, SK, PL, RUS 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VW 360 S HWK big FIS VW 360 S HWK small Thermosafe case set, empty
Approval

FIS VW 360 S HWK big 500673 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x static mixer FIS S 1
FIS VW 360 S HWK small 500674 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x static mixer 1
Thermosafe Case set, empty 511083 — — — empty, for cartridges 360 ml, FIS DM S and ABG 1
CURING TIME
at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒15°C – ‒10°C 1) 12 hrs.
‒10°C – ‒ 5°C 1) 8 hrs.
- 5°C – ± 0°C 1) 5 Min. ‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 3 hrs.
0°C – + 5°C 5 Min. ± 0°C – + 5°C 90 min.
+ 5°C – +10°C 3 Min. + 5°C – +10°C 45 min.
+10°C – +20°C 1 Min. +10°C – +20°C 30 min.
1)
Without approval.
76
Injection mortar FIS VW
Chemical fixings

BS ø 8 078177 9 8 1
BS ø 10 078178 11 10 1
BS ø 12 078179 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS ø 20 052277 22 20 1
BS ø 24 078182 26 24 1
BS ø 25 097806 27 25 1
BS ø 28 078183 30 28 1
BS ø 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1
Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1
Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1

Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
ABG big 089300 - 1
DISPENSER
Cordless dispenser
FIS DC 4000 S
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DC 4000 S 507790 1
77
Chemical fixings Injection mortar FIS VW
Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser KPM 2

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
KP M 2 053117 — 1
78
Injection mortar FIS VS
The versatile injection mortar with extended open time
Chemical fixings
Rebar connections Column bases

cracked
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The FIS VS with an extended open Injection mortar for use with: ▪ The FIS VS is a 2-component injection
time prevents the premature setting of ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page mortar based on vinyl ester hybrid
the mortar during summer tempera- 97 (concrete), 106 (masonry) and with an extended setting time.
tures, and is ideally suited to large drill 119 (aerated concrete) ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
hole depths. ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see separate chambers and are not mixed
▪ FIS VS has a number of system page 103 and activated until extrusion through
approvals, for example in non-cracked ▪ Rebar anchor FRA, see page 123 the static mixer.
concrete, masonry and for rebar ▪ Concrete steel bars, see page 123 ▪ The injection cartridges are quick and
connections. FIS VS is therefore ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see easy to use with the fischer dispens-
the universal injection mortar with page 111 ers.
guaranteed safety for almost every ▪ Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
application. see page 119 reused, simply by changing the static
▪ The extensive range of accessories is ▪ Weather facing reconstruction system mixer.
ideally suited to the injection mortar FWS, see page 144 ▪ Related accessories for the various
FIS VS; increases the great flexibility applications can be found on
of the system; and allows for a wide pages 81 (non-cracked concrete),
range of applications. 81 (masonry), 121 (aerated concrete)
▪ The FIS VS 300 T can be used with and 125 (rebar connection).
stable, standard silicone dispensers.
No special equipment is required.
79
Chemical fixings Injection mortar FIS VS
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS VS 150 C Power-Injection FIS VS 100 P
Injection mortar FIS VS 300 T Injection mortar FIS VS 360 S
Approval
FIS VS 150 C 045302 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer 6
FIS VS 150 C 062654 ▯ ■ DK, S, N, FIN, PL, CZ 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer 6
FIS VS 150 C 043998 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer 6
Set for hollow bricks: 1 cartridge 145 ml,
FIS VS 150 C Set 045303 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E 6
2 x static mixer FIS S, 6 x FIS H 16 x 85 K
Set for hollow bricks: 1 cartridge 145 ml,
FIS VS 150 C SET 043316 ▯ ■ D, H, RO, SLO, HR, BG 6
2 x static mixer FIS S, 6 x FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS VS 100 P 072525 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E 1 cartridge 100 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VS 100 P 092763 ▯ ■ CZ, PL, H, SK, SLO, HR 1 cartridge 100 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VS 300 T 093180 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VS 300 T 502285 ▯ ■ RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VS 300 T 044102 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VS 300 T 093226 ▯ ■ PL, CZ, DK, N, S, FIN 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VS 300 T 051058 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VS 360 S 078664 ▯ ■ GB, PRC, E, P, JP, RI 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS VS 360 S HWK big FIS VS 300 T in bucket Thermosafe case set, empty
Approval

12 cartridges 360 ml, 24 x static mixer FIS S,
FIS VS 360 S HWK big 049418 ▯ ■ GB, PRC, E, P, JP, RI 1
1 x dispenser FIS DM S
FIS VS 300 T
512062 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS S 1
in bucket
Thermosafe Case set,
511083 — — — empty, for cartridges 360 ml, FIS DM S and ABG 1
empty
80
Injection mortar FIS VS
Chemical fixings
CURING TIME
at anchoring base
(mortar)
± 0°C – + 5°C 6 hrs.
+ 5°C – +10°C 20 min. + 5°C – +10°C 3 hrs.
+10°C – +20°C 10 min. +10°C – +20°C 2 hrs.
+20°C – +30°C 6 min. +20°C – +30°C 60 min.
+30°C – +40°C 4 min. +30°C – +40°C 30 min.

BS ø 8 078177 9 8 1
BS ø 10 078178 11 10 1
BS ø 12 078179 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS ø 20 052277 22 20 1
BS ø 24 078182 26 24 1
BS ø 25 097806 27 25 1
BS ø 28 078183 30 28 1
BS ø 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1
Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1
Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1

Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
ABG big 089300 - 1
81
Chemical fixings Injection mortar FIS VS
DISPENSER
Cordless dispenser
FIS DC 4000 S
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DC 4000 S 507790 1
Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser KPM 2

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
KP M 2 053117 — 1
82
Injection mortar FIS VT
The solid injection mortar for anchorings
Chemical fixings
in non-cracked concrete
High-bay warehouses Air conditioning units

Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Solid brick

▪ The FIS VT is approved for use in Injection mortar for use in non- ▪ The FIS VT is a 2-component injection
non-cracked concrete, and achieves cracked concrete with: mortar based on vinylester.
a high load-bearing capacity in these ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 97 ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
conditions. Besides the approval, ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see separate chambers and are not mixed
FIS VT is also well-suited to masonry page 103 and activated until extrusion through
applications. the static mixer.
▪ The injection mortar, based on vinyl ▪ The 380ml coaxial cartridge can be
ester resin, allows for anchorings in easily used with the fischer FIS AC
water-filled drill holes, thus allowing for dispenser.
rapid progress. ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
▪ The temperature resistance of the reused, simply by changing the static
FIS VT injection mortar of -40°C to mixer.
+120 °C allows for a solid load level ▪ Related accessories for use in non-
even when subjected to high tempera- cracked concrete and masonry can be
ture demands, thus providing great found on page 84.
flexibility.
83
Chemical fixings Injection mortar FIS VT
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS VT 380 C Injection mortar FIS VT 300 T FIS VT 380 C in bucket
Approval
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

FIS VT 380 C 094401 ■ D, F, NL, DK, S, TR 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VT 380 C 059118 ■ GB, I, P, E, PL, CZ, JP 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VT 380 C 043999 ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VT 300 T 512933 ■ D, GB, HR, SLO, SRB, BG 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS VT 380 C in bucket 503026 ■ GB, I, P, E, PL, CZ, JP 16 cartridges 380 ml, 16 x static mixer FIS S 1
CURING TIME
at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 24 hrs.
± 0°C – + 5°C 3 hrs.
+ 5°C – +10°C 9 Min. + 5°C – +10°C 90 min.
+10°C – +20°C 5 Min. +10°C – +20°C 60 min.
+20°C – +30°C 4 Min. +20°C – +30°C 45 min.
+30°C – +40°C 2 Min. +30°C – +40°C 35 min.

BS ø 8 078177 9 8 1
BS ø 10 078178 11 10 1
BS ø 12 078179 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
BS ø 20 052277 22 20 1
BS ø 24 078182 26 24 1
BS ø 25 097806 27 25 1
BS ø 28 078183 30 28 1
BS ø 35 078184 40 30/32/35 1
Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 - 8 - 16 1
Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 - 16 - 30 1
84
Injection mortar FIS VT
Chemical fixings
Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
ABG big 089300 - 1
DISPENSER
Dispenser FIS AC Dispenser KPM 2

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AC 096497 FIS P 380 C, FIS VT 380 C 1
KP M 2 053117 FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VT 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 1
85
Chemical fixings Injection mortar FIS P
The reliable injection mortar for fixings in masonry
Gates Wall consoles
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Hollow block
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The FIS P is the economical solution Injection mortar for use in masonry ▪ The FIS P is a 2-component injection
for anchorings in masonry that do not and aerated concrete with: mortar based on polyester resin.
require approvals. ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see pages ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
▪ The FIS P 300 T can be used with 106 (masonry) and 119 (aerated separate chambers and are not mixed
stable, standard silicone injection concrete). and activated until extrusion through
dispensers. No special equipment is ▪ Internal threaded anchor FIS E, see the static mixer.
required. This helps to reduce procure- pages 106 (masonry) and 119 (aera- ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
ment costs. ted concrete). reused, simply by changing the static
▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see mixer.
page 111 ▪ Related accessories for use in masonry
▪ Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, and aerated concrete can be found on
see page 119 page 88 or page 121.
86
Injection mortar FIS P
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS P 300 T Injection mortar FIS P 380 C
Injection mortar FIS P 360 S Injection mortar FIS P 300 TB

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS P 300 TB 044725 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS P 300 T 093175 D, F, GB, NL, E, PRC 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS P 300 T 044103 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS, GR 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS P 300 T 093178 PL, CZ, H, SK, SLO, HR, RO, BG 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS P 300 T 502287 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS P 360 S 056691 D, F, NL, CZ, TR, PL 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS P 360 S 056708 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS P 360 S 043995 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS P 360 S 502288 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS P 380 C 094400 D, F, NL, CZ, PL, SK 1 cartridge 380 ml, 1 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS P 380 C 044101 CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1 cartridge 380 ml, 1 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS P 380 C 059234 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 1 cartridge 380 ml, 1 x static mixer FIS S 12
FIS S 061223 — 10 static mixer 10
FIS P 300 T HWK small FIS P 300 T in bucket FIS P 380 C in bucket
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS P 300 T HWK small 040040 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 12 cartridges + 24 static mixer FIS S 1
FIS P 300 T in bucket 511341 D, F, GB, NL, E, PRC 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x static mixer FIS S 1
FIS P 380 C in bucket 511340 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 16 cartridges 380 ml, 16 x static mixer FIS S 1
CURING TIME FIS P 300 T

at anchoring base
(mortar)
± 0°C – + 5°C 6 hrs.
+ 5°C – +10°C 15 min. + 5°C – +10°C 3 hrs.
+10°C – +20°C 8 min. +10°C – +20°C 2 hrs.
+20°C – +30°C 5 min. +20°C – +30°C 60 min.
+30°C – +40°C 3 min. +30°C – +40°C 30 min.
87
Chemical fixings Injection mortar FIS P
CURING TIME FIS P 380 C

at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 6 hrs.
± 0°C – + 5°C 3 hrs.
+ 5°C – +20°C 5 min. + 5°C – +20°C 90 min.
+20°C – +30°C 4 min. +20°C – +30°C 45 min.
+30°C – +40°C 2 min. +30°C – +40°C 30 min.
Brush set for masonry Blow-out pump ABG
Fits drill hole diameter Sales unit

Item [mm] [pcs]
Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 8 - 16 1
Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 16 - 30 1
ABG big 089300 — 1
DISPENSER
Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM Dispenser FIS AC

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS AM 058000 1
FIS AC 096497 FIS P 380 C, FIS VT 380 C 1
Dispenser KPM 2
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
KP M 2 053117 FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T and 1K-cartridges 1
88
Injection for cracked concrete with FIS A
Chemical fixings
The variable fixing system for cracked concrete
Crash barriers and sound insulation walls Bridge railings
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ Due to the high bond strength in ▪ Heavy steel constructions ▪ The injection system, comprising the
connection with the injection mortar ▪ Silo installations FIS EM injection mortar combined
FIS EM, the system achieves a very ▪ High racks with the FIS A threaded rod, is suitable
high load level in cracked and non- ▪ Sound insulation walls for pre-positioned and push-through
cracked concrete, resulting in a safe ▪ Top concrete jointers installation.
application. ▪ Rim beam anchorings ▪ The mortar is extruded bubble free
▪ Variable anchorage depths from 4x to ▪ Anchorings in diamond-drilled drill from the drill hole base.
20x the threaded rod diameter allow holes (not included in approval) ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
for ideal adaptation to the load to ▪ Underwater installations (not included of the threaded rod with the drill hole
be applied, and ensure an optimised in approval) wall and seals the drill hole.
installation time and use of materials. ▪ The threaded rod is set manually, by
▪ The low anchorage depth allows for lightly rotating it until it reaches the
use in thin base materials. drill hole base.
▪ The FIS EM system allows for
threaded rod diameters of up to M30
for maximum applied loads.
▪ The wide range of approved steel
types allows for use in all corrosion
resistance classes and offers maxi-
mum application safety.
FOR USE WITH
FIS EM mortar
see page 67
89
Chemical fixings Injection for cracked concrete with FIS A
PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Effect. anchoring Max. useful Fill quantity for Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel diameter FIS EM depth FIS EM length FIS EM effect. anchoring
5.8 depth FIS EM
ETA do hef, min tfix, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 — 8 60 7 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 090438 — 8 60 17 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 — 8 60 40 2 20
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 ■ 12 60 20 3 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 ■ 12 60 40 3 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 ■ 12 60 60 3 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 ■ 12 60 105 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 ■ 14 60 40 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 ■ 14 60 60 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 ■ 14 60 80 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 ■ 14 60 100 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 ■ 14 60 130 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 ■ 14 70 35 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 ■ 14 70 55 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 ■ 14 70 75 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 ■ 14 70 95 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 ■ 14 70 125 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 ■ 14 70 175 4 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 044975 ■ 18 80 35 5 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 090455 ■ 18 80 80 5 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 090456 ■ 18 80 105 5 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 090457 ■ 18 80 155 5 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 090458 ■ 18 80 205 5 10
FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 090459 ■ 24 90 133 11 10
FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 090460 ■ 24 90 178 11 10
FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 090461 ■ 28 96 168 15 5
FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 090462 ■ 28 96 258 15 5
FIS A M 30 x 340 090296 090463 ■ 35 120 188 28 5
FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 090464 ■ 35 120 278 28 5
90
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A 1m
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Max. useful length Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel FIS EM FIS EM
5.8 8.8 do tfix, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) 509222 1) 509230 1) ■ 12 60 10
FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) ■ 14 60 10
FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) ■ 14 70 10
FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) ■ 18 80 10
1) Order washer and nut separately.
TECHNICAL DATA
Hexagonal nut and washer
zinc plated, stainless Width across nut Washer (outer diameter x Fits Sales unit
steel grade steel thickness)
8.8  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
Nut & washer M8 510509 510513 13 16 x 1,6 FIS A M 8 50
Nut & washer M10 510510 510514 17 20 x 2 FIS A M 10 50
LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A (grade 5.8)
Type Minimum Maximum Minimum Installation Permissible Permis- Min. Min. Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
effective ancho- effective ancho- member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge
rage depth rage depth thickness shear load distance shear load distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm
3)
smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
60 100 10,0 5,0 5,1 40 40 9,0 5,1 40 40
FIS A M8
160 190 10,0 9,0 5,1 40 40 9,0 5,1 40 40
60 100 20,0 6,3 8,6 45 45 11,2 8,6 45 45
FIS A M10
200 230 20,0 13,8 8,6 45 45 13,8 8,6 45 45
70 100 40,0 8,8 12,0 55 55 14,1 12,0 55 55
FIS A M12
240 270 40,0 20,5 12,0 55 55 20,5 12,0 55 55
80 116 60,0 10,2 22,3 65 65 14,3 22,3 65 65
FIS A M16
320 356 60,0 37,6 22,3 65 65 37,6 22,3 65 65
90 138 120,0 12,2 29,3 85 85 17,1 34,9 85 85
FIS A M20
400 448 120,0 58,6 34,9 85 85 58,6 34,9 85 85
96 152 150,0 13,4 32,2 105 105 18,8 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24
480 536 150,0 84,3 50,9 105 105 84,3 50,9 105 105
108 168 200,0 16,0 38,5 120 120 22,5 54,0 120 120
FIS A M27
540 600 200,0 109,5 65,7 120 120 109,5 65,7 120 120
120 190 300,0 18,8 45,1 140 140 26,3 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30
600 670 300,0 133,8 80,6 140 140 133,8 80,6 140 140
1)
2)
3)
91
Chemical fixings Injection for cracked concrete with FIS A
LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A A4 (grade A4-70)
Type Minimum Maximum Minimum Installation Permissible Permis- Min. Min. edge Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
effective ancho- effective ancho- member torque tensile load sible shear spacing distance tensile load sible shear spacing edge
rage depth rage depth thickness load load distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
60 100 10,0 5,0 6,0 40 40 9,9 6,0 40 40
FIS A M8 A4
160 190 10,0 9,9 6,0 40 40 9,9 6,0 40 40
60 100 20,0 6,3 9,2 45 45 11,2 9,2 45 45
FIS A M10 A4
200 230 20,0 15,7 9,2 45 45 15,7 9,2 45 45
70 100 40,0 8,8 13,7 55 55 14,1 13,7 55 55
FIS A M12 A4
240 270 40,0 22,5 13,7 55 55 22,5 13,7 55 55
80 116 60,0 10,2 24,5 65 65 14,3 25,2 65 65
FIS A M16 A4
320 356 60,0 42,0 25,2 65 65 42,0 25,2 65 65
90 138 120,0 12,2 29,3 85 85 17,1 39,4 85 85
FIS A M20 A4
400 448 120,0 65,7 39,4 85 85 65,7 39,4 85 85
96 152 150,0 13,4 32,2 105 105 18,8 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 A4
480 536 150,0 94,3 56,8 105 105 94,3 56,8 105 105
108 168 200,0 16,0 38,5 120 120 22,5 54,0 120 120
FIS A M27 A4
540 600 200,0 123,0 73,7 120 120 123,0 73,7 120 120
120 190 300,0 18,8 45,1 140 140 26,3 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 A4
600 670 300,0 150,1 90,2 140 140 150,1 90,2 140 140
1)
2)
3)
LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with threaded rod FIS A C (material 1.4529)
Type Minimum effec- Maximum effec- Minimum Installation Permissible Permis- Min. Min. Permissible Permis- Min. Min.
tive anchorage tive anchorage member torque tensile load sible spacing edge tensile load sible spacing edge
depth depth thickness shear load distance shear load distance
60 100 10,0 5,0 7,4 40 40 11,2 7,4 40 40
FIS A M8 C
160 190 10,0 12,4 7,4 40 40 12,4 7,4 40 40
60 100 20,0 6,3 11,4 45 45 11,2 11,4 45 45
FIS A M10 C
200 230 20,0 19,5 11,4 45 45 19,5 11,4 45 45
70 100 40,0 8,8 17,1 55 55 14,1 17,1 55 55
FIS A M12 C
240 270 40,0 28,1 17,1 55 55 28,1 17,1 55 55
80 116 60,0 10,2 24,5 65 65 14,3 31,4 65 65
FIS A M16 C
320 356 60,0 44,7 31,4 65 65 52,4 31,4 65 65
90 138 120,0 12,2 29,3 85 85 17,1 41,1 85 85
FIS A M20 C
400 448 120,0 69,8 49,1 85 85 81,9 49,1 85 85
96 152 150,0 13,4 32,2 105 105 18,8 45,2 105 105
FIS A M24 C
480 536 150,0 100,5 70,9 105 105 117,6 70,9 105 105
108 168 200,0 16,0 38,5 120 120 22,5 54,0 120 120
FIS A M27 C
540 600 200,0 127,2 92,0 120 120 153,3 92,0 120 120
120 190 300,0 18,8 45,1 140 140 26,3 63,2 140 140
FIS A M30 C
600 670 300,0 157,1 112,6 140 140 187,1 112,6 140 140
1)
2)
3)
92
Chemical fixings
LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with Rebars BSt 500 S
Type Minimum effec- Maximum effec- Minimum Installation Permissi- Permissi- Min. Min. Permissi- Permissi- Min. Min.
tive anchorage tive anchorage member torque ble tensile ble shear spacing edge ble tensile ble shear spacing edge
depth depth thickness load load distance load load distance
60 100 - 5,0 6,6 40 40 11,2 6,6 40 40
Ø8
160 190 - 13,4 6,6 40 40 14,3 6,6 40 40
60 100 - 6,3 10,3 45 45 11,2 10,3 45 45
Ø 10
200 230 - 20,9 10,3 45 45 22,4 10,3 45 45
70 100 - 8,8 14,8 55 55 14,1 14,8 55 55
Ø 12
240 270 - 30,2 14,8 55 55 32,1 14,8 55 55
75 105 - 11,0 20,2 60 60 15,6 20,2 60 60
Ø 14
280 310 - 41,1 20,2 60 60 43,4 20,2 60 60
80 120 - 10,2 24,5 65 65 14,3 26,3 65 65
Ø 16
320 360 - 44,7 26,3 65 65 56,6 26,3 65 65
90 140 - 12,2 29,3 85 85 17,1 41,1 85 85
Ø 20
400 450 - 69,8 41,4 85 85 88,3 41,4 85 85
100 160 - 14,3 34,3 110 110 20,0 48,1 110 110
Ø 25
500 560 - 109,1 64,3 110 110 137,8 64,3 110 110
112 182 - 16,9 40,6 130 130 23,8 57,0 130 130
Ø 28
560 630 - 136,8 81,0 130 130 173,0 81,0 130 130
128 168 - 20,7 49,7 160 160 29,0 69,6 160 160
Ø 32
640 680 - 127,7 105,2 160 160 226,0 105,2 160 160
144 234 - 24,7 59,2 180 180 34,6 83,1 180 180
Ø 36
720 810 - 161,6 133,3 180 180 285,7 133,3 180 180
160 270 - 28,9 69,4 200 200 40,6 97,3 200 200
Ø 40
800 910 - 199,5 164,8 200 200 352,6 164,8 200 200
1)
2)
3)
93
Injection for cracked concrete with RG MI
The fixing system with internal threaded anchor for

Chemical fixings
cracked concrete
Safety barriers Platform lifts
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ Due to the high bond strength in ▪ Removable fixings ▪ The injection system, comprising the
connection with the injection mortar ▪ Pipeline suspensions, cable trays and FIS EM injection mortar combined
FIS EM, the system achieves a very underceilings with the internal threaded anchor
high load level in cracked and non- ▪ Temporary fixings, e.g. for machines RG MI, is suitable for pre-positioned
cracked concrete, resulting in a safe ▪ Scaffold anchoring installation.
application. ▪ The mortar is extruded bubble free
▪ The internal threaded anchor RG MI from the drill hole base.
allows for surface flush removal and ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
reuse of the fixing point, and therefore the internal threaded anchor with the
offers the best possible flexibility. drill hole wall and seals the drill hole.
▪ The metric internal thread allows ▪ The RG MI is set manually, by lightly
for the use of standard screws or rotating it until it reaches the drill hole
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation base.
to suit the intended use.
FOR USE WITH
FIS EM mortar
see page 67
94
Injection for cracked concrete with RG MI
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole dia- Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
steel steel meter tration tration
ETA do lE,min lE,max

Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) — — 10 8 14 5 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) — — 12 10 16 5 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) ■ 14 12 18 5 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) ■ 18 15 23 7 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) ■ 20 18 26 11 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) ■ 24 24 35 17 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) ■ 32 30 45 48 5
LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8)
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 9,5 8,3 55 55 13,8 8,3 55 55
RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 14,3 13,3 65 65 20,5 13,3 65 65
RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 23,8 19,3 75 75 32,4 19,3 75 75
RG M 16 I 160 205 80,0 28,9 30,9 95 95 40,6 30,9 95 95
RG M 20 I 200 260 120,0 40,4 51,4 125 125 56,7 51,4 125 125
1)
2)
3)
95
Chemical fixings Injection for cracked concrete with RG MI
LOADS
Injection system FIS EM with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw grade A4-70)
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,5 5,9 55 55 9,9 5,9 55 55
RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 14,3 9,3 65 65 15,7 9,3 65 65
RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 22,5 13,5 75 75 22,5 13,5 75 75
RG M 16 I A4 160 205 80,0 28,9 25,1 95 95 40,6 25,1 95 95
RG M 20 I A4 200 260 120,0 40,4 39,4 125 125 56,7 39,4 125 125
1)
2)
3)
96
Injection non-cracked concrete with FIS A
Chemical fixings
The fixing system for anchorings in non-cracked concrete
Bridges for traffic signs Steel constructions
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:

▪ The system comprising threaded rod ▪ Steelwork constructions ▪ The system can be used with any of
FIS A and one of the injection mortars ▪ Timber constructions the following injection mortars: FIS V,
FIS V, FIS VS, FIS VW or FIS VT for ▪ Guard rails FIS VS, FIS VW and FIS VT.
non-cracked concrete can be individu- ▪ Façades ▪ The injection system is suitable for pre-
ally selected based on requirements, ▪ Staircases positioned and push-through installa-
thus allowing for a wide range of ▪ Steel consoles tion when combined with threaded
applications. ▪ Machines rod FIS A.
▪ Variable anchorage depths allow for ▪ Masts ▪ The mortar is extruded bubble free
ideal adaptation to the load to be from the drill hole base.
applied, and ensure an optimised ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
installation time and use of materials. of the threaded rod with the drill hole
▪ Push-through installation is possible wall and seals the drill hole.
without any special parts through ▪ The threaded rod is set manually, by
filling the annular gap with injection lightly rotating it until it reaches the
mortar. drill hole base.
▪ The wide range of approved steel
types allows for use in all corrosion
resistance classes and offers maxi-
mum application safety.
FOR USE WITH
FIS V mortar FIS VW mortar FIS VS mortar FIS VT mortar

see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83
97
Chemical fixings Injection non-cracked concrete with FIS A
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Effect. anchoring Max. useful Fill quantity for Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel diameter depth FIS V length FIS V effect. anchoring
5.8 depth FIS V
ETA do hef, min tfix, max
Item gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 — 8 50 17 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 090438 — 8 50 27 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 — 8 50 50 2 20
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 ■ 10 64 16 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 ■ 10 64 36 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 ■ 10 64 56 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 ■ 10 64 101 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 ■ 12 80 20 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 ■ 12 80 40 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 ■ 12 80 60 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 ■ 12 80 80 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 ■ 12 80 110 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 ■ 14 96 19 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 ■ 14 96 39 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 ■ 14 96 59 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 ■ 14 96 79 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 ■ 14 96 109 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 ■ 14 96 159 4 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 044975 ■ 18 — — — 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 090455 ■ 18 125 35 8 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 090456 ■ 18 125 60 8 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 090457 ■ 18 125 110 8 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 090458 ■ 18 125 160 8 10
FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 090459 ■ 24 160 63 20 10
FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 090460 ■ 24 160 108 20 10
FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 090461 ■ 28 192 72 28 5
FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 090462 ■ 28 192 162 28 5
FIS A M 30 x 340 090296 090463 ■ 35 240 68 53 5
FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 090464 ■ 35 240 158 53 5
98
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A 1m
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Effect. anchoring depth Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel FIS V FIS V
5.8 8.8 do hef, min
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) 509222 1) 509230 1) ■ 10 64 10
FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) ■ 12 80 10
FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) ■ 14 96 10
FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) ■ 18 125 10
1) Order washer and nut separately.
TECHNICAL DATA
Hexagonal nut and washer
zinc plated, stainless Width across nut Washer (outer diameter x Fits Sales unit
steel grade steel thickness)
8.8  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A (5.8)
Type Minimum effective Maximum effective Minimum member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef,min hef,max hmin Tinst Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
50 100 5,0 3,4 2,9 40 40
FIS A M6
72 100 5,0 4,8 2,9 40 40
64 100 10,0 7,0 5,3 40 40
FIS A M8
96 130 10,0 9,2 5,3 40 40
80 110 20,0 11,0 8,3 45 45
FIS A M10
120 150 20,0 14,5 8,3 45 45
96 130 40,0 15,8 12,1 55 55
FIS A M12
144 180 40,0 21,2 12,1 55 55
128 164 60,0 25,5 22,4 65 65
FIS A M16
192 248 60,0 38,3 22,4 65 65
160 200 120,0 37,9 35,0 85 85
FIS A M20
240 290 120,0 56,8 35,0 85 85
192 250 150,0 51,7 50,4 105 105
FIS A M24
288 345 150,0 77,6 50,4 105 105
240 310 300,0 74,5 80,1 140 140
FIS A M30
360 430 300,0 114,4 80,1 140 140
1)
2)
3)
99
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A A4
50 100 5,0 3,4 3,2 40 40
FIS A M6 A4
72 100 5,0 4,8 3,2 40 40
64 100 10,0 7,0 5,9 40 40
FIS A M8 A4
96 130 10,0 9,9 5,9 40 40
80 110 20,0 11,0 9,3 45 45
FIS A M10 A4
120 150 20,0 15,7 9,3 45 45
96 126 40,0 15,8 13,5 55 55
FIS A M12 A4
144 180 40,0 22,5 13,5 55 55
128 164 60,0 25,5 25,1 65 65
FIS A M16 A4
192 248 60,0 38,3 25,1 65 65
160 208 120,0 37,9 39,2 85 85
FIS A M20 A4
240 290 120,0 56,8 39,2 85 85
192 248 150,0 51,7 56,5 105 105
FIS A M24 A4
288 345 150,0 77,6 56,5 105 105
240 310 300,0 74,5 89,8 140 140
FIS A M30 A4
360 430 300,0 114,4 89,8 140 140
1)
2)
3)
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A C
50 100 5,0 3,4 4,0 40 40
FIS A M6 C
72 100 5,0 4,8 4,0 40 40
64 100 10,0 7,0 7,3 40 40
FIS A M8 C
96 130 10,0 10,5 7,3 40 40
80 110 20,0 11,0 11,6 45 45
FIS A M10 C
120 150 20,0 16,5 11,6 45 45
96 126 40,0 15,8 16,9 55 55
FIS A M12 C
144 180 40,0 23,7 16,9 55 55
128 164 60,0 25,5 31,3 65 65
FIS A M16 C
192 248 60,0 38,3 31,3 65 65
160 208 120,0 37,9 49,0 85 85
FIS A M20 C
240 290 120,0 56,8 49,0 85 85
192 248 150,0 51,7 70,5 105 105
FIS A M24 C
288 345 150,0 77,6 70,5 105 105
240 310 300,0 74,5 112,1 140 140
FIS A M30 C
360 430 300,0 114,4 112,1 140 140
1)
2)
3)
100
Chemical fixings
LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A (grade 5.8)
64 100 10,0 6,1 5,1 40 40
FIS A M8
96 130 10,0 9,1 5,1 40 40
80 110 20,0 9,5 8,0 45 45
FIS A M10
120 150 20,0 14,2 8,0 45 45
96 130 40,0 13,6 12,0 55 55
FIS A M12
144 180 40,0 20,5 12,0 55 55
125 160 60,0 21,2 21,7 65 65
FIS A M16
192 230 60,0 32,6 21,7 65 65
160 210 120,0 31,9 34,3 85 85
FIS A M20
240 290 120,0 47,9 34,3 85 85
192 250 150,0 43,1 49,1 105 105
FIS A M24
288 345 150,0 64,6 49,1 105 105
240 310 300,0 62,8 78,3 140 140
FIS A M30
360 430 300,0 94,2 78,3 140 140
1)
2)
3)
LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A A4 (grade A4-70)
64 100 10,0 6,1 6,0 40 40
FIS A M8 A4
96 130 10,0 9,1 6,0 40 40
80 110 20,0 9,5 9,2 45 45
FIS A M10 A4
120 150 20,0 14,2 9,2 45 45
96 130 40,0 13,6 13,7 55 55
FIS A M12 A4
144 180 40,0 20,5 13,7 55 55
125 160 60,0 21,2 25,2 65 65
FIS A M16 A4
192 230 60,0 32,6 25,2 65 65
160 210 120,0 31,9 39,4 85 85
FIS A M20 A4
240 290 120,0 47,9 39,4 85 85
192 250 150,0 43,1 56,3 105 105
FIS A M24 A4
288 345 150,0 64,6 56,3 105 105
240 310 300,0 62,8 89,7 140 140
FIS A M30 A4
360 430 300,0 94,2 89,7 140 140
1)
2)
3)
101
LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with threaded rod FIS A C (material 1.4529)
64 100 10,0 6,1 7,4 40 40
FIS A M8 C
96 130 10,0 9,1 7,4 40 40
80 110 20,0 9,5 11,4 45 45
FIS A M10 C
120 150 20,0 14,2 11,4 45 45
96 130 40,0 13,6 17,1 55 55
FIS A M12 C
144 180 40,0 20,5 17,1 55 55
125 160 60,0 21,2 31,4 65 65
FIS A M16 C
192 230 60,0 32,6 31,4 65 65
160 210 120,0 31,9 49,1 85 85
FIS A M20 C
240 290 120,0 47,9 49,1 85 85
192 250 150,0 43,1 70,3 105 105
FIS A M24 C
288 345 150,0 64,6 70,3 105 105
240 310 300,0 62,8 112,0 140 140
FIS A M30 C
360 430 300,0 94,2 112,0 140 140
1)
2)
3)
102
Injection non-cracked concrete with RG MI
The fixing system with internal threaded anchor
Chemical fixings
for non-cracked concrete
Column bases Pumps
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:

▪ The system comprising internal ▪ Removable fixings ▪ The system can be used with any of
threaded anchor RG MI and one of ▪ Temporary fixings, e.g. for machines the following injection mortars: FIS V,
the injection mortars FIS V, FIS VS, ▪ Scaffold anchoring FIS VS, FIS VW and FIS VT.
FIS VW or FIS VT for non-cracked ▪ The injection system is suitable for pre-
concrete can be individually selected positioned installation when combined
based on requirements, thus allowing with the internal threaded anchor
for a wide range of applications. RG MI.
▪ The internal threaded anchor RG MI ▪ The mortar is extruded bubble free
allows for surface flush removal and from the drill hole base.
reuse of the fixing point, and therefore ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
offers the best possible flexibility. the internal threaded anchor with the
▪ The metric internal thread allows drill hole wall and seals the drill hole.
for the use of standard screws or ▪ The internal threaded anchor is set
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation manually, by lightly rotating it until it
to suit the intended use. reaches the drill hole base.
FOR USE WITH
FIS V mortar FIS VW mortar FIS VS mortar FIS VT mortar

see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83
103
Chemical fixings Injection non-cracked concrete with RG MI
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole dia- Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
steel steel meter tration tration
ETA do lE,min lE,max

Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) — — 10 8 14 5 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) — — 12 10 16 5 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) ■ 14 12 18 5 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) ■ 18 15 23 7 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) ■ 20 18 26 11 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) ■ 24 24 35 17 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) ■ 32 30 45 48 5
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8)
Type Effective Minimum Installation torque Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 11,9 8,3 40 40
RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 15,9 13,3 45 45
RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 19,8 19,3 60 60
RG M 16 I 160 205 80,0 29,8 35,8 80 80
RG M 20 I 200 260 120,0 45,6 43,4 125 125
1)
2)
3)
104
Injection non-cracked concrete with RG MI
Chemical fixings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw with grade A4-70)
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 40 40
RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 15,7 9,3 45 45
RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 19,8 13,5 60 60
RG M 16 I A4 160 205 80,0 29,8 25,1 80 80
RG M 20 I A4 200 260 120,0 45,6 39,2 125 125
1)
2)
3)
LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with internal threaded anchor RG MI (screw with grade 8.8)
RG M 8 I 90 120 10,0 9,9 8,3 40 40
RG M 10 I 90 125 20,0 13,9 13,3 45 45
RG M 12 I 125 165 40,0 19,8 19,3 60 60
RG M 16 I 160 205 80,0 23,8 35,8 80 80
RG M 20 I 200 260 120,0 37,7 52,1 125 125
1)
2)
LOADS
Injection system FIS VT with internal threaded anchor RG MI A4 (screw with grade A4-70)
RG M 8 I A4 90 120 10,0 9,9 5,9 40 40
RG M 10 I A4 90 125 20,0 13,9 9,3 45 45
RG M 12 I A4 125 165 40,0 19,8 13,5 60 60
RG M 16 I A4 160 205 80,0 23,8 25,1 80 80
RG M 20 I A4 200 260 120,0 37,7 39,2 125 125
1)
2)
3)
105
Chemical fixings Injection in solid brick masonry
The versatile fixing system for solid brick masonry
French balconies Satellite dishes
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Solid sand-lime bricks
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ Solid and lightweight concrete blocks
▪ Solid pumice and other solid building
materials

▪ The fixing system comprising threaded ▪ Gratings ▪ The system can be used with any of
rod FIS A or internal threaded anchor ▪ Gates the following injection mortars: FIS V,
FIS E and one of the injection mortars ▪ Handrails FIS VS, FIS VW. FIS VT or FIS P can be
FIS V, FIS VS or FIS VW can be ▪ Consoles used but do not have approvals.
individually selected based on require- ▪ Pipelines ▪ FIS E is suitable for pre-positioned
ments, thus allowing for a wide range ▪ Sanitary equipment installation, whilst FIS A is suitable
of applications. ▪ Awnings for pre-positioned and push-through
▪ The wide range of approved threaded ▪ Canopies installation.
rods FIS A from M6 to M16 allows for ▪ Satellite antennas ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
various applications. ▪ Sun protection the anchor with the drill hole wall and
▪ The internal threaded anchor FIS E seals the drill hole.
allows for surface flush removal and ▪ The anchor is set manually, by lightly
reuse of the fixing point, and therefore rotating it until it reaches the drill hole
offers the best possible flexibility. base.
▪ In general, it is also possible to use the
FIS H K anchor sleeves in solid brick
masonry, and this provides additio-
nal safety when the base material is
unknown. Technical data see page
114.
FOR USE WITH
FIS V mortar FIS VW mortar FIS VS mortar FIS VT mortar FIS P mortar
see page 71 see page 75 see page 79 see page 83 see page 86
106
Injection in solid brick masonry
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Min. anchorage Max. useful Fill quantity for Sales unit
steel grade steel diameter in solid depth in solid length in solid effect. anchoring
Approval
5.8 brick masonry brick masonry brick masonry depth in solid

brick masonry
do hef, min tfix, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 046205 ▯ — 8 — — — 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 ▯ — 8 — — — 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 090438 ▯ — 8 75 2 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 ▯ — 8 75 25 2 20
FIS A M 8 x 70 046206 046245 ▯ ■ 10 50 10 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 ▯ ■ 10 50 30 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 ▯ ■ 10 50 50 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 ▯ ■ 10 50 70 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 ▯ ■ 10 50 115 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 ▯ ■ 12 50 50 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 ▯ ■ 12 50 70 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 ▯ ■ 12 50 90 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 ▯ ■ 12 50 110 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 ▯ ■ 12 50 140 2 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 ▯ ■ 14 50 55 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 ▯ ■ 14 50 75 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 ▯ ■ 14 50 95 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 ▯ ■ 14 50 115 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 ▯ ■ 14 50 145 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 ▯ ■ 14 50 195 3 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 044975 ▯ ■ 18 64 51 4 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 090455 ▯ ■ 18 64 96 4 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 090456 ▯ ■ 18 64 121 4 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 090457 ▯ ■ 18 64 171 4 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 090458 ▯ ■ 18 64 221 4 10
107
TECHNICAL DATA
Internal threaded sockets FIS E
zinc-plated Drill hole Effect. anchoring Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity for effect. anchoring Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth tration tration depth in solid brick masonry

do hef lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ▯ 14 85 6 60 4 10
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ▯ 14 85 8 60 4 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 ▯ 18 85 10 60 5 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 ▯ 18 85 12 60 5 10
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5)
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned or push-through installation.
For the design the complete approval ETA-10/0383 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Min. effective Brick type, na- Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN torque tensile load3) shear load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
depth4)
fb hef,min [-] Tinst Nperm Vperm smin cmin
[N/mm²] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M8 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M10 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,57 0,71 80 50
M12 10 50 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,71 80 50
M16 10 64 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,71 80 55
M8 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,57 0,86 80 50
M10 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50
M12 16 50 Mz 4,0 0,86 1,00 80 50
M16 16 64 Mz 4,0 1,00 1,14 80 55
Solid sand-lime brick and solid block KS
M8 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M10 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M12 10 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,71 80 50
M16 10 64 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 0,71 80 55
M8 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,00 80 50
M10 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 50
M12 20 50 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 50
M16 20 64 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,71 1,00 80 55
M8 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50
M10 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50
M12 10 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,71 80 50
M16 10 64 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 0,86 80 55
M8 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,14 1,29 80 50
M10 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,29 80 50
M12 28 50 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,29 80 50
M16 28 64 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 55
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for 4)
Max. effective anchorage depth 100 mm.
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
2)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and wet masonry for temperatures in the substrate
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
108
Injection in solid brick masonry
Chemical fixings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K.
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
Solid brick masonry
depth4)
Solid brick Mz
M8 10 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50
M10 10 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 0,86 80 50
M8 16 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 1,14 80 50
M10 16 85 Mz 4,0 0,71 1,14 80 50
M8 10 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,86 80 50
M10 10 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,43 0,86 80 50
M8 20 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,29 80 50
M10 20 85 KS (2DF) 4,0 0,57 1,29 80 50
M8 10 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,86 80 50
M10 10 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 1,43 0,86 80 50
M8 28 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 50
M10 28 85 KS (8DF) 4,0 2,57 1,43 80 50
Solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete without slots Vbl
M8 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,57 0,43 80 50
M10 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,57 0,43 80 50
M12 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,71 0,43 80 60
M12 2 180 Vbl 4,0 1,00 0,43 80 60
M16 2 110 Vbl 4,0 0,71 0,43 80 60
M16 2 180 Vbl 4,0 1,00 0,43 80 60
1)
The max. anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. technical data).
2)
gvz, A4 and C.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge 6)
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E5).
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1824 has to be considered.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Effective Brick type, Installation Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage depth4) naming acc. DIN torque tensile load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm²] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M6 - M8 12 75 Mz 2,0 1,00 50 60
M10 - M16 12 75 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60
M6 - M8 12 75 KS 2,0 1,00 50 60
M10 - M16 12 75 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60
1)
Required safety factors are considered. 4)
Values apply to threaded rod FIS A. When using the internal threaded socket FIS E (M6 to M12)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. the anchorage depth is 85 mm instead of 75 mm.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile 5)
gvz and A4. For FIS E screw with grade 5.8 resp. A4-70.
loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor 6)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid masonry for temperatures in the substrate
groups) see approval. up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
109
LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K.
Solid brick masonry
Type Compressive Effective Brick type, Installation Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage depth4) naming acc. DIN torque tensile load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
[N/mm²] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
M6 12 50 - 85 Mz 2,0 1,00 50 60
M8 12 50 - 130 Mz 2,0 1,707) 50 60
M10 12 85 - 130 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60
M12 12 85 - 130 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60
M16 12 85 - 200 Mz 2,0 1,70 50 60
M6 12 50 - 85 KS 2,0 1,00 50 60
M8 12 50 - 130 KS 2,0 1,707) 50 60
M10 12 85 - 130 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60
M12 12 85 - 130 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60
M16 12 85 - 200 KS 2,0 1,70 50 60
1)
The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. data).
3)
groups) see approval. up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
7)
For anchor sleeve FIS H 12x50K Fperm = 1,00 kN.
110
Injection in perforated brick masonry
The versatile fixing system with injection anchor sleeves for
Chemical fixings
perforated brick masonry
Wall consoles Pipeline routes
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ Hollow pumice slabs
▪ Slabs made of hollow brick and other
perforated brick
materials

▪ The grating structure of the FIS H K ▪ Awnings ▪ The system can be used with any of
anchor sleeve is adapted for the injec- ▪ Canopies the following injection mortars: FIS V,
tion mortars FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW, ▪ Gates FIS VS, FIS VW. FIS VT or FIS P can be
and ensures sparing mortar use with ▪ Handrails used but do not have approvals.
the best interlock. ▪ Consoles ▪ The system is suitable for pre-
▪ The centring blades perfectly align ▪ Pipelines positioned installation when com-
the anchor in the anchor sleeve, and ▪ Sanitary equipment bined with injection anchor sleeves
allow for use with various threaded ▪ Gratings and threaded rods FIS A or internal
rod diameters. ▪ Satellite antennas threaded anchors FIS E.
▪ The barbed hooks secure the anchor ▪ Sun protection ▪ The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill
sleeve in the drill hole and allow for a hole, and filled with injection mortar
trouble-free overhead installation. from the anchor sleeve base.
▪ The geometry of the anchor sleeves ▪ Turning in the anchor causes the mor-
allows for the bridging of non-bearing tar to be pushed through the anchor
layers for a simple and convenient sleeve‘s grating structure, so that it fits
installation. the base material perfectly. The load is
borne by the interlock.
FOR USE WITH
111
Chemical fixings Injection in perforated brick masonry
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Min. anchorage Max. useful length Suitable injection Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel in perforated brick depth in perforated in perforated brick anchor sleeve
5.8 masonry brick masonry masonry
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 046205 ▯ — 12 50 12 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 090437 ▯ — 12 50 17 FIS H 12 x 50 K 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 090438 ▯ — 12 50 27 FIS H 12 x 50 K 20
50 50 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 090439 ▯ — 12 20
85 15 FIS H 12 x 85 K
FIS A M 8 x 70 046206 046245 ▯ ■ 12 50 25 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 ▯ ■ 12 50 30 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
50 50 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 ▯ ■ 12/16 85 15 FIS H 12 x 85 K 10
85 15 FIS H 16 x 85 K
50 70 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 ▯ ■ 12/16 85 35 FIS H 12 x 85 K 10
85 35 FIS H 16 x 85 K
50 115 FIS H 12 x 50 K
85 80 FIS H 12 x 85 K
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 ▯ ■ 12/16 10
85 80 FIS H 16 x 85 K
130 35 FIS H 16 x 130 K
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 ▯ ■ 16 85 15 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 ▯ ■ 16 85 35 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10
85 55 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 ▯ ■ 16 10
130 10 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 75 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 ▯ ■ 16 10
130 30 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 105 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 ▯ ■ 16 10
130 60 FIS H 16 x 130 K
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 ▯ ■ 20 85 20 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 ▯ ■ 20 85 40 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
85 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 ▯ ■ 20 10
130 15 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 80 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 ▯ ■ 20 10
130 35 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 110 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 ▯ ■ 20 10
130 65 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 160 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 ▯ ■ 20 130 115 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 45 FIS H 20 x 200 K
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 044975 ▯ ■ 20 85 30 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
112
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Min. anchorage Max. useful length Suitable injection Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel in perforated brick depth in perforated in perforated brick anchor sleeve
5.8 masonry brick masonry masonry
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
85 75 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 090455 ▯ ■ 20 10
130 30 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 100 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 090456 ▯ ■ 20 10
130 55 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 150 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 090457 ▯ ■ 20 130 105 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 35 FIS H 20 x 200 K
85 200 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 090458 ▯ ■ 20 130 155 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 85 FIS H 20 x 200 K
TECHNICAL DATA
zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Effect. Min. bolt Max. bolt Suitable injection Sales unit
Approval
steel in perforated brick anchoring depth penetration penetration anchor sleeve

masonry
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
16 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ▯ 85 6 60 10
20 FIS H 20 x 85 K
16 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ▯ 85 8 60 10
20 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 ▯ 20 85 10 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 ▯ 20 85 12 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
113
Chemical fixings Injection in perforated brick masonry
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection anchor sleeve FIS H K
Drill hole Min. drill hole Effect. ancho- Fits Filling quantity Sales unit
Approval
diameter depth ring depth per sleeve
do h1 hef
Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FIS H 12 x 50 K 041900 ▯ — 12 60 50 FIS A M6-M8 5 50
FIS H 12 x 85 K 041901 ▯ — 12 95 85 FIS A M6-M8 10 50
FIS H 16 x 85 K 041902 ▯ ■ 16 95 85 FIS A M8-M10, FIS E M6-M8 12 50
FIS H 16 x 130 K 041903 ▯ ■ 16 140 130 FIS A M8-M10 15 20
FIS A M12-M16,
FIS H 20 x 85 K 041904 ▯ — 20 95 85 15 20
FIS E M10-M12
FIS H 20 x 130 K 046703 ▯ ■ 20 140 130 FIS A M12-M16 25 20
FIS H 20 x 200 K 046704 ▯ ■ 20 210 200 FIS A M12-M16 40 20
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection anchor sleeve, 1 m length FIS H L
Drill hole diameter Total length Fits Filling quantity per Sales unit
10 cm
do l
FIS H 12 x 1000 L 050598 12 1000 Ø6 / M 6 - Ø8 / M 8 12 10
FIS H 16 x 1000 L 050599 16 1000 Ø10/M10 / Ø12/M12 14 10
FIS H 22 x 1000 L 045301 22 1000 Ø12/M12 - Ø16/M16 20 6
FIS H 30 x 1000 L 000645 30 1000 Ø16/M16 - Ø22/M22 26 4
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection anchor sleeve with net FIS H N
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Min. anchorage depth Filling quantity per Fits Sales unit
anchor sleeve
do h1 hv
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
FIS H 16 x 85 N 050470 16 95 90 15 Ø8/M8 20
FIS H 18 x 85 N 050472 18 95 90 17 Ø10/M10 20
FIS H 20 x 85 N 050474 20 95 90 18 Ø12/M12 20
114
Chemical fixings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
Perforated brick masonry
depth4)
Vertically perforated brick Hlz
M8 / M10 8 110 Hlz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M12 / M16 8 110 Hlz 2,0 0,43 0,57 80 120
M8 / M10 10 110 Hlz 2,0 0,71 0,43 80 100
M12 / M16 10 110 Hlz 2,0 1,00 0,43 80 120
M8 / M10 12 110 7) Hlz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M12 / M16 12 110 Hlz 2,0 1,00 0,57 80 120
M8 / M10 28 85 Hlz 2,0 1,00 1,71 100 240
M12 / M16 28 110 Hlz 2,0 - - - -
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL
M8 / M10 12 85 KSL 2,0 0,71 1,29 80 100
M12 / M16 12 110 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 120
M8 / M10 20 85 KSL 2,0 1,00 1,71 80 100
M12 / M16 20 110 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 120
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl
M8 / M10 6 110 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 100
M12 / M16 6 110 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 120
1)
The max. anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. technical data).
2)
gvz, A4 and C.
3)
7)
For bricks with certain hole patterns 85 mm are possible. Please see approval.
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E5) and
anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for pre-positioned installation.
Type Compressive Effective ancho- Brick type, na- Installation Permissible Permissible Min. spacing2) Min. edge
brick strength rage depth4) ming acc. DIN torque load3) load3) 7) distance2)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
M6 - M16 4 85 HLz 2,0 0,30 0,60 50 50
M6 - M16 6 85 HLz 2,0 0,40 0,80 50 50
M6 - M16 12 85 HLz 2,0 0,80 1,00 50 50
M6 - M16 4 85 KSL 2,0 0,40 0,60 50 50
M6 - M16 6 85 KSL 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 50
M6 - M16 12 85 KSL 2,0 0,80 1,40 50 50
M6 - M16 2 85 Hbl 2,0 0,30 0,50 50 200
M6 - M16 4 85 Hbl 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200
Hollow block of normal concrete Hbn
M6 - M16 4 85 Hbn 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200
Lightweight aggregate concrete TGL
M8 - M16 - 85 TGL 2,0 2,008) - 50 50
1)
2)
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The thickness of the outer web of the
groups) see approval. KSL has to be min. 30 mm (old bricks).
4)
Anchorage depths apply for FIS A and FIS E (M6 - M12). 8)
For M8 and M10 the highest permissible load is 1,3 kN.
115
Chemical fixings Push-through installation in masonry
Simple push-through installation in masonry
Detail: Wood constructions in push-through

Car ports
installation
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ Hollow pumice slabs
▪ Slabs made of hollow brick and other
perforated bricks
materials

▪ The direct installation through the ▪ Timber constructions ▪ The system can be used with any of
fixture reduces preliminary work wher- ▪ Awnings the following injection mortars: FIS V,
ever there are several fixing points for ▪ Canopies FIS VS, FIS VW. FIS VT or FIS P can be
each fixture, and guarantees a signifi- ▪ Car ports used but do not have approvals.
cantly simpler installation process. ▪ Gates ▪ The injection system is suitable for
▪ The design of the push-through push-through installation when com-
anchor sleeve FIS H K allows for a bined with the push-through anchor
range of usable lengths with just one sleeve FIS H K.
product, thus providing maximum flex- ▪ The push-through anchor sleeve is
ibility and cost-effectiveness. adapted to suit the fixture thickness
▪ The movable edge, in combination using the scale and the movable edge,
with the scale, makes it easier to adapt and cut as required.
the anchor sleeve to suit the desired ▪ The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill
usable length. hole, and filled with injection mortar
▪ The grating structure of the push- from the anchor sleeve base. It should
through anchor sleeve is adapted for be ensured that the anchor sleeve
the injection mortars FIS V, FIS VS and is completely filled, including in the
FIS VW, and ensures sparing mortar fixture region.
use with the best interlock. ▪ Turning in the anchor causes the mor-
tar to be pushed through the anchor
sleeve‘s grating structure, so that it fits
the base material perfectly. The load is
borne by the interlock.
FOR USE WITH
116
Push-through installation in masonry
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection push-through anchor sleeve FIS HK
Drill hole Max. Effect. Max. fixture Fits Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
diameter drill hole depth anchoring depth thickness
do hef t fix
Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FIS H 18 x 130/200 K 045707 ▯ ■ 18 340 130 200 M10 - M12 35 10
FIS H 22 x 130/200 K 045708 ▯ ■ 22 340 130 200 M 16 45 10
TECHNICAL DATA
FIS Set 18 x 130/200 M12/200
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Max. drill hole Effect. Max. fixture Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
steel steel diameter depth anchoring thickness

depth
do hef t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS Set 18 x 130/200 M12/200 047443 047452 ▯ ■ 18 340 130 200 35 5
FIS Set 22 x 130/200 M16/200 047453 047454 ▯ ■ 22 340 130 200 45 5
117
Chemical fixings Push-through installation in masonry
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for push-through installation.
Type Compressive Effective Brick type, na- Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
depth4)
fb hef [-] Tinst Nperm Vperm smin cmin
M10 / M12 8 130 HLz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M16 8 130 HLz 2,0 0,71 0,57 80 120
M10 / M12 10 130 HLz 2,0 0,71 0,43 80 100
M16 10 130 HLz 2,0 1,00 0,43 80 120
M10 / M12 12 130 HLz 2,0 0,57 0,57 80 100
M16 12 130 HLz 2,0 1,00 0,57 80 120
M10 / M12 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 100
M16 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,86 1,29 80 120
M10 / M12 20 130 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 100
M16 20 130 KSL 2,0 1,29 1,71 80 120
M10 / M12 6 130 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 100
M16 6 130 Hbl 2,0 0,34 0,71 80 120
1)
The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant push-through anchor sleeves FIS H 18 K
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. and FIS H 22 K (see technical data).
2) Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. 5)
gvz, A4 and C.
3)
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry for push-through installation.
Type Compressive Effective Brick type, na- Installation Permissible Permissible Min. spacing2) Min. edge
brick strength anchorage ming acc. DIN torque load3) load3) 7) distance2)
depth4)
fb hef [-] Tinst Fperm Fperm smin (amin) cmin (ar)
M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 HLz 2,0 0,30 0,60 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 6 130 HLz 2,0 0,40 0,80 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 12 130 HLz 2,0 0,80 1,00 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 KSL 2,0 0,40 0,60 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 6 130 KSL 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 12 130 KSL 2,0 0,80 1,40 50 50
M10 / M12 / M16 2 130 Hbl 2,0 0,30 0,50 50 200
M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 Hbl 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200
M10 / M12 / M16 4 130 Hbn 2,0 0,60 0,80 50 200
Lightweight aggregate concrete TGL
M10 / M12 / M16 - 130 TGL 2,0 2,008) - 50 50
1)
gvz and A4.
2)
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The thickness of the outer web of the
groups) see approval. KSL has to be min. 30 mm (old bricks).
4)
The anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant push-through anchor sleeves FIS H 18 K 8)
For M10 the highest permissible load is 1,3 kN.
and FIS H 22 K (see technical data).
118
Injection for aerated concrete with FIS A
Chemical fixings
Secure hold in aerated concrete using undercut technology
Canopies Detail: Undercut drillhole in aerated concrete
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Reinforced roof and ceiling boards
made of aerated concrete
▪ Aerated concrete blocks
▪ Prefabricated reinforced and non-
reinforced wall components made of
aerated concrete

▪ The cone-shaped drill hole guarantees ▪ Guard rails ▪ The system can be used with any of
maximum load-bearing capacity in aer- ▪ Consoles the following injection mortars: FIS V,
ated concrete thanks to the interlock. ▪ Gates FIS VS, FIS VW. FIS VT or FIS P can be
▪ The centring sleeve PBZ fixes the ▪ Staircases used but do not have approvals.
anchor in the drill hole, thus also allow- ▪ Windows ▪ The injection system for aerated
ing for overhead installation. ▪ Façades concrete is suitable for pre-positioned
▪ Two anchorage depths in combination ▪ Canopies installation.
with the threaded rod FIS A allow for ▪ Timber constructions ▪ The cone drill bit PBB allows for the
the ideal adaptation to the load to be ▪ Steel constructions drill hole and undercut to be made in
applied. ▪ Sun protection one step by pivoting the drill.
▪ The internal threaded anchor FIS E ▪ The mortar completely fills the
allows for surface flush removal and undercut and transfers the load via the
reuse of the fixing point, and therefore interlock.
offers the best possible flexibility. ▪ The drill hole is filled from the drill hole
mouth using the centring sleeve PBZ.
▪ The threaded rod FIS A or the internal
threaded anchor FIS E are set manu-
ally by turning lightly.
FOR USE WITH
119
Chemical fixings Injection for aerated concrete with FIS A
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diame- Min. anchorage Max. useful Fill quantity for Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel ter in aerated depth in aerated length in aerated effect. anchoring
5.8 concrete concrete concrete depth in aerated
concrete
DIBt do hef, min tfix, max
Item gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 090440 ▯ 14 75 5 15 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 090441 ▯ 14 75 25 15 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 090442 ▯ 14 75 45 15 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 090443 ▯ 14 75 90 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 090444 ▯ 14 75 25 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 090447 ▯ 14 75 45 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 090448 ▯ 14 75 65 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 044973 ▯ 14 75 85 15 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 090449 ▯ 14 75 115 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 044974 ▯ 14 75 30 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 090450 ▯ 14 75 50 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 090451 ▯ 14 75 70 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 090452 ▯ 14 75 90 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 090453 ▯ 14 75 115 15 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 090454 ▯ 14 75 170 15 10
TECHNICAL DATA
zinc-plated Drill hole Effect. anchoring Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity for effect. anchoring Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth tration tration depth in aerated concrete

Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ▯ 14 85 6 60 20 10
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ▯ 14 85 8 60 20 10
120
Injection for aerated concrete with FIS A
Chemical fixings
ACCESSORIES
Cone drill PBB Centring sleeve PBZ
Fits Sales unit
Approval
Item Art.-No. DIBt [pcs]
Cone drill PBB 090634 ▯ M8 - M12; FIS E 1
Centring sleeve PBZ 090671 ▯ M8 - M12; FIS E 10
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E5) and centring
sleeve PBZ.
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in aerated concrete walls.
Aerated concrete wall
Type Compressive Effective Brick type, Installation torque Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage depth4) naming acc. DIN load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
[N/mm²] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Aerated concrete block PB, PP
M8 - M12 2 75 PB, PP 10,0 0,90 50 100
M8 - M12 2 954) PB, PP 10,0 1,30 50 150
M8 - M12 4 75 PB, PP 10,0 1,20 50 100
M8 - M12 4 954) PB, PP 10,0 1,70 50 150
M8 - M12 6 75 PB, PP 10,0 1,60 50 100
M8 - M12 6 954) PB, PP 10,0 2,10 50 150
Reinforced aerated concrete wall panel P
M8 - M12 2,2 75 P2,2 10,0 0,90 50 100
M8 - M12 2,2 954) P2,2 10,0 1,40 50 150
M8 - M12 3,3 75 P3,3 10,0 1,20 50 100
M8 - M12 3,3 954) P3,3 10,0 1,60 50 150
M8 - M12 4,4 75 P4,4 10,0 1,40 50 100
M8 - M12 4,4 954) P4,4 10,0 1,90 50 150
1)
Values apply to threaded rod FIS A. When using the internal threaded socket FIS E (M6 and M8)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. the anchorage depth is 85 mm instead of 95 mm.
3)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid aerated concrete for temperatures in the
groups) see approval. substrate up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according
approval.
121
Chemical fixings Injection for aerated concrete with FIS A
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS und FIS VW with threaded rod FIS A5) resp. internal threaded socket FIS E5) and centring
sleeve PBZ.
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in aerated concrete roof and floor slabs.
Reinforced aerated concrete roof and floor slabs
Type Compressive Effective Brick type, Installation torque Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength anchorage depth4) naming acc. DIN load3) spacing2) edge distance2)
[N/mm²] [mm] [-] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Reinforced aerated concrete roof and floor slabs
M8 - M12 2,2 75 P2,2 10,0 0,90 50 100
M8 - M12 2,2 954) P2,2 10,0 1,40 50 150
M8 - M12 3,3 75 P3,3 10,0 1,20 50 100
M8 - M12 3,3 954) P3,3 10,0 1,60 50 150
M8 - M12 4,4 75 P4,4 10,0 1,40 50 100
M8 - M12 4,4 954) P4,4 10,0 1,90 50 150
1)
Values apply to threaded rod FIS A. When using the internal threaded socket FIS E (M6 and M8)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. the anchorage depth is 85mm instead of 95 mm.
3)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid aerated concrete for temperatures in the
groups) see approval. substrate up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according
approval.
122
Rebar connections
Chemical fixings
Professional rebar connections
Rebar connections Rebar connections

Approved for:

▪ The injection mortars FIS V / VS ▪ Post-installed concrete steel bars, e.g. ▪ Anchoring as with cast-in reinforce-
allow for rebar connections from for overlap connections, end anchor- ment bars in line with Eurocode 2 and
Ø8 to 28 mm, whilst injection mortar ings, starter bars, needlings etc. DIN 1045-1.
FIS EM allows for rebar connections ▪ Rebar anchor FRA ▪ The mortar is extruded bubble free
up to Ø40 mm to be carried out. This into the drill hole using the injec-
offers maximum flexibility. tion adapter. The geometry causes a
▪ FIS EM also allows for the execution of build-up of pressure in the drill hole,
rebar connections in diamond-drilled which pushes the injection adapter
holes. and extension tube automatically out
▪ The FRA with connecting thread in of the drill hole.
stainless steel A4 fully utilises the ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
load-bearing capacity of the concrete. of the reinforcement bar with the drill
This means that extremely high tensile hole wall.
loads can be introduced into the base ▪ A special certification is necessary for
material. installation according to approval in
▪ Accessories in line with building site Germany. The fischer Academy offers
requirements, such as injection adapt- the relevant training courses.
ers and extension tubes, ensure rapid
progress.
▪ The FIS rebar case contains all of the
individual components required, thus
ensuring a convenient installation.
FOR USE WITH
FIS EM mortar FIS V mortar FIS VS mortar

123
Chemical fixings Rebar connections
INSTALLATION WITH FIS V / FIS VS
INSTALLATION WITH WITH EM IN DIAMOND DRILLED HOLES
INSTALLATION WITH FIS EM IN HAMMER DRILLED HOLES
TECHNICAL DATA
Rebar anchor FRA
Combination Total length Max. fixing Drill-hole Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
of materials thickness
l tfix d0
Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FRA 12/900 M12-60 505529 ▯ ■ 975 60 16 50 8
FRA 16/1100 M16-60 505533 ▯ ■ 1180 60 20 81 8
FRA 20/1400 M20-60 505534 ▯ ■ 1485 60 25 160 4
Reinforcement bar welded with threaded part made of stainless stell A4.
124
Rebar connections
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
FIS-Rebar Case for reinforcement connection
Contents Sales unit

Approval

8 x Cleaning brush, 5 x Extensions for cleaning brushes à 40 cm,
1 x SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8, 24 x Injection adapter,
1 x Cleaning hose complete, 1 x Brush control template, 8 x Cleaning nozzle,
FIS-Rebar case D 505941 ▯ ■ 1
1 x Marker tape, 1 x Digital thermometer, 1 x Protective goggles,
1 x Installation instructions (german), 10 x Installation report,
2 x Flat spanner SW 7 and the relevant approvals
8 x Cleaning brush, 5 x Extensions for cleaning brushes à 40 cm,
1 x SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8, 24 x Injection adapter,
1 x Cleaning hose complete, 1 x Brush control template, 8 x Cleaning nozzle,
FIS-Rebar case Int 505942 — ■ 1
1 x Marker tape, 1 x Digital thermometer, 1 x Protective goggles,
1 x Installation instructions (german, english, french, italian, spanish),
10 x Installation report, 2 x Flat spanner SW 7 and the relevant approvals
ACCESSORIES
Cleaning brush with thread M 8
Colour Length Sales unit

Brush for drill-Ø 12 mm 001490 white - 1
Brush for drill-Ø 14 mm 001491 blue - 1
Brush for drill-Ø 16 mm 001492 red - 1
Brush for drill-Ø 18 mm 001493 yellow - 1
Brush for drill-Ø 20 mm 001494 green - 1
Brush for drill-Ø 25 mm 001495 black - 1
Brush for drill-Ø 30 mm 090063 grey - 1
Brush for drill-Ø 35 mm 090071 brown - 1
Brush for drill-Ø 40 mm 505061 - - 1
FIS brush extension 508791 - 420 1
SDS Chuck with internal thread M 8 511961 - - 2
ACCESSORIES
Injection adapter for drill Ø 12 - 25 mm Injection adapter for drill Ø 30 - 55 mm
Extension tube
Colour Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 12 mm 001497 white 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9 for drill-Ø 14 mm 001498 blue 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 16 mm 001499 red 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 18 mm 001483 yellow 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9 for drill-Ø 20 mm 001506 green 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 20 mm 001508 green 10
125
Chemical fixings Rebar connections
ACCESSORIES
Injection adapter for drill Ø 12 - 25 mm Injection adapter for drill Ø 30 - 55 mm
Extension tube
Colour Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 25 mm 001507 black 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 25 mm 001509 black 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 30 mm 090689 grey 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 30 mm 090700 grey 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 35 mm 090699 brown 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 35 mm 090701 brown 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 40 mm 505077 - 10
FIS Extension tube 048983 - 10
Extension tube Ø 15 (1,9 m) 001489 - 10
ACCESSORIES
Drilling aid
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Drilling aid 3pcs. 090819 1
ACCESSORIES
SDS-max scrabbeling tool to roughen the connection surface
Fits Dimensions Sales unit

Stocker 001253 Chuck type SDS max 45 x 240 1
ACCESSORIES
Compressed air nozzle
Fits Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed air nozzle D12-D15 511956 Drill diameter Ø 12 - 15 mm 2
126
Rebar connections
Chemical fixings
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS EM with Rebars from steel type BSt 500 S5)
Design resistant loads and permissible tensile loads1) 6) of a single post-installed Rebar in concrete C20/252).
For the design and planning the complete approval ETA - 09/0089 and ETA - 08/0266 have to be considered.
Cracked or Non-cracked concrete
Rebar Basic anchorage length4) Basic anchorage length4) Max. permissible Max. design resistance Max. permissible
for FIS V, FIS VS for FIS EM embedment depth for tensile load tensile load
lb,rqd lb,rqd max lv NRd,s3) Nperm,s3)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN]
Ø 8 mm 378 378 1800 21,9 15,6
Ø 10 mm 473 473 1800 34,1 24,4
Ø 12 mm 567 567 1800 49,2 35,1
Ø 14 mm 662 662 1800 66,9 47,8
Ø 16 mm 756 756 1800 87,4 62,4
Ø 20 mm 945 945 1800 136,6 97,6
Ø 25 mm 1181 1181 2000 213,4 152,4
Ø 28 mm 1323 1323 2000 267,7 191,2
Ø 32 mm - 1512 2000 349,7 249,8
Ø 36 mm - 1701 2000 442,6 316,1
Ø 40 mm - 1890 2000 546,4 390,3
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the European Standard EN 1992- Annex C,Table C.1 and C.2N are permitted. When using an other steel quality the given basic
1-1 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. anchorage length as well as the steel capacity (see foot note 3) will change.
2)
The ETA-approvals for FIS V and FIS EM allow post-installed rebar connections in concrete C12/15 6)
Fixations with post-installed rebars with FIS V and FIS EM are permitted in dry and wet concrete
up to C50/60. When using another concrete strength class the given basic anchorage length will for temperatures in the substrate up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible
change. drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
When using the full steel capacity. 7)
For determination of the installation measures (minimum concrete cover, spacings e.g.) as well
4)
Basic anchorage length" according EN 1992-1-1, chapter 8.4.3 for concrete strength class as an eventually required transverse reinforcement see EN 1992-1-1 and the general instruction
C20/25 for "good bond conditions" rules of the approvals.
5)
Rebars with a characteristic yield strength fyk = 400 - 600 N/mm² according EN 1992-1-1
LOADS
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS and FIS EM with Rebar anchor FRA5)
Highest permissible tensile loads1) 6) for a single Rebar anchor in concrete C20/252).
For the design and planning the complete approvals ETA - 09/0089 and ETA - 08/0266 have to be considered.
Type Basic Max. effective Max. Installation torque Max. design resistance Max. permissible
anchorage length4) embedment depth embedment depth for tensile load tensile load
lb,rqd max lv max le,ges Tinst NRd,s3) Nzul,s3)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN]
FRA 12/900 M12 567 800 900 50,0 49,2 35,1
FRA 16/1100 M16 756 1000 1100 100,0 87,4 62,4
FRA 20/1400 M20 945 1300 1400 150,0 136,6 97,6
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the European Standard EN 1992- 5)
Reinforcement bar BSt 500 S according EN 1992-1-1 Annex C,Table C.1 and C.2N.
1-1 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 6)
Fixations with post-installed Rebars anchors FRA with FIS V and FIS EM are permitted in dry and
2)
The ETA-approvals for FIS V and FIS EM allow post-installed rebar connections in concrete C12/15 wet concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and
up to C50/60. When using another concrete strength class the given basic anchorage length will best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
change. 7)
For determination of the installation measures (minimum concrete cover, spacings e.g.) as well
3)
When using the full steel capacity. as an eventually required transverse reinforcement see EN 1992-1-1 and the general instruction
4)
Basic anchorage length according EN 1992-1-1, chapter 8.4.3 for concrete strength class C20/25 rules of the approvals.
for „good bond conditions“
127
Chemical fixings Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn
The performance class amongst dynamic anchors
Production robots Tunnel ventilators
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ high corrosion resistant steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:

▪ During the setting process, the injec- ▪ Slewing cranes ▪ The injection system suitable for
tion mortar FIS HB fills the annular ▪ Mobile portal and ceiling cranes tensile zones consists of the Highbond
gap in the fixture, and ensures opti- ▪ Guide rails for elevators dynamic anchor rod FHB-A dyn and
mum load distribution. This allows for ▪ Tunnel ventilators (jet fans) the injection mortar FIS HB.
the absorption of dynamic alternating ▪ Bridges for traffic signs ▪ FHB dyn is approved for pre-positioned
loads. ▪ Antennas and transmitter masts and push-through installation.
▪ The cone shape of the FHB-A dyn ▪ Industrial robots ▪ Extruding the mortar causes the two
anchor rod ensures a controlled components to be mixed and acti-
expansion under dynamic stress, thus vated in the static mixer.
allowing for use in cracked concrete. ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
▪ The anchor rod FHB-A dyn is also the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
available made from highly corrosion- and seals the drill hole.
resistant steel. This makes it suitable ▪ The centring sleeve centres the anchor
for use in aggressive atmospheres, for in the fixture, thus ensuring a safe load
example in tunnels. application.
▪ The Highbond anchor dynamic system ▪ The lock nut prevents the nut from
can achieve even greater shear loads becoming loose.
thanks to the additional sleeve of the
anchor rod FHB-A dyn V, and therefore
provides an increased level of safety.
128
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn
Chemical fixings
PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION FHB DYN
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION FHB DYN
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION FHB DYN V
TECHNICAL DATA
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB-A dyn
zinc-plated highly Drill hole Drill depth Anchorage Min. - max. Drill-hole Width across Sales unit
Approval
steel corrosion diameter through depth usable length diameter in nut

resistant fixture object
steel do h0 hef tfix df  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz C
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/25 092018 — ▯ 14 130 100 8 - 25 15 19 10
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/50 092019 — ▯ 14 155 100 8 - 50 15 19 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/25 092020 — ▯ 18 155 125 10 - 25 19 24 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/50 092036 093445 1) ▯ 18 180 125 10 - 50 19 24 10
FHB-A dyn 20 x 170/50 092037 — ▯ 24 225 170 12 - 50 25 30 10
FHB-A dyn 24 x 220/50 092038 — ▯ 28 275 220 14 - 50 29 36 5
129
Chemical fixings Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn
TECHNICAL DATA
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB-A dyn V
zinc-plated Approval Drill hole Drilldepth Anchorage Min. - max. Drill-hole Width across nut Sales unit
steel diameter depth usable length diameter in
object
do td hef tfix df  SW
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/50 V 092039 ▯ 14 85 105 8 - 50 21 19 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/50 V 092040 ▯ 18 100 130 10 - 50 29 24 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS HB 345 S

Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C
+ static mixer FIS S

Approval

FIS HB 345 S 033211 ▯ D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS HB 345 S 502290 ▯ RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS HB 345 S 502913 ▯ D, GB, DK, S, FIN, N 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
FIS HB 150 C 077529 ▯ D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x static mixer FIS S 6
CURING TIME - FIS HB

FIS HB FIS HB at anchoring base
(minimum + 5°C) FIS HB
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 360 min.
± 0°C – + 5°C 180 min.
+ 5°C – +20°C 15 min. + 5°C – +20°C 90 min.
+20°C – +30°C 6 min. +20°C – +30°C 35 min.
+30°C – +40°C 4 min. +30°C – +40°C 20 min.
> +40°C 2 min. > +40°C 12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole.
FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Mortar volume in scale units Anchors per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
shown on the cartridge labels‘ corresponding scale
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 25 7 24

FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 50 8 21
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 25 9 18
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 50 10 17
FHB-A dyn 20 x 170 / 50 23 7
FHB-A dyn 24 x 220 / 50 38 4
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 50 V 12 14
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 50 V 20 8
130
Chemical fixings
For drill diameter Brush diameter Fits to fixings Sales unit

BS ø 14 078180 14 16 FHB-A dyn M12 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 16/18 20 FHB-A dyn M16 1
BS ø 24 078182 24 26 FHB-A dyn M20 1
BS ø 28 078183 28 30 FHB-A dyn M24 1
Compressed-air cleaning gun

Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning gun ABP 059456 FHB-A dyn M20-M24 1
LOADS
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete B25 resp. C20/254).
Type Effective Min. member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth thickness torque tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst ∆Nzul3) ∆Vzul3) smin2) cmin2)
FHB dyn 12x100 100 200 40,0 14,1 6,7 100 100
FHB dyn 12x100 V 105 200 40,0 14,1 9,6 100 100
FHB dyn 16x125 125 250 60,0 23,0 11,9 100 100
FHB dyn 16x125 V 130 250 60,0 23,0 17,0 100 100
FHB dyn 16x125 C 5) 125 250 60,0 15,6 11,9 100 100
FHB dyn 20x170 170 340 100,0 28,1 17,0 150 150
FHB dyn 24x220 220 440 120,0 28,9 22,2 180 180
1)
The permissible loads apply for the design method II (unknown lowest load and unknown load 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads as well as reduced edge distances or spacings
cycles). The partial safety factor for material resistance and the partial safety factor for action (anchor groups) see approval.
regarding fatigue as regulated in the approval are considered. When using design method I higher 4)
permissible loads may be possible. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 5)
Anchor rod FHB-A dyn-C made of highly corrosion-resistant steel of the corrosion resistance class
3 x hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. IV e.g. 1.4529
2)
131
Chemical fixings UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor
The capsule system for the anchoring of dynamic loads
Slewing cranes Guide rails for elevators
VERSIONS APPROVALS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:

▪ The bushing fills the annular gap in ▪ Slewing cranes ▪ The bonded anchor suitable for tensile
the fixture and, in combination with ▪ Mobile portal and ceiling cranes zones consists of the UMV multicone
the anchor rod UMV-A dyn, ensures ▪ Guide rails for elevators dynamic anchor rod and the UMV
an even load distribution. This allows ▪ Antennas and transmitter masts multicone resin capsule.
for the bearing of dynamic alternating ▪ Production robots ▪ UMV multicone dynamic is suitable
loads. for pre-positioned and push-through
▪ The cone shape of the UMV-A dyn installation.
anchor rod ensures a controlled ▪ During setting (rotating/hitting), the
expansion under dynamic stress, thus tip of the anchor rod destroys the
allowing for use in cracked concrete. capsule in the drill hole, and mixes and
▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule activates the mortar.
ensures a quick and easy installation ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
on the construction site, and helps to the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
avoid errors. and seals the drill hole.
▪ The glass particles of the capsule body ▪ Once the fixture has been positioned,
rough up the drill hole wall during the the installation sleeve is used to drive
setting process, and improve the bond the bushing over the anchor rod.
between the anchor rod and concrete.
132
UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
UMV multicone chemical anchor capsule
Drill hole diameter Drill hole depth Sales unit

Approval
Item Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [pcs]

UMV-P 12 x 100 007947 ▯ 15 115 10
UMV-P 16 x 125 007948 ▯ 18 140 10
UMV-P 20 x 170 007949 ▯ 25 190 10
UMV-P 24 x 220 007973 ▯ 28 245 5
TECHNICAL DATA
UMV multicone dynamic anchor rod
zinc-plated Drill hole Total length Min. fixing Max. fixing Through Height of Qty. per pack Qty. per pack
Approval
steel diameter thickness thickness hole clumping threaded rod clamping

chucks chuck
do l tfix tfix df lb
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
Item gvz
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/10 007943 ▯ 15 145 5 10 16 5 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/15 007988 ▯ 15 150 8 15 16 8 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/25 008004 ▯ 15 160 15 25 16 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/50 008005 ▯ 15 185 25 50 16 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 16 x 125/30 008006 ▯ 18 200 15 30 19 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 16 x 125/60 008007 ▯ 18 230 30 60 19 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 20 x 170/40 008008 1) ▯ 25 255 20 40 26 20 10 10
UMV-A dyn 24 x 220/50 008009 1) ▯ 28 325 25 50 29 25 5 5
1) Without external hexagon. Please use a separate setting tool.
133
Chemical fixings UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor
LOADS
UMV multicone dynamic
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) 6) in concrete B25 resp. C20/254)
Type Effective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
hef hmin Tinst ∆Nzul3) ∆Vzul3) smin2) cmin2) ∆Nzul3) ∆Vzul3) smin2) cmin2)
UMV-A dyn M12 x 100 100 200 40,0 11,7 5,6 100 100 12,2 5,6 100 100
UMV-A dyn M16 x 125 125 250 60,0 14,8 6,7 130 130 14,8 6,7 130 130
UMV-A dyn M20 x 170 170 340 100,0 25,0 16,3 170 170 34,9 16,3 170 170
UMV-A dyn M24 x 220 220 440 120,0 35,8 16,3 220 220 38,5 16,3 220 220
1)
The permissible loads apply for the design method II (unknown lowest load and unknown load 3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads as well as reduced edge distances or spacings
cycles). The partial safety factor for material resistance and the partial safety factor for action (anchor groups) see approval.
regarding fatigue as regulated in the approval are considered. When using design method I higher 4)
permissible loads may be possible. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 6)
3 x hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and best possible drillhole cleaning according approval.
2)
134
Stand-off installation Thermax
The approved stand-off installation with thermal barrier in
Chemical fixings
external thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)
Awnings Satellite dishes and air conditioning units
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete, cracked and non-cracked
▪ Hollow block made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Building brick
Also suitable for:

▪ When combined with the injection For the thermally separated fixing of: ▪ The Thermax 12 and 16 systems are
mortars FIS V and FIS EM, the stand- ▪ Awnings suitable for pre-positioned installation.
off installation is approved for high ▪ Canopies ▪ The self-tapping, glass-fibre-reinforced
loads in a range of materials. This ▪ French balcony railings cone cuts its own way through the
allows for a secure fixing. ▪ Brackets plaster into the insulation during instal-
▪ Usable lengths of 60 to 200 mm can ▪ Air conditioning units lation.
be covered with just one Thermax. ▪ Satellite dishes ▪ The anti-cold cone uses a thermal bar-
▪ The plastic cone creates a thermal barrier to minimise heat losses.
rier between the fixture and the inner ▪ In the case of resistant plaster (e.g.
fixture, and offers an energy-optimised thick cement plaster), it is recom-
fixing. mended that the Thermax cutting
▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic cone blade included is used for grinding out
cuts its own way through the ETICS the plaster.
with a positive fit, and allows for a ▪ The sealing of the annular gap with
simple, fast and adjustable installation the adhesive and sealant KD seals the
without the need for any special tools. façade at plaster level.
FOR USE WITH
FIS EM mortar FIS V mortar

see page 67 see page 71
135
Chemical fixings Stand-off installation Thermax
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
Thermax 12/110 M12
Thermax 16/170 M12
zinc-plated stainless Contents Sales unit

Approval
steel steel
DIBt
Art.-No. Art.-No. [pcs]
Item gvz A4
20 M12 threaded rods, 20 anti-cold cones, 20 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 12/110 M12 051291 — ▯ 20
20 A4 washer, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 20 bit
10 M12-A4 threaded rods, 10 anti-cold cones, 10 M12-A4 setscrews,
Thermax 12/110 M12 — 051537 ▯ 10 A4 washer, 10 A4 nuts, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 3 bit, 10
3 user manual
2 M12 threaded rods, 2 anti-cold cones, 2 M12-A4 setscrews, 2 A4 washer,
Thermax 12/110 M12 B 051290 — ▯ 1
2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 130 , 1 bit, 1 user manual
Thermax 16/170 M12 051293 — ▯ 20 A4 washer, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 20
3 applicator tip extension hoses
3 applicator tip extension hoses, 3 user manual
Thermax 16/170 M12 B 051292 — ▯ 2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 1 applicator tip extension hose, 1
1 user manual
136
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION DATA
td
hef tfix
ttol tWDVS
Tinst
d0
Example for simple fixing Example for multiple fixing
Type Threaded Building Max. fixture Clamped Min. ancho- Nominal drill- Drill-hole depth Perforated Required Installation
rod material thickness thickness rage depth hole diameter sleeve resin quantity torque
tfix e hef do td Tinst
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Scale unit] [Nm]
Concrete/
95 14 tfix + 95 mm - 5
Thermax Solid brick
M12 60 - 1101) < 162) 20
M12/110 M12 (...) Perforated
130 20 tfix + 130 mm + 5 mm 20 x 130 26
brick
Concrete/
125 18 tfix + 125 mm - 9
Thermax Solid brick
M16 60 - 1701) < 162) 20
200 20 tfix + 200 mm + 5 mm 20 x200 40
brick
1) further usable lengths see approval
2) according to the approval the usable length up to 200 mm is possible
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS EM 390 S Injection mortar FIS V 360 S
All-round adhesive gluing and

sealing KD-290

Approval

KD-290 white (D) 059389 — — D 1 cartridge 290 ml 12
KD-290 white (GB) 046915 — — GB 1 cartridge 290 ml 12

BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
137
Chemical fixings Stand-off installation Thermax

Item [mm] [pcs]
Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 8 - 16 1
Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 16 - 30 1
ABG big 089300 — 1
DISPENSER
Dispenser FIS DM S

Item [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 1
LOADS
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 and 16
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for one Thermax in concrete and solid brick masonry8) for fixing in groups2)
Concrete + Solid brick masonry
Type Compres- Brick type, Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
sive brick naming acc. anchorage torque tension shear load shear load shear load shear load shear load shear load spacing3) spacing3)
strength DIN7) depth load for tfix = for tfix = for tfix = for tfix = for tfix = for tfix =
100 mm5) 120 mm5) 140 mm5) 160 mm5) 180 mm5) 200 mm5)
fb [-] hef Tinst9) Nperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) smin (amin) cmin (ar)
[N/mm²] [-] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Thermax 12 25 C20/25 95 20,0 3,404) 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 55 55
Thermax 16 25 C20/25 125 20,0 3,404) 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 65 65
Solid brick Mz
Thermax 12 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 60
Thermax 16 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 60
Thermax 12 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 60
Thermax 16 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 60
1)
2)
For single fixation see approval. up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
3)
For further conditions see approval.
distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. 8)
Masonry with satisfactory surcharge and no edge influence.
4)
Corresponding to the permissible tension load of the Thermax cone. 9)
Fixing screw M12.
5)
1 mm displacement under short term applied load (e.g. wind load).
138
Chemical fixings
LOADS
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for one Thermax in perforated brick masonry8) for fixing in groups2).
100 mm5) 120 mm5) 140 mm5) 160 mm5) 180 mm5) 200 mm5)
fb [-] hef,min10) Tinst9) Nperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) smin (amin) cmin (ar)
Thermax 12 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200
Thermax 16 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200
Thermax 12 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200
Thermax 16 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200
Thermax 12 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200
Thermax 16 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200
1)
2)
3)
4)
Values are valid for rotary drilling (without hammer action). KSL must have a thickness of the 9)
Fixing screw M12.
outer web of min. 30 mm (old bricks). 10)
The fixed anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
5)
1 mm displacement under short term applied load (e.g. wind load). technical data).
139
Chemical fixings Remedial wall tie VBS 8
The professional façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls
Repairing outer leafs Detail: Repairing outer leafs
VERSION APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Facing masonry with and without an
air layer

▪ The expansion-force-free fixing pre- ▪ Post-installation needling of two-leaf ▪ The remedial wall tie VBS 8 comprises
vents splitting and cracks. This means cavity walls in line with DIN 1053-1 a perforated plastic sleeve and a pro-
that VBS 8 can be used even in old filed A4 stainless steel tie Ø 4 mm.
and sensitive masonry. ▪ VBS 8 is used together with the injec-
▪ The drill bit diameter of just 8 mm tion mortar FIS V.
means that a minimal amount of mor- ▪ The anchor is inserted in the bed joint
tar is required for each fixing point. of the outer leaf using push-through
Thus VBS 8 is particularly economical. installation.
▪ The installation is approved anywhere
along the entire bed joint, thus ensur-
ing a high level of installation safety.
▪ The grey colour of the injection mortar
is similar to the colour of the bed joint.
This means that the fixing is almost
invisible to the eye.
FOR USE WITH
FIS V mortar
see page 71
140
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
Remedial wall tie VBS
stainless steel Layer resp. Drill hole Outer leaf Drill depth Fixing length Anchorage Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
insulation diameter = mounting depth FIS V bearing

depth wall
do ho = hs l hef
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item A4
VBS 8/20 078763 1) 2) ▯ 0 - 20 8 ≥ 90 195 150 >60 3 100
VBS 8/50 078799 1) 2) ▯ 20 - 50 8 ≥ 90 225 180 >60 3 100
VBS 8/80 078800 1) 2) ▯ 50 - 80 8 ≥ 90 255 210 >60 3 100
VBS 8/120 078801 1) 2) ▯ 80 - 120 8 ≥ 90 295 250 >60 4 100
VBS 8/150 078802 1) 2) ▯ 120 - 150 8 ≥ 90 325 280 >60 4 100
1) Product consisting of perforated plastic sleeve, profiled wire A4 and injection nozzle.
2) For the closing of the curtain walling about 2-3 additional scale units of mortar FISV are required.
ACCESSORIES
Compressed-air cleaning gun Hammer drill SDS-Plus Pointer, DIN 8039

Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

VBS 8 cleaning set 090241 content: cleaning brush and extension tube for blow-out pump 1
Compressed-air cleaning gun 093286 for professional cleaning of the drill hole 1
SDS-Plus Pointer 8,0 / 460 mm 074330 Hammer drill with self-centring drill bit and relief-ground drill grooving 1
141
Chemical fixings Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M
The quick façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls
Facing masonry
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
air layer


▪ The approved fixing in stone and in ▪ VBS-M is especially suitable for ▪ The remedial wall tie VBS-M is set in
joints from at least 50 mm facing applications where external thermal the load-bearing layer and into facing
masonry provides a high degree of insulation composite systems (ETICS) masonry using push-through installa-
flexibility and security. are installed past to the façade repair. tion.
▪ Use in joints and with a low anchor- ▪ Retrospective repairs of two-leaf cavity ▪ In accordance with the approval, no
age depth of just 50 mm allows for a walls in line with DIN 1053-1 and EN drill hole cleaning is required.
quick and economical installation. 845/846 as well as economy facings ▪ The two expansion zones in the
▪ The small anchor rim and screw head with DIN 18515. load-bearing layer and in the facing
allow for a surface-flush or deep-set masonry ensure a secure fixation.
installation. ▪ The plug doesn‘t fix into the facing
▪ The drill hole can be retrospectively masonry until the head grips into the
sealed so that it is no longer visible in load-bearing layer. This ensures the
the façade. very best installation safety.
▪ A drip coil prevents condensate
running into the load-bearing layer,
thus preventing frost and corrosive
damage.
142
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Remedial wall tie VBS-M
zinc-plated stainless Max. shell Max. shell Facing mason- Drill diameter Drill hole depth Effect. Anchor length Sales unit
steel steel distance at distance at ry + cavity anchoring
115 mm facing 115 mm facing depth
masonry, masonry,
flush 20 mm sunk
installation installation
tfix d0 h0 hef l
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
VBS-M 8 x 120 514243 — 20* — 70 8 140 50 120 100
VBS-M 8 x 120 — 514236 20 — 70 8 140 50 120 100
VBS-M 8 x 185 514244 514237 20 40 135 8 205 50 185 100
VBS-M 8 x 205 514245 — 40 40 155 8 225 50 205 100
VBS-M 8 x 205 — 514238 40 60 155 8 225 50 205 100
VBS-M 8 x 225 514246 — 60 80 175 8 245 50 225 100
VBS-M 8 x 225 — 514239 40 60 175 8 245 50 225 100
VBS-M 8 x 245 514247 — 60 100 195 8 265 50 245 100
VBS-M 8 x 245 — 514240 80 100 195 8 265 50 245 100
VBS-M 8 x 265 514248 — 100 120 215 8 285 50 265 100
VBS-M 8 x 265 — 514241 100 100 215 8 285 50 265 100
VBS-M 8 x 285 514249 — 100 140 235 8 305 50 285 100
VBS-M 8 x 285 — 514242 120 140 235 8 305 50 285 100
* Max. 20 mm mortar layer in the case of 50 mm thick economy facing.
The drill hole depth is to be adapted accordingly in the case of sunk installation of the anchor.
143
The economical solution for the repair of triple-skin outer wall

Chemical fixings
panels
Repairing weather shells Detail: Repairing weather shells
VERSION APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Triple-skin outer wall panels made of
concrete ≥ B15

▪ The large bolt diameter means that ▪ Post-installation securing of triple-skin ▪ The weather facing reconstruction
FWS achieves a high shear load-bear- outer wall panels system FWS is secured in the load-
ing capacity. This keeps the number bearing skin and the weather shell
of anchors needed for each plate to a with the injection mortar FIS V.
minimum, thus saving costs. ▪ The red plastic coating protects the
▪ The drill hole can be drilled in one step insulation from being penetrated with
using standard diamond drill bits. This mortar.
ensures quick progress is made. ▪ Once the anchor has been set, the
▪ The integrated visual control makes appearance of mortar from the control
the application easier, and ensures a openings shows that the anchoring
high degree of installation safety. has been completed correctly.
FOR USE WITH
FIS V mortar
see page 71
144
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
Residual core drill FWS-B
Total length Nom. diameter drill bit Effective anchorage depth in Anchors per cartridge Sales unit
Approval
the load-bearing skin FIS V 360 S

l dB hv
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item
FWS-A 205 062342 ▯ 205 40 80 4-5 5
FWS-A 230 062343 ▯ 230 40 80 4-5 5
FWS-B 062344 — — — — — 1
LOADS
Highest permissible shear loads1) 6) for a single anchor in a load-bearing skin made of concrete ≥ B15 resp. C12/15.
Cracked or non-cracked concrete
Type Effective Min. Thickness Thickness of Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage thickness of of thermal outer leaf bending moment shear load1) spacing3) spacing3)
depth in the load-bearing insulation2)
load-bearing skin layer
hef (hv) ht hD hw Mperm Vperm smin (ah,min) cmin (ar,1)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FWS-A-2054) 80 ≥120 80 40-60 1240,0 8,5 450 300
FWS-A-2304) 80 ≥120 100 45-60 1240,0 8,1 450 300
1)
Required safety factors are considered. The given loads are valid under the pre-condition that an 4)
The determination of the permissible shear load for special lengths is done according Annex 3 and
additional thermal insulation will be applied on the weather facing. 4 of the approval.
2)
For bigger insulation thicknesses special lengths are possible. 6)
3)
For exact arrangement of the bolts as well as for eventually needed additional proofs see appro- up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C) and drillhole cleaning according approval.
val.
145
Chemical fixings Can System FCS
The epoxy resin for repair work
Filling cracks Reconstructing corners and edges
BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
▪ Concrete

▪ The FCS based on epoxy resin has a ▪ Filling holes and cracks in concrete ▪ The resin and hardener are stored in
high bond strength and a low shrink- and similar surfaces two separate containers.
age value. This guarantees a high ▪ Reconstructing split corners and ▪ The hardener is added to the resin and
performance and opens up a wide edges mixed thoroughly until the material is
range of applications. the same colour throughout.
▪ The two product variants, FCS Liquid ▪ Note: The quality of the mixing of
(low viscosity = liquid) and FCS (high components and the proper filling of
viscosity = paste-like), allow for use the holes (without air pockets) has an
both in horizontal situations and on effect on the load-bearing capacity of
walls and ceilings. Therefore, there the system!
is always the right product for every ▪ FCS Liquid can be poured into holes
occasion. or cracks, or applied using a brush.
▪ FCS can be applied with a palette
knife.
▪ Once mixed, the material can be
used until the maximum open time is
reached.
146
Can System FCS
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION FCS
INSTALLATION FCS LIQUID
TECHNICAL DATA
fischer Can System FCS fischer Can System FCS liquid
Languages on the can Shelf life Sales unit

Item Art.-No. months [pcs]
FCS - fischer Can System 043676 GB, E, P 18 12
FCS Liquid - fischer can System 043917 GB, E, P 18 12
CURING TIME
Temperature Gelling time Curing time
+ 5°C 70 min. 60 hrs.

+10°C 60 min. 30 hrs.
+20°C 45 min. 24 hrs.
+30°C 30 min. 20 hrs.
+40°C 15 min. 16 hrs.
The gelling time starts when the components get in contact. Stir the components thoroughly until the colour of the mortar is evenly. This is essential to achieve the full performance of the mortar.
147
Chemical fixings fill & fix injection fixing
The versatile injection fixing
Repairing damaged curtain rails Repairing damaged curtain rails
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made of brick, con-
crete, etc.
▪ Panel building materials
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The fill & fix injection fixing works ▪ Repairing cracked or over-sized drill ▪ fill & fix is a 2-component, solvent-
whatever the drill hole size and build- holes free injection compound based on
ing material. As a result, a number of ▪ Repairing broken furniture hinges etc. polyurethane. It is applied into the drill
applications can be completed with ▪ Fixing lightweight objects in difficult hole, where it foams lightly and sets
just one product. or dilapidated building materials (old quickly.
▪ Wood screws can be screwed directly buildings) ▪ The increase in volume during the set-
into the hardened injection fixing. This ▪ Fixing lightweight objects in internal ting process guarantees a secure hold,
allows for a fast and simple installa- and UV-protected external areas even in dilapidated or difficult building
tion. materials.
▪ Due to the special formulation, ▪ After approx. 2 minutes, screws,
the screw can be screwed into the hooks, eye screws etc. with a diameter
injection fixing and removed. Thus, of up to 6 mm that are normally used
components can be reattached to the in wood can be screwed into and
same point. removed from the set material without
▪ fill & fix can be sanded and painted, pre-drilling.
and is suitable for filling drill holes that ▪ Use the perforated sleeves (included)
are no longer needed prior to painting. for hollow and board building materi-
als.
148
fill & fix injection fixing
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
fill & fix Injection fixing
Contents Languages on Sales unit

the cartridge
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
fill & fix K (D) 051097 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D 8
fill & fix (D) 502599 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D 12
fill & fix K (D/F) 503227 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D, F 8
fill & fix K (GB) 504429 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes GB 8
fill & fix (GB) 503463 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes GB 12
fill & fix K (NL/F) 501763 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes NL, F 8
fill & fix (NL/F) 506716 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes NL, F 12
fill & fix K (F) 513500 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes F 8
fill & fix (F) 505971 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes F 12
fill & fix K (I) 051098 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes I 8
fill & fix K (S/DK) 505083 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes S, DK 8
fill & fix K (GR) 505084 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes GR 8
fill & fix K (CZ/SK) 506255 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes CZ, SK 8
fill & fix Static mixer 502735 6 static mixer - 1
149
150
High performance steel anchors
▪ Bolt anchor FAZ II ....................................................................................................... 154

▪ Bolt anchor FAZ II GS ................................................................................................ 158
▪ High performance anchor FH II ............................................................................. 161
▪ ZYKON undercut anchor FZA ................................................................................ 167
▪ ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I .............................................................................. 173
▪ ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II ..................................................................... 176
▪ Concrete screw FBS................................................................................................... 179
▪ Concrete screw FBS................................................................................................... 182
▪ Hammerset anchor EA II .......................................................................................... 185
▪ Nail anchor FNA II ...................................................................................................... 189
▪ Ceiling nail FDN ........................................................................................................... 193
▪ Bolt anchor FBN II....................................................................................................... 195
▪ Bolt anchor FBN II GS ............................................................................................... 200
▪ Bolt anchor EXA .......................................................................................................... 202
▪ Heavy-duty anchor TA M ......................................................................................... 206
▪ Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T ...................................................................................... 210
▪ Sleeve anchor FSA ..................................................................................................... 212
▪ Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB ....................................................................... 214
▪ Wall screw MR ............................................................................................................. 216
▪ Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY ...................................................................................... 218
151
Range of steel anchors

Economical
due to high performance
Bolt anchor FAZ II
Efficient fixing for cracked concrete
Page 154
Bolt anchor FBN II

The cost-efficient fixing for flexible use in non-
cracked concrete
Page 195
Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB

The reusable fixing system for diamond drills and
saws
Page 214
Can be removed
due to the screw thread
Concrete screw FBS
The fully removable fixing in cracked concrete
Page 179
Concrete screw FBS

The screw solution for multiple fixings
Page 182
The best safety margin

thanks to the undercutting
technology ZYKON undercut anchor FZA
The fixing system with the highest safety in cracked
concrete
Page 167
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II

The internally threaded anchor with low anchoring
depth for individual fixings in cracked concrete
Page 176
152
Easy to install
due to low setting energy
Bolt anchor EXA
The installation-friendly fixing in non-cracked concrete
Page 202
High performance anchor FH II

The push-through anchor for fixings with sophisticated
design in cracked concrete
Page 161
Sleeve anchor FSA

The push-through anchor for structural fixings in non-
cracked concrete
Page 212
Heavy-duty anchor TA M
The installation-friendly internally threaded
anchor for fixings in non-cracked concrete
Page 206
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for
fixings in prestressed hollow-core concrete slabs
Page 218
Easy to install due to

hammerset installation
without torque wrench Nail anchor FNA II
The installation-friendly hammerset anchor for
multiple fixings
Page 189
Ceiling nail FDN

The cost-efficient push-through anchor
for multiple fixings
Page 193
Hammerset anchor EA II
The internally threaded anchor with rim for simple ham-
merset installation
Page 185
Wall screw MR
The fixing with simple hammerset installation in non-
cracked concrete
Page 216
153
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II
Efficient fixing for cracked concrete
Balcony railings Cable trays
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
▪ highly corrosion-resistant steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The optimised expansion clip allows ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The FAZ II is suitable for pre-positioned
for a high load-bearing capacity. Thus ▪ Guard rails and push-through installation; also
fewer fixing points and smaller anchor ▪ Consoles suitable for stand-off installation under
plates are required. ▪ Ladders certain conditions.
▪ The international approvals guarantee ▪ Cable conduits ▪ Prior to installation, place the hexagon
maximum safety and the best perform- ▪ Machines nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
ance. ▪ Staircases pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
▪ The bolt geometry allows for optimal ▪ Gates the hexagon nut).
load distribution and therefore enables ▪ Façades ▪ When applying the torque, the cone
use close to edges and in thin compo- ▪ Wood constructions bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
nents. and expands it against the drill hole
▪ Fewer hammer blows and the minimal wall.
torque slippage allow for a noticeably ▪ The head embossing offers a simple
simpler installation. control of the anchoring.
▪ The drive-in pin protects the thread ▪ In the case of series installation, we
from damage and ensures a trouble- recommend using the FABS anchor
free dismantling of the fixture. bolt setting tool.
154
Bolt anchor FAZ II

TECHNICAL DATA
Bolt anchor FAZ II
zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. fixture Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length thickness across nut
Approval
steel for through
fixings
do h2 l t fix Ø x length  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FAZ II 8/10 094871 501396 — ■ ▲ 8 65 75 10 M 8 x 21 13 50
FAZ II 8/10 — — 501428 ■ ▲ 8 65 75 10 M 8 x 21 13 10
FAZ II 8/30 094877 501399 — ■ ▲ 8 85 95 30 M 8 x 41 13 50
FAZ II 8/30 — — 501429 ■ ▲ 8 85 95 30 M 8 x 41 13 10
FAZ II 8/50 094878 501401 — ■ ▲ 8 105 115 50 M 8 x 61 13 50
FAZ II 8/100 094879 — — ■ ▲ 8 155 165 100 M 8 x 100 13 25
FAZ II 8/160 503251 — — ■ ▲ 8 215 225 160 M 8 x 100 13 20
FAZ II 10/10 094981 501403 — ■ ▲ 10 85 95 10 M 10 x 24 17 50
FAZ II 10/10 — — 501430 ■ ▲ 10 85 95 10 M 10 x 24 17 10
FAZ II 10/20 094982 — — ■ ▲ 10 95 105 20 M 10 x 34 17 25
FAZ II 10/20 — 501406 — ■ ▲ 10 95 105 20 M 10 x 34 17 50
FAZ II 10/30 094983 — — ■ ▲ 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 25
FAZ II 10/30 — 501407 — ■ ▲ 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 50
FAZ II 10/30 — — 503185 ■ ▲ 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 10
FAZ II 10/50 094984 501409 — ■ ▲ 10 125 135 50 M 10 x 64 17 20
FAZ II 10/70 — 501410 — ■ ▲ 10 145 155 70 M 10 x 84 17 20
FAZ II 10/80 094985 — — ■ ▲ 10 155 165 80 M 10 x 94 17 20
FAZ II 10/100 094986 501411 — ■ ▲ 10 175 185 100 M 10 x 100 17 20
FAZ II 10/160 503252 501412 — ■ ▲ 10 235 245 160 M 10 x 100 17 20
FAZ II 12/10 095419 501413 — ■ ▲ 12 100 110 10 M 12 x 27 19 20
FAZ II 12/10 — — 503186 ■ ▲ 12 100 110 10 M 12 x 27 19 10
FAZ II 12/20 095420 501415 — ■ ▲ 12 110 120 20 M 12 x 37 19 20
FAZ II 12/30 095421 501416 — ■ ▲ 12 120 130 30 M 12 x 47 19 20
FAZ II 12/30 — — 501431 ■ ▲ 12 120 130 30 M 12 x 47 19 10
FAZ II 12/50 095446 501419 — ■ ▲ 12 140 150 50 M 12 x 67 19 20
FAZ II 12/60 — 501420 — ■ ▲ 12 150 160 60 M 12 x 77 19 20
FAZ II 12/80 095454 — — ■ ▲ 12 170 180 80 M 12 x 97 19 20
FAZ II 12/100 095470 501421 — ■ ▲ 12 190 200 100 M 12 x 100 19 20
FAZ II 12/160 503253 — — ■ ▲ 12 250 260 160 M 12 x 100 19 10
FAZ II 12/160 — 503180 — ■ ▲ 12 250 260 160 M 12 x 100 19 20
FAZ II 12/200 095605 — — ■ ▲ 12 290 300 200 M 12 x 100 19 10
FAZ II 16/25 — 501423 — ■ ▲ 16 135 148 25 M 16 x 47 24 20
FAZ II 16/25 095836 — 501432 ■ ▲ 16 135 148 25 M 16 x 47 24 10
FAZ II 16/50 095864 — 503187 ■ ▲ 16 160 173 50 M 16 x 72 24 10
FAZ II 16/50 — 501424 — ■ ▲ 16 160 173 50 M 16 x 72 24 20
FAZ II 16/100 095865 501425 — ■ ▲ 16 210 223 100 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 16/160 503254 — — ■ ▲ 16 270 283 160 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 16/200 095967 — — ■ ▲ 16 310 323 200 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 16/250 095968 — — ■ ▲ 16 360 373 250 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 16/300 096188 — — ■ ▲ 16 410 423 300 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 20/30 046632 — — ■ ▲ 20 155 172 30 M 20 x 54 30 5
FAZ II 20/30 — 501426 — ■ ▲ 20 155 172 30 M 20 x 54 30 4
FAZ II 20/60 046633 — — ■ ▲ 20 185 202 60 M 20 x 84 30 5
FAZ II 20/60 — 503183 — ■ ▲ 20 185 202 60 M 20 x 84 30 4
FAZ II 20/160 503255 — — ■ ▲ 20 285 302 160 M 20 x 100 30 5
FAZ II 24/30 046635 — — ■ ▲ 24 185 205 30 M 24 x 58 36 5
FAZ II 24/30 — 501427 — ■ ▲ 24 185 205 30 M 24 x 58 36 4
155
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II
TECHNICAL DATA
Bolt anchor FAZ II
zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. fixture Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length thickness across nut
Approval
steel for through
fixings
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FAZ II 24/60 046636 — — ■ ▲ 24 215 235 60 M 24 x 88 36 5
FAZ II 24/60 — 503184 — ■ ▲ 24 215 235 60 M 24 x 88 36 4
ACCESSORIES
fischer Anchor bolt setting tool FABS
Fits anchor Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1
LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in concrete C20/254)
depth thickness5) distance distance
FAZ II 8 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
FAZ II 10 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 12 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 16 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65
FAZ II 20 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95
FAZ II 24 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135
1)
For combination of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the 5)
According approval the minimum member thickness (h min ≧ 2 x hef) can be reduced under
minimum member thickness (hmin ≧ 2 x hef). The combination of the given min. spacing and specific conditions.
min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has to be increased according approval.
156
Bolt anchor FAZ II

LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II A4
FAZ II 8 A4 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
FAZ II 10 A4 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 12 A4 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 16 A4 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65
FAZ II 20 A4 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95
FAZ II 24 A4 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135
1)
2)
LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II C
FAZ II 8 C 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
FAZ II 10 C 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 12 C 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 16 C 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65
FAZ II 20 C 100 200 200,0 17,1 40,0 95 85 24,0 40,0 95 95
FAZ II 24 C 125 250 270,0 24,0 49,1 100 100 33,6 49,1 100 135
1)
2)
157
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II GS
Economic fixing for cracked concrete with large washer
Column bases with long holes Steel sub-structures
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The FAZ II GS with 8, 10 and 12 mm ▪ Anchor plates with long holes ▪ The FAZ II is suitable for pre-positioned
diameters are suitable for fixing steel ▪ Façade sub-structures with long holes and push-through installation; also
fixtures with long holes thanks to the ▪ Wood constructions suitable for stand-off installation under
special washer, and help to reduce certain conditions.
installation effort. ▪ Prior to installation, place the hexagon
▪ The significantly larger outer diam- nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
eter of the washers for FAZ II 16 GS pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
ensures a larger supporting surface, the hexagon nut).
and as such allows for use in wood ▪ When applying the torque, the cone
construction. bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
▪ The pre-fitted washer ensures a fast and expands it against the drill hole
installation. wall.
▪ Furthermore, the FAZ II GS bolt anchor ▪ The head embossing offers a simple
offers all of the benefits of the FAZ II. control of the anchoring.
▪ In the case of series installation, we
recommend using the FABS bolt
anchor setting tool.
158
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS

TECHNICAL DATA
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS (with large washer)
steel, stainless Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. fixture Thread Width across Washer (ou- Sales unit
zinc-plated, steel, with diameter hole depth length thickness nut ter diameter
Approval
with large large washer for through x thickness)
washer fixings
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FAZ II 8/10 GS 094872 501398 ■ 8 65 75 10 M 8 x 21 13 22 x 2,5 50
FAZ II 8/30 GS 096189 501400 ■ 8 85 95 30 M 8 x 41 13 22 x 2,5 50
FAZ II 10/10 GS 096291 501405 ■ 10 85 95 10 M 10 x 24 17 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 10/30 GS 096297 — ■ 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 25 x 3 25
FAZ II 10/30 GS — 501408 ■ 10 105 115 30 M 10 x 44 17 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 12/10 GS 096303 501414 ■ 12 100 110 10 M 12 x 27 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/20 GS 502530 — ■ 12 110 120 20 M 12 x 37 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/30 GS 096340 501418 ■ 12 120 130 30 M 12 x 47 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/50 GS 502531 — ■ 12 140 150 50 M 12 x 67 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/100 GS 502532 — ■ 12 190 200 100 M 12 x 100 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/120 GS 096367 — ■ 12 210 220 120 M 12 x 100 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/160 GS — 503181 ■ 12 250 260 160 M 12 x 100 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 16/160 GS 503261 — ■ 16 270 283 160 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 10
FAZ II 16/160 GS — 503182 ■ 16 270 283 160 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 4
FAZ II 16/200 GS 096370 — ■ 16 310 323 200 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 10
LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS
FAZ II 8 GS 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
FAZ II 10 GS 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 12 GS 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 16 GS 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65
1)
2)
159
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FAZ II GS
LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS A4
FAZ II 8 GS A4 45 100 20,0 2,4 6,9 35 40 4,3 6,9 40 40
FAZ II 10 GS A4 60 120 45,0 4,3 11,4 40 45 7,6 11,4 40 45
FAZ II 12 GS A4 70 140 60,0 7,6 16,9 45 55 11,9 16,9 50 55
FAZ II 16 GS A4 85 170 110,0 13,4 31,4 60 65 18,8 31,4 60 65
1)
2)
160
The push-through anchor for fixings with sophisticated design

in cracked concrete
Steel girders Banisters
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The anchor construction allows for ▪ Guard rails ▪ The FH II is suitable for push-through
wide-ranging head shapes for fixing ▪ Staircases installation.
points with sophisticated design. ▪ Consoles ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
▪ The ideal interaction of screw shank ▪ Steel constructions pulled into the expansion sleeve and
and sleeve allows for a high shear ▪ Ladders expands it against the drill hole wall.
load. Thus fewer fixing points are ▪ Cable conduits ▪ The black plastic ring prevents rotation
required. ▪ Machines when tightening the anchor, and acts
▪ The international approvals guarantee ▪ Gates as a crumple zone to take the torque
maximum safety and the best perform- ▪ Façades slippage so that the fixture is pulled
ance. ▪ Gratings onto the anchor base.
▪ The optimised geometry reduces the ▪ Available head shapes for flexible
energy required for installation. design solutions:
▪ The detachable screw connection Countersunk head (type SK - for sur-
allows for surface flush removal. face flush and fixing points that can be
subsequently secured against theft),
hexagon head (type S), bolt version
with nut and washer (type B) and cap
nut (type H).
161
High performance steel anchors High performance anchor FH II
TECHNICAL DATA
High performance anchor FH II-S - with

hexagonal head
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel steel Approval diameter hole depth thickness nut
for through
fixings
do h2 l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FH II 10/10 S 503133 — ■ — 10 65 70 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/10 S — 510923 ■ — 10 65 69 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 S 503134 — ■ — 10 80 85 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 S — 510924 ■ — 10 80 84 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/50 S 503135 — ■ — 10 105 110 50 M6 10 50
FH II 12/10 S 044884 — ■ ▲ 12 90 90 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/10 S — 510925 ■ — 12 90 90 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 S 044885 — ■ ▲ 12 105 105 25 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 S — 510926 ■ — 12 105 105 25 M8 13 20
FH II 12/50 S 044886 — ■ ▲ 12 130 130 50 M8 13 25
FH II 15/10 S 044887 — ■ ▲ 15 100 106 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/10 S — 510927 ■ — 15 100 107 10 M 10 17 50
FH II 15/25 S 044888 — ■ ▲ 15 115 121 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/25 S — 510928 ■ — 15 115 122 25 M 10 17 20
FH II 15/50 S 044889 — ■ ▲ 15 140 146 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 18/10 S 046847 — ■ ▲ 18 115 118 10 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/25 S 044894 — ■ ▲ 18 130 132 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/25 S — 510929 ■ — 18 130 133 25 M 12 19 10
FH II 18/50 S 044896 — ■ ▲ 18 155 157 50 M 12 19 20
FH II 24/25 S 044898 — ■ ▲ 24 150 160 25 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/25 S — 502711 ■ — 24 150 160 25 M 16 24 8
FH II 24/50 S 044900 — ■ ▲ 24 175 185 50 M 16 24 10
FH II 28/30 S 044901 — ■ ▲ 28 185 192 30 M 20 30 4
FH II 28/60 S 044902 — ■ ▲ 28 215 222 60 M 20 30 4
FH II 32/30 S 044903 — ■ ▲ 32 210 215 30 M 20 36 4
FH II 32/60 S 044904 — ■ ▲ 32 240 245 60 M 24 36 4
162

TECHNICAL DATA
High performance anchor FH II-SK with

countersunk head
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth thickness nut (hexagon
Approval
for through socket)
fixings
do h2 l t fix M
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FH II 10/15 SK 503136 — ■ — 10 70 65 10 M6 4 50
FH II 10/25 SK 503137 — ■ — 10 80 75 25 M6 4 50
FH II 10/50 SK 503138 — ■ — 10 105 100 50 M6 4 50
FH II 12/15 SK 044917 — ■ — 12 95 90 15 M8 5 25
FH II 12/15 SK — 510931 ■ — 12 95 90 15 M8 6 25
FH II 12/25 SK 044918 — ■ — 12 105 100 25 M8 5 25
FH II 12/30 SK — 510932 ■ — 12 110 105 30 M8 6 25
FH II 12/50 SK 044919 — ■ — 12 130 125 50 M8 5 25
FH II 12/50 SK — 510933 ■ — 12 130 125 50 M8 6 25
FH II 15/15 SK 044920 — ■ ▲ 15 105 100 15 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/15 SK — 510934 ■ — 15 105 100 15 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/25 SK 044921 — ■ ▲ 15 115 110 25 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/50 SK 044922 — ■ ▲ 15 140 135 50 M 10 6 25
FH II 18/15 SK 044923 — ■ ▲ 18 120 115 15 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/25 SK 044924 — ■ ▲ 18 130 125 25 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/30 SK — 510935 ■ — 18 135 130 30 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/50 SK 044925 — ■ ▲ 18 155 150 50 M 12 8 20
TECHNICAL DATA
High performance anchor FH II-H with cap nut
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter hole depth for thickness nut

through fixings
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FH II 10/10 H 503139 ■ — 10 65 75 10 M6 13 50
FH II 10/25 H 503140 ■ — 10 80 90 25 M6 13 50
FH II 10/50 H 503141 ■ — 10 105 115 50 M6 13 50
FH II 12/10 H 044905 ■ — 12 90 100 10 M8 17 50
FH II 12/25 H 044906 ■ — 12 105 115 25 M8 17 50
FH II 12/50 H 044907 ■ — 12 130 140 50 M8 17 25
FH II 15/10 H 044908 ■ ▲ 15 100 115 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/25 H 044909 ■ ▲ 15 115 130 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/50 H 044910 ■ ▲ 15 140 155 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 18/25 H 044915 ■ ▲ 18 130 145 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/50 H 044916 ■ ▲ 18 155 170 50 M 12 19 20
163
TECHNICAL DATA
High performance anchor FH II-B with hexa-

gon nut and threaded bolt
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter hole depth for thickness nut

through fixings
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FH II 10/10 B 503142 ■ — 10 65 70 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 B 503143 ■ — 10 80 85 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/50 B 503144 ■ — 10 105 110 50 M6 10 50
FH II 12/10 B 048773 ■ ▲ 12 90 95 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 B 048774 ■ ▲ 12 105 110 25 M8 13 50
FH II 12/50 B 048775 ■ ▲ 12 130 135 50 M8 13 25
FH II 12/100 B 046832 ■ ▲ 12 180 185 100 M8 13 25
FH II 15/10 B 048776 ■ ▲ 15 100 110 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/25 B 048777 ■ ▲ 15 115 125 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/50 B 048778 ■ ▲ 15 140 150 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/100 B 046835 ■ ▲ 15 190 200 100 M 10 17 20
FH II 18/25 B 048779 ■ ▲ 18 130 140 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/50 B 048780 ■ ▲ 18 155 165 50 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/100 B 046841 ■ ▲ 18 205 215 100 M 12 19 10
FH II 24/25 B 048886 ■ ▲ 24 150 167 25 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/50 B 048887 ■ ▲ 24 175 192 50 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/100 B 046842 ■ ▲ 24 225 242 100 M 16 24 5
FH II 28/30 B 047547 ■ ▲ 28 185 199 30 M 20 30 4
FH II 28/60 B 047548 ■ ▲ 28 215 229 60 M 20 30 4
FH II 28/100 B 506630 1) ■ ▲ 28 255 271 100 M 20 30 4
FH II 32/30 B 047549 ■ ▲ 32 210 253 30 M 24 36 4
FH II 32/60 B 047550 ■ ▲ 32 240 283 60 M 24 36 4
164

LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - S
FH II 10 S 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 S 60 120 22,5 5,7 15,9 50 50 11,2 18,9 60 60
FH II 15 S 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 28,2 70 70
FH II 18 S 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
FH II 24 S 100 200 160,0 17,1 34,3 80 80 24,0 48,1 100 100
FH II 28 S 125 250 180,0 24,0 47,9 100 100 33,6 67,2 120 120
FH II 32 S 150 300 200,0 31,5 63,0 120 120 44,2 88,4 160 180
1)
2)
LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - SK
FH II 10 SK 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 SK 60 120 22,5 5,7 15,9 50 50 11,2 18,9 60 60
FH II 15 SK 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 28,2 70 70
FH II 18 SK 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
1)
2)
LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - H
Type Effective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. edge
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing distance
depth thickness distance
FH II 10 H 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 H 60 120 22,5 5,7 15,4 50 50 11,2 15,4 60 60
FH II 15 H 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 23,4 70 70
FH II 18 H 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
1)
2)
165
LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - B
Type Effective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. edge
anchorage member torque tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing distance
depth thickness distance
FH II 10 B 40 80 10,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 B 60 120 17,5 5,7 15,4 50 50 11,2 15,4 60 60
FH II 15 B 70 140 38,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 23,4 70 70
FH II 18 B 80 160 80,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
FH II 24 B 100 200 120,0 17,1 34,3 80 80 24,0 48,1 100 100
FH II 28 B 125 250 180,0 24,0 47,9 100 100 33,6 67,2 120 120
FH II 32 B 150 300 200,0 31,5 63,0 120 120 44,2 88,4 160 180
1)
2)
LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - S A4
Type Effective Min. Installation permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
anchorage member torque tensile shear spacing edge tensile shear spacing edge
depth thickness load load distance load load distance
FH II 10 S A4 40 80 15,0 3,6 4,3 40 40 6,1 6,1 40 40
FH II 12 S A4 60 120 25,0 5,7 15,9 50 50 9,5 16,0 60 60
FH II 15 S A4 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 24,6 70 70
FH II 18 S A4 80 160 100,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
FH II 24 S A4 100 200 160,0 17,1 34,3 80 80 24,0 48,1 100 100
1)
2)
LOADS
High performance anchor FH II - SK A4
Type Effective Min. Installation permissible permissible min. min. permissible permissible min. min.
anchorage member torque tensile shear spacing edge tensile shear spacing edge
depth thickness load load distance load load distance
FH II 12 SK A4 60 120 25,0 5,7 15,9 50 50 9,5 16,0 60 60
FH II 15 SK A4 70 140 40,0 7,6 20,1 60 60 14,1 24,6 70 70
FH II 18 SK A4 80 160 100,0 11,9 24,5 70 70 17,2 34,4 80 80
1)
2)
166
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA

The fixing system with the highest safety in cracked concrete
Steel girders Installations in tunnels
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The special ZYKON undercut technol- ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The FZA is suitable for pre-positioned
ogy allows for a positive fit connection ▪ Guard rails installation, whereas the FZA-D is suit-
and ensures maximum safety, even in ▪ Consoles able for push-through installation.
large cracks. ▪ Step irons (FZA-ST) ▪ The undercut drill hole is created using
▪ The almost expansion-free installation ▪ Ladders the special FZUB drill.
of the anchor allows small edge dis- ▪ Cable conduits ▪ Once the anchor has been placed in
tances and axial spacing, and thereby ▪ Machines the drill hole, the expansion sleeve is
enables flexible use. ▪ Staircases driven over the cone using the FZE
▪ The FZUB special drill allows for a fast ▪ Gates Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
installation by creating the undercut ▪ Façades hole is filled with a positive fit.
without having to change tools.
▪ The drill hole geometry allows for a
very low setting energy, thus reducing
the energy required for installation.
▪ The ideal interaction of threaded bolts
and sleeve with FZA-D allows for a
high shear load and therefore fewer
fixing points.
167
High performance steel anchors ZYKON undercut anchor FZA
TECHNICAL DATA
ZYKON Bolt anchor FZA
zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Required drill Required Bolt length Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
Approval
steel steel sion resistant bit FZUB setting tool thickness nut
steel FZE plus
l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FZA 10 x 40 M6/10 060712 060772 096214 1) ■ 10 x 40 FZE 10 plus 60 10 M6 10 25
FZA 10 x 40 M6/35 — — 096361 1) ■ 10 x 40 FZE 10 plus 85 35 M6 10 25
FZA 12 x 40 M 8/15 060715 060775 096215 1) ■ 12 x 40 FZE 12 plus 69 15 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 50 M 8/15 060716 060776 096227 1) ■ 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 79 15 M8 13 20
FZA 12 x 50 M 8/50 — 060774 096362 1) ■ 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 114 50 M8 13 20
FZA 14 x 40 M10/25 060718 — — ■ 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 79 25 M 10 17 25
FZA 14 x 40 M10/25 — 060778 096228 1) ■ 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 79 25 M 10 17 20
FZA 14 x 60 M10/25 060719 060779 096216 1) ■ 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 102 25 M 10 17 10
FZA 14 x 60 M10/50 — 060766 096358 1) ■ 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 126 50 M 10 17 10
FZA 18 x 80 M12/25 060721 060781 096315 1) ■ 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus 126 25 M 12 19 10
FZA 18 x 80 M12/55 — 060767 096359 1) ■ 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus 156 55 M 12 19 10
FZA 22 x 100 M16/25 — — 033800 1) ■ 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus 151 25 M 16 24 10
FZA 22 x 100 M16/30 — — 024523 1) ■ 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus 156 30 M 16 24 10
FZA 22 x 100 M16/60 060724 060782 096364 1) ■ 22 x 100 FZE 22 plus 184 60 M 16 24 10
FZA 22 x 125 M16/60 060725 060768 096360 1) ■ 22 x 125 FZE 22 plus 209 60 M 16 24 6
TECHNICAL DATA
ZYKON Through anchor FZA-D
zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Required Required Bolt length Max. fixture Thread Width Sales unit
Approval
steel steel sion resistant drill bit setting tool thickness across nut
steel FZUB FZE plus
l t fix M  SW
Item gvz A4 C
FZA 12 x 50 M 8 D/10 060652 060664 — ■ 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 69 10 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 50 M 8 D/10 — — 096319 1) ■ 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 69 10 M8 13 20
FZA 12 x 80 M 8 D/30 — — 096354 1) ■ 12 x 80 FZE 12 plus 99 30 M8 13 20
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 060657 060669 096355 1) ■ 14 x 80 FZE 14 plus 102 20 M 10 17 10
FZA 14 x 100 M 8 D/30 060658 060670 — ■ 14 x 100 FZE 14 plus 126 40 M 10 17 10
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D/25 060663 060675 — ■ 22 x 125 FZE 22 plus 156 25 M 16 24 10
168

TECHNICAL DATA
Zykon anchor for fixing step irons FZA ST A4
stainless Required drill bit Required setting Max. fixture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel FZUB tool FZE plus thickness
t fix M  SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
FZA 14 x 40 ST A4 060686 1) 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 30 M 10 16 20
FZA 14 x 60 ST A4 060687 1) 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 30 M 10 16 20
1) According to DIN 1211GS/1212GS.
ACCESSORIES
Drill bit FZUB

Item Art.-No. bolt anchor push-through anchor internal thread anchor [pcs]
FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZA 10 x 40 M6 - - 1
FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZA 12 x 40 M8 - FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 50 060627 FZA 12 x 50 M8 FZA 12 x 50 M8 D/10 FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 60 060625 - FZA 12 x 60 M8 D/10 - 1
FZUB 12 x 80 060626 - FZA 12 x 80 M8 D/30 - 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZA 14 x 40 M10 - - 1
FZUB 14 x 80 060629 - FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 - 1
FZUB 14 x 100 060630 - FZA 14 x 100 M10 D/40 - 1
FZUB 18 x 80 060634 FZA 18 x 80 M12 - FZA 18 x 80 M10I 1
FZUB 18 x 100 060632 - FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 - 1
FZUB 18 x 130 060633 - FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 - 1
ACCESSORIES
Setting tool FZE plus

FZE 10 plus 044637 1) FZA 10 x ... M6 - - 1
FZE 12 plus 044638 FZA 12 x ... M8 FZA 12 x ... M8 D FZA 12 x ... M6 I 1
1) Without centring pin.
169
LOADS
FZA 10 x 40 M6 40 100 8,5 2,4 4,6 40 35 3,6 4,6 40 35
FZA 12 x 40 M8 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 40 3,6 7,9 40 40
FZA 14 x 40 M10 40 100 40,0 2,4 5,6 70 70 3,6 7,9 70 70
FZA 12 x 50 M8 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,9 50 45 5,7 8,4 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M10 60 130 40,0 5,7 13,3 60 55 9,5 13,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M12 80 160 60,0 9,5 19,3 80 70 14,3 19,3 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M16 100 200 100,0 17,1 34,3 100 100 19,0 35,9 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M16 125 250 100,0 19,0 35,9 125 125 19,0 35,9 125 125
1)
2)
LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA A4
FZA 10 x 40 M6 A4 40 100 8,5 2,4 3,2 40 35 3,6 3,2 40 35
FZA 12 x 40 M8 A4 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 40 3,6 5,9 40 40
FZA 14 x 40 M10 A4 40 100 40,0 2,4 5,6 70 70 3,6 7,9 70 70
FZA 12 x 50 M8 A4 50 110 20,0 4,3 5,9 50 45 5,7 5,9 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M10 A4 60 130 40,0 5,7 9,3 60 55 9,5 9,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M12 A4 80 160 60,0 9,5 13,5 80 70 14,3 13,5 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M16 A4 100 200 100,0 17,1 25,2 100 100 19,0 25,2 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M16 A4 125 250 100,0 19,0 25,2 125 125 19,0 25,2 125 125
1)
2)
170

LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA C
FZA 10 x 40 M6 C 40 100 8,5 2,4 4,0 40 35 3,6 4,0 40 35
FZA 12 x 40 M8 C 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 40 3,6 7,3 40 40
FZA 14 x 40 M10 C 40 100 40,0 2,4 5,6 70 70 3,6 7,9 70 70
FZA 12 x 50 M8 C 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,3 50 45 5,7 7,3 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M10 C 60 130 40,0 5,7 11,6 60 55 9,5 11,6 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M12 C 80 160 60,0 9,5 16,9 80 70 14,3 16,9 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M16 C 100 200 100,0 17,1 31,4 100 100 19,0 31,4 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M16 C 125 250 100,0 19,0 31,4 125 125 19,0 31,4 125 125
1)
2)
LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-D
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 35 3,6 7,9 40 35
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,9 50 45 5,7 8,4 50 45
FZA 12 x 80 M8 D 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,9 50 45 5,7 8,4 50 45
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D 60 130 40,0 5,7 13,3 60 55 9,5 13,3 60 55
FZA 14 x 100 M10 D 60 130 40,0 5,7 13,3 60 55 9,5 13,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D 80 160 60,0 9,5 19,3 80 70 14,3 19,3 80 70
FZA 18 x 130 M12 D 80 160 100,0 9,5 19,3 80 70 14,3 19,3 80 70
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D 100 200 100,0 17,1 34,3 100 100 19,0 35,9 100 100
1)
2)
171
LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-D A4
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D A4 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 35 3,6 5,9 40 35
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D A4 50 110 20,0 4,3 5,9 50 45 5,7 5,9 50 45
FZA 12 x 80 M8 D A4 50 110 20,0 4,3 5,9 50 45 5,7 5,9 50 45
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D A4 60 130 40,0 5,7 9,3 60 55 9,5 9,3 60 55
FZA 14 x 100 M10 D A4 60 130 40,0 5,7 9,3 60 55 9,5 9,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D A4 80 160 60,0 9,5 13,5 80 70 14,3 13,5 80 70
FZA 18 x 130 M12 D A4 80 160 60,0 9,5 13,5 80 70 14,3 13,5 80 70
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D A4 100 200 100,0 17,1 25,2 100 100 19,0 25,2 100 100
1)
2)
LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-D C
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D C 40 100 20,0 2,4 5,6 40 35 3,6 7,3 40 35
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D C 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,3 50 45 5,7 7,3 50 45
FZA 12 x 80 M8 D C 50 110 20,0 4,3 7,3 50 45 5,7 7,3 50 45
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D C 60 130 40,0 5,7 11,6 60 55 9,5 11,6 60 55
FZA 14 x 100 M10 D C 60 130 40,0 5,7 11,6 60 55 9,5 11,6 60 55
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D C 80 160 60,0 9,5 16,9 80 70 14,3 16,9 80 70
FZA 18 x 130 M12 D C 80 160 60,0 9,5 16,9 80 70 14,3 16,9 80 70
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D C 100 200 100,0 17,1 31,4 100 100 19,0 31,4 100 100
1)
2)
172
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I
The internally threaded anchor with the highest safety in

cracked concrete
Medical stations Stadium seating
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The special ZYKON undercut technol- ▪ Steel constructions ▪ FZA-I with internal thread is suitable
ogy allows for a positive fit connection ▪ Guard rails for pre-positioned installation.
and ensures maximum safety, even in ▪ Consoles ▪ The undercut drill hole is created using
large cracks. ▪ Ladders the special FZUB drill.
▪ The metric internal thread means that ▪ Cable conduits ▪ Once the anchor has been placed in
it is possible to use standard screws or ▪ Machines the drill hole, the expansion sleeve is
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation ▪ Staircases driven over the cone using the FZE
to suit the intended use. ▪ Gates Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
▪ The FZA-I allows for surface flush ▪ Façades hole is filled with a positive fit.
removal and reuse of the fixing point, ▪ Window elements
and therefore offers the best possible
flexibility.
▪ Furthermore, the ZYKON undercut
anchor FZA-I offers all the benefits of
the FZA.
173
High performance steel anchors ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I
TECHNICAL DATA
ZYKON Internally-threaded anchor FZA-I
zinc-plated stainless Required drill Required Internal Min. bolt Max. bolt Sales unit
Approval
steel steel bit FZUB setting tool thread penetration penetration

FZE plus
M lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 060758 060783 ■ 12 x 40 FZE 12 plus M6 8 13 25
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I — 060784 ■ 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus M6 8 13 25
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 060760 060786 ■ 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus M8 11 17 20
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 060761 060787 ■ 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus M 10 13 21 10
ACCESSORIES
Drill bit FZUB

FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZA 10 x 40 M6 - - 1
FZUB 12 x 60 060625 - FZA 12 x 60 M8 D/10 - 1
FZUB 12 x 80 060626 - FZA 12 x 80 M8 D/30 - 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZA 14 x 40 M10 - - 1
FZUB 14 x 80 060629 - FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 - 1
FZUB 14 x 100 060630 - FZA 14 x 100 M10 D/40 - 1
FZUB 18 x 80 060634 FZA 18 x 80 M12 - FZA 18 x 80 M10I 1
FZUB 18 x 100 060632 - FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 - 1
FZUB 18 x 130 060633 - FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 - 1
174
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I

ACCESSORIES
Setting tool FZE plus

FZE 10 plus 044637 1) FZA 10 x ... M6 - - 1
1) Without centring pin.
LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I (screw quality 8.8)
hef hmin Tinst Nzul3) Vzul3) smin2) cmin2) Nzul3) Vzul3) smin2) cmin2)
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 40 100 8,5 2,4 4,1 40 35 3,6 4,1 40 35
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 50 110 8,5 4,3 4,1 50 45 5,7 4,1 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 60 130 15,0 5,7 5,4 60 55 9,5 5,4 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 80 160 30,0 9,5 5,6 80 70 9,6 5,6 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 100 200 60,0 17,1 13,2 100 100 19,0 13,2 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 125 250 60,0 19,0 13,2 125 125 19,0 13,2 125 125
1)
2)
LOADS
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I A4 (screw quality A4-70)
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I A4 40 100 8,5 2,4 3,2 40 35 3,6 3,2 40 35
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I A4 50 110 8,5 4,3 3,2 50 45 5,4 3,2 50 45
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I A4 60 130 15,0 5,7 4,3 60 55 7,1 4,3 60 55
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I A4 80 160 30,0 9,0 5,4 80 70 9,0 5,4 80 70
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I A4 100 200 60,0 17,1 12,7 100 100 19,0 12,7 100 100
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I A4 125 250 60,0 19,0 12,7 125 125 19,0 12,7 125 125
1)
2)
175
The internally threaded anchor with low anchoring depth for

individual fixings in cracked concrete
Emergency exit signs in tunnels Air conditioning units
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The combination of hammerset and ▪ Pipes ▪ The FZEA II is suitable for pre-posi-
ZYKON undercut anchor allows for ▪ Ventilation systems tioned installation.
individual fixings in cracked concrete. ▪ Sprinkler systems ▪ The undercut drill hole is created using
▪ The special ZYKON undercut technol- ▪ Cable conduits the special FZUB drill.
ogy reduces the energy required for ▪ Suspended ceilings ▪ Once the anchor has been placed in
installation. the drill hole, the expansion sleeve
▪ The FZUB special drill allows for a fast is expanded by the driving in of the
installation by creating the undercut internal expansion pin with the FZED
without having to change tools. Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
▪ The embossing that is applied when hole is filled with a positive fit.
expanding the anchor secures the
simple control of the anchoring.
▪ The almost expansion-free installa-
tion of the anchor allows small edge
distances and axial spacing, thereby
enabling flexible use.
176

TECHNICAL DATA
Zykon-Hammerset anchor FZEA II
zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Required drill Required setting Length Internal Max. bolt Min. bolt Sales unit
Approval
steel steel sion resistant bit FZUB tool FZED plus thread penetration penetration
steel l M lE,max lE,min
Item gvz A4 C
FZEA II 10 x 40 M 8 047303 047306 047309 ■ 10 x 40 FZED 10 plus 43 M8 17 11 100
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 047304 047307 047310 ■ 12 x 40 FZED 12 plus 43 M 10 19 13 100
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 047305 047308 047311 ■ 14 x 40 FZED 14 plus 43 M 12 21 15 50
ACCESSORIES
Drill bit FZUB

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZEA II 10 x 40 1
FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZEA II 12 x 40 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZEA II 14 x 40 1
ACCESSORIES
Setting tool FZED plus

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FZED 10 plus 044642 FZEA II 10 x 40 1
177
High performance steel anchors ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II
LOADS
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II (screw quality 5.8)
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 40 80 10,0 1,6 4,7 40 40 3,6 4,7 40 40
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 40 80 15,0 3,0 5,6 45 45 3,6 7,8 45 45
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 40 80 20,0 3,6 5,6 50 50 3,6 7,9 50 50
1)
2)
LOADS
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II A4 (screw quality A4-70)
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 A4 40 80 15,0 1,6 5,6 40 40 3,6 5,7 40 40
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 A4 40 80 20,0 3,0 5,6 45 45 3,6 7,9 45 45
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 A4 40 80 40,0 3,6 5,6 50 50 3,6 7,9 50 50
1)
2)
LOADS
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II C (screw quality: material 1.4529, strength 700 N/mm²)
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 C 40 80 15,0 1,6 5,6 40 40 3,6 5,7 40 40
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 C 40 80 20,0 3,0 5,6 45 45 3,6 7,9 45 45
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 C 40 80 40,0 3,6 5,6 50 50 3,6 7,9 50 50
1)
2)
178
Concrete screw FBS

The fully removable fixing in cracked concrete
Formwork bracings Protective barriers
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The self-tapping concrete screw ena- ▪ Guard rails ▪ The FBS is suitable for push-through
bles full removal and is ideally suited ▪ Consoles installation.
to temporary fixings. ▪ Metal profiles ▪ When the concrete screw is screwed
▪ The FBS can be set and installed in ▪ Ladders into the drill hole, the thread taps into
one go, thereby saving on installation ▪ Protection boards the concrete with a positive fit.
time. ▪ Gates ▪ Please note the power output informa-
▪ When combined with a tangential ▪ Façades tion to ensure that the best results
impact wrench, the screw principle ▪ Window elements are achieved with a tangential impact
allows for a quick and easy installation. ▪ Temporary fixings wrench (incl. nuts fitting tangential
▪ The head embossing offers a simple impact wrenches) (see table).
control of the anchoring, thus saving ▪ Use FBS A4 for external applications
time. (including temporary ones) and those
in a damp environment.
179
High performance steel anchors Concrete screw FBS
TECHNICAL DATA
Concrete screw FBS-US with hexagon head
and forged washer
Concrete screw FBS-S with hexagon head
zinc-plated stainless Approval Drill hole dia- Min. drill-hole Screw length Max. fixture Actuation Sales unit
steel steel meter depth for through thickness
fixings
ETA do h2 ls t fix
Item gvz A4
FBS 8/5 US 066956 — ■ 8 90 80 5 T40/SW13 100
FBS 8/25 US 066957 — ■ 8 110 100 25 T40/SW13 100
FBS 8/15 S 066958 — ■ 8 100 90 15 SW 16 100
FBS 10/5 S 067062 — ■ 10 100 90 5 SW 18 50
FBS 10/15 S 067063 — ■ 10 110 100 15 SW 18 50
FBS 10/15 S — 047465 — 10 110 100 15 SW 17 50
FBS 10/25 S 067168 — ■ 10 120 110 25 SW 18 50
INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE SCREWS

Concrete screw recommended nominal torque maximum tightening torque
of the tangential impact wrench*) with torque wrench resp. ratch ≦
[Nm] [Nm]
FBS 8 200 40
FBS 10 300 40
*) Use nuts (black) which fit percussion power screwdrivers!
The conversion of nominal output into effective tightening torque varies from machine to machine - always therefore use torque control.
LOADS
Concrete screw FBS
FBS 8 51 120 - 4,3 6,2 50 50 5,7 8,6 50 50
FBS 10 68 130 - 7,6 16,2 70 70 13,5 16,2 70 70
1)
2)
180
Concrete screw FBS

LOADS
Concrete screw FBS A4
FBS 10 A4 68 130 - 7,6 19,0 70 70 13,5 19,0 70 70
1)
2)
181
The screw solution for multiple fixings
Ventilation systems Strip lighting
VERSIONS APPROVALS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked, for multiple fixings of non-
structural applications
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The concrete screw has been ▪ Pipes ▪ The FBS type SK and type P are
approved for the multiple fixing of ▪ Ventilation systems suitable for push-through installation;
non-load-bearing systems, and as ▪ Sprinkler systems whilst the FBS type M8 and type M8/
such is ideal for fixing pipelines, cable ▪ Cable conduits M10 I are suitable for pre-positioned
conduits etc. ▪ Wire hangers installation.
▪ The FBS can be set and installed in ▪ Punched tapes ▪ When the concrete screw is screwed
one go, thereby saving on installation ▪ Ceilings into the drill hole, the thread taps into
time. ▪ Temporary internal fixings the concrete with a positive fit.
▪ When combined with a tangential ▪ Please note the power output informa-
impact wrench, the screw principle tion to ensure that the best results
allows for a quick and easy installation. are achieved with a tangential impact
▪ A range of head shapes allows for the wrench (incl. nuts fitting tangential
fixing of wide-ranging attachments, impact wrenches) (see table).
and for the ideal adaptation to suit the ▪ Available head shapes for flexible
intended use. design solutions:
Countersunk head (type SK - for
surface flush fixings), panhead (type
P), bushing with internal thread (type
M8/M10-I for suspensions), threaded
bolts (type M8).
182
Concrete screw FBS

TECHNICAL DATA
Concrete screw FBS-P, panhead
Concrete screw FBS-SK, countersunk head
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill-hole Anchor length Max. fixture Width across nut Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth for through thickness

fixings
do h2 l t fix
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBS 6/5 P 066939 ■ 6 — — 5 — —
FBS 6/25 P 066948 ■ 6 85 80 25 T 30 100
FBS 6/5 SK 066935 ■ 6 65 80 5 T 30 100
TECHNICAL DATA
Concrete screw FBS-M8, outside diameter M8
Concrete screw FBS-M8/M10,

internal thread M8/M10
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill-hole Anchor length Projection length Thread Width across nut Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth for through

fixings
do h2 l l1 M  SW
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBS 6 M8 066949 ■ 6 60 75 19 M8 10 100
FBS 6 M8/M10I 066950 ■ 6 60 83 26 M8 + M10 13 100
INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE SCREWS

Concrete screw recommended nominal torque maximum tightening torque
of the tangential impact wrench*) with torque wrench resp. ratch ≦
[Nm] [Nm]
FBS 6 150 15
* Use nuts (black) which fit percussion power screwdrivers!
)
The conversion of nominal output into effective tightening torque varies from machine to machine - always therefore use torque control.
183
LOADS
Concrete screw FBS
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/254).
Typ Effective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
FBS 6 44 100 - 3,6 3,3 40 40 3,6 3,3 40 40
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a 2)
partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. 3)
an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 3 x hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
approval. 4)
184
The internally threaded anchor with rim for simple hammerset

installation
Sprinklers Pipelines
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked, for the multiple fixings of non-
load-bearing systems
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The embossed rim prevents the ▪ Pipelines and ventilation systems ▪ The EA II is suitable for pre-positioned
anchor sleeve from slipping, thus ▪ Sprinkler systems installation.
ensuring a trouble-free hammerset ▪ Cable conduits and wires ▪ Position the hammerset anchor in
installation. ▪ Gratings the drill hole and drive in flush to the
▪ The metric internal thread means that ▪ Steel constructions surface of the anchor base using the
it is possible to use standard screws or ▪ Machines hammer.
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation ▪ Consoles ▪ The sleeve is then expanded by driving
to suit the intended use. ▪ Shuttering props in the internal bolt with the EAW H
▪ The EA II S-SDS machine setting ▪ Diamond or core drilling devices Plus setting tool (alternative: EA II-SDS
tool allows for effortless installation, (EA II M12 D) machine setting tool), and expanded
particularly in the case of series instal- against the drill hole wall.
lations. ▪ The setting tools must sit on the rim of
▪ The embossing that is applied when the anchor to ensure correct expan-
expanding with the EAW H Plus sion.
setting tool offers a simple control of ▪ Use the special EA II M12 D with
the anchoring and provides increased thicker sleeve for fixing diamond and
safety. core drilling devices.
185
High performance steel anchors Hammerset anchor EA II
TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerset anchor EA II. Not suitable for diamond

drilling appliances and diamond saws.
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill-hole Anchor Internal Min. bolt Max. bolt Sales unit
steel steel diameter depth for pre- length thread penetration penetration
Approval
positioned
installation
do h1 l M lE,min lE,max
Item gvz A4
EA II M 6 048264 048410 ■ 8 32 30 M6 6 13 100
EA II M 8 048284 048411 ■ 10 33 30 M8 8 13 100
EA II M 8 x 40 048323 048412 ■ 10 43 40 M8 8 13 50
EA II M 10 x 30 048332 — ■ 12 33 30 M 10 10 13 50
EA II M 10 048339 048414 ■ 12 43 40 M 10 10 17 50
EA II M 12 048406 048415 ■ 15 54 50 M 12 12 22 25
EA II M 16 048408 048416 ■ 20 70 65 M 16 16 28 20
EA II M 20 048409 048417 ■ 25 85 80 M 20 20 34 10
Associated setting tool for manual installation (EAW H plus), for installation with hammer drill (EA II-S-SDS)
TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerset anchor EA-N D. Hammerset anchor EA II M12 D.

Suitable for diamond drilling Suitable for diamond drilling
machines and diamond saws. appliances and diamond saws
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth tration tration

Item gvz
EA M 12 N D 500872 — 16 50 50 M 12 12 22 50
EA II M 12 D 048407 ■ 16 54 50 M 12 12 22 25
Associated setting tool for manual installation (EAW H plus), for installation with hammer drill (EA II-S-SDS)
ACCESSORIES
Machine setting tool EA II S-SDS
Tool holder Fits Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
EA II S-SDS 6 048065 SDS plus EA II M6 1
EA II S-SDS 8 048066 SDS plus EA II M 8 1
EA II S-SDS 8 x 40 048067 SDS plus EA II M 8 x 40 1
EA II S-SDS 10 x 30 048068 1) SDS plus EA II M 10 x 30 1
EA II S-SDS 10 048070 SDS plus EA II M 10 1
EA II S-SDS 12 048071 SDS plus EA II M 12 D / EA II M 12 / EA M 12 N D 1
EA II S-SDS-M 16 048072 1) SDS max EA II M 16 1
EA II S-SDS-M 20 048073 1) SDS max EA II M 20 1
186

ACCESSORIES
Setting tool EAW H Plus with

hand impact protection for your Setting tool EA-ST
safety and embossing tool.
Fits Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
EAW H 6 Plus 044630 EA II M6 1
EAW H 8 Plus 044631 EA II M 8 1
EAW H 8 x 40 Plus 044632 EA II M 8 x 40 1
EAW H 10 Plus 044633 EA II M 10 1
EAW H 10 x 30 plus 048487 EA II M 10 x 30 1
EAW H 12 Plus 044634 EA II M 12, EA II M 12 D 1
EAW H 16 Plus 044635 EA II M 16 1
EAW H 20 Plus 044636 EA II M 20 1
EA-ST 12 504585 EA II M6 1
LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II (screw quality 5.8)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/60.
Type Effective Min. Maximum Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment
hef hmin Tinst,max Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
EA II M6 30 100 4,0 1,0 65 115
EA II M8 30 100 8,0 1,7 95 140
EA II M8 x 40 40 100 8,0 1,7 95 140
EA II M10 x 30 30 120 15,0 1,7 85 140
EA II M10 40 120 15,0 2,5 95 160
EA II M12 50 120 35,0 3,6 145 200
1)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. groups) see approval.
LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II (screw quality 8.8)
Type Effective Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
EA II M65) 30 100 4,0 4,0 3,9 65 115
EA II M85) 30 100 8,0 4,0 4,0 95 140
EA II M8 x 40 40 100 8,0 6,1 4,9 95 140
EA II M10 x 305) 30 120 15,0 4,0 4,0 85 140
EA II M10 40 120 15,0 6,1 6,1 95 160
EA II M12 50 120 35,0 8,5 8,5 145 200
EA II M12D 50 120 35,0 8,5 8,5 145 200
EA II M16 65 160 60,0 12,6 18,3 180 240
EA II M20 80 200 120,0 17,2 29,1 190 280
1)
Only for multiple use for non-structural applications.
2)
3)
187
High performance steel anchors Hammerset anchor EA II
LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II A4 (screw quality A4-70)
Type Effective Min. Maximum Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment
EA II M6 A4 30 100 4,0 1,0 65 115
EA II M8 A4 30 100 8,0 1,7 95 140
EA II M8 x 40 A4 40 100 8,0 1,7 95 140
EA II M10 x 30 A4 30 120 15,0 1,7 85 140
EA II M10 A4 40 120 15,0 2,5 95 160
EA II M12 A4 50 120 35,0 3,6 145 200
1)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. groups) see approval.
LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II A4 (screw quality A4-70)
Type Effective Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm3) Vperm3) smin2) cmin2)
EA II M6 A45) 30 100 4,0 4,0 3,2 65 115
EA II M8 A45) 30 100 8,0 4,0 4,0 95 140
EA II M8 x 40 A4 40 100 8,0 6,1 5,6 95 140
EA II M10 x 30 A45) 30 120 15,0 4,0 4,0 85 140
EA II M10 A4 40 120 15,0 6,1 6,1 95 160
EA II M12 A4 50 120 35,0 8,5 8,5 145 200
EA II M12 D A4 50 120 35,0 8,5 8,5 145 200
EA II M16 A4 65 160 60,0 12,6 21,1 180 240
EA II M20 A4 80 200 120,0 17,2 33,7 190 280
1)
2)
Only for multiple use for non-structural applications.
188
Nail anchor FNA II

The installation-friendly hammerset anchor for multiple fixings
Suspended ceilings Fire protection boards
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Prestressed hollow-core concrete slabs

▪ The special active principle allows for ▪ Fire protection plates ▪ The FNA II with nail head is suitable
a simple hammerset installation and, ▪ Fire protection boards for push-through installation. The
therefore, a short processing time. ▪ Ventilation systems FNA II M6 is suitable for pre-posi-
▪ The extremely short anchor depth ▪ Wire and nonious hangers tioned and push-through installation.
prevents reinforcement hits, and cre- ▪ Mounting rails The FNA II OE and H are suitable for
ates the conditions for a trouble-free ▪ Metal clamps pre-positioned installation.
installation. ▪ Sub-structures made of wood or metal ▪ The installed FNA II nail anchor
▪ The optimised expansion clip ensures expands automatically under load. The
hold when placing in the drill hole, and cone is pulled into the expansion clip
prevents it falling out during overhead and expands it against the drill hole
installations. wall.
▪ The massive shaft cross-section guar- ▪ Available setting tools:
antees a high load-bearing capacity, FNA S-SBO to slip onto the drill,
thus offering an extremely high level FNA S-SDS for series installation with
of safety. a drilling hammer,
▪ A range of head shapes allows for the FNA S-H for the manual installation of
fixing of wide-ranging fixtures, and mounting rails.
for the ideal adaptation to suit the
intended use.
189
High performance steel anchors Nail anchor FNA II
TECHNICAL DATA
Nail anchor FNA II with nail head
zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. fixture KD head-Ø Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length thickness
Approval
steel for through
fixings
do h2 l t fix
Item gvz A4 C
FNA II 6 x 25/5 044121 1) — — ■ 6 40 35 5 13 100
FNA II 6 x 30/5 044115 1) 044122 — ■ 6 45 40 5 13 100
FNA II 6 x 30/5 — — 044124 ■ 6 45 40 5 13 25
FNA II 6 x 30/20 — — 506147 ■ 6 60 55 20 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/30 044116 044123 — ■ 6 70 65 30 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/30 — — 044125 ■ 6 70 65 30 13 25
FNA II 6 x 30/50 044117 046024 500569 ■ 6 90 85 50 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/75 044118 — 500573 2) ■ 6 115 110 75 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/100 044119 — 500574 2) ■ 6 140 135 100 13 50
FNA II 6 x 30/120 044120 — 500575 2) ■ 6 160 155 120 13 50
1) with hexagon below the nail head for anti-rotation lock of hole and wire hangers (for example) and centring for optional setting tool FNA-S
2) On request.
TECHNICAL DATA
Nail anchor FNA II M6 with thread and

flange nut
zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length thickness nut
Approval
steel for through

fixings
Item gvz A4 C
FNA II 6 x 25 M6/5 044111 — — ■ 6 40 45 5 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 044109 — — ■ 6 45 50 5 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 — 044112 2) — ■ 6 45 50 5 M6 10 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 — — 044113 2) ■ 6 45 50 5 M6 10 25
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 x 41 044110 1) — — ■ 6 40 41 — M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/10 046022 — — ■ 6 45 55 10 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M8/5 044114 — — ■ 6 45 51 5 M8 13 50
1) without nut; e.g. for fixing of pipe clamps
2) with nut and washer (no flange nut)
190
Nail anchor FNA II

TECHNICAL DATA
Nail anchor FNA II-H with hook
Nail anchor FNA II-OE with eye
zinc-plated Drill hole Anchor length Min. drill hole Inner diameter of Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth the hook/eye
do l h1
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FNA II 6 x 25 H 044126 — 6 54 35 10 50
FNA II 6 x 25 OE 044127 ■ 6 54 35 10 50
TECHNICAL DATA
Machine setting tool FNA S-SDS

Machine setting tool FNA S-SBO for mounting
on the drill bit (drill-Ø 6mm)
Hand tool FNA S-H
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
The ideal setting tool for the serial installation with
FNA S-SDS 061547 for all FNA II with nail head SDS-plus adapter for driving in FNA II with nail head 1
using a hammer drill.
For a power saving and fast installation to be placed
FNA S-SBO 061548 for all FNA II with nail head 1
on the drill.
E.g. for the fixing of installation of mounting rails.
FNA S-H 095990 for FNA II with metric thread M6 Chuck with outer diameter of 15mm for the installati- 1
on of FNA II M6 by hand.
191
High performance steel anchors Nail anchor FNA II
LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25 up to C50/604).
Type Effective Min. Maximum Permissible load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness torque moment spacing edge distance
FNA II 6 x 25 25 80 - 1,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 30 30 80 - 2,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 25 M6 25 80 4,0 1,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 30 80 4,0 2,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M8 30 80 4,0 2,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 25 OE 25 80 - 0,7 100 50
1)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. The groups) see approval.
combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One of them has 4)
Loads for concrete strength class C12/15 see approval.
to be increased according approval.
LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II A4
FNA II 6 x 30 A4 30 80 - 2,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 A4 30 80 4,0 2,4 100 50
1)
2)
LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II C
FNA II 6 x 30 C 30 80 - 2,4 100 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 C 30 80 4,0 2,4 100 50
1)
2)
192
Ceiling nail FDN

The cost-efficient push-through anchor for multiple fixings
Suspended ceilings with Nonius hangers Suspended ceilings
VERSIONS APPROVALS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The simple active principle allows for ▪ Wire and nonious hangers ▪ The FDN is suitable for push-through
cost-efficient hammerset installation. ▪ Ventilation systems installation.
▪ The flush-sunk expansion nail signifies ▪ Strips ▪ The FDN ceiling nail is driven into
the complete expansion of the anchor, ▪ Metal profiles the drill hole with a hammer until it is
and thereby ensures minimum move- ▪ Punched tapes firmly in position. Do not hit the expan-
ment when under load. ▪ Sub-structures made of metal sion wedge at this stage.
▪ The two hit zones (first nail head, then ▪ Then, drive the expansion wedge in
expansion pin) ensure correct instal- flush to the nail head. This causes the
lation - especially in narrow drill holes FDN to expand against the drill hole
- and also ensure high safety in use. wall.
▪ The head embossing offers a simple
control of the anchoring, and thus
saves time.
193
High performance steel anchors Ceiling nail FDN
TECHNICAL DATA
Ceiling nail FDN
zinc-plated Drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill hole KD head-Ø Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter thickness depth

do l t fix h1
Item gvz
FDN 6/5 (6 x 35) 078644 ■ 6 43 5 45 15 100
FDN 6/35 (6 x 65) 078645 ■ 6 73 35 75 15 100
LOADS
Ceiling nail FDN
Type Effective Min. Torque moment Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth member thickness
hef hmin Tinst Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)
FDN 6 32 80 - 2,4 200 150
1)
safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance.
194
Bolt anchor FBN II
The cost-efficient fixing for flexible use in non-cracked

concrete
Column bases Stormwater overflow tank manholes
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
▪ hot-dip galvanised steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The standard anchorage depth ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The FBN II is suitable for pre-posi-
achieves the maximum load-bearing ▪ Guard rails tioned and push-through installation;
capacities. Thus fewer fixing points ▪ Consoles also suitable for stand-off installation
and smaller anchor plates are required. ▪ Ladders under certain conditions.
▪ The reduced anchorage depth reduces ▪ Cable conduits ▪ Prior to installation, place the hexagon
the drill hole depth. This minimises the ▪ Machines nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
amount of time needed for installation ▪ Staircases pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
whilst increasing flexibility. ▪ Gates the hexagon nut).
▪ The long thread balances component ▪ Façades ▪ When applying the torque, the cone
tolerances and allows for stand-off bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
installations, thus increasing flexibility. and expands it against the drill hole
▪ Few hammer blows and the minimal wall.
torque slippage allow for a noticeably ▪ The head embossing offers a simple
simpler installation. control of the anchoring.
▪ The drive-in pin protects the thread ▪ In the case of series installation, we
from damage, and thus ensures a recommend using the FABS bolt
faster installation and dismantling of anchor setting tool.
the attachment.
195
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FBN II
TECHNICAL DATA
Bolt anchor FBN II
zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
nised steel diameter hole depth length usable length nut
Approval
for through hef,stand/
fixings hef,red
do h2 l tfix Ø x length  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 6/5 505526 1) 2) — — ■ 6 45 50 5/- M 6 x 12 10 100
FBN II 6/10 505527 1) 2) 505532 1) 2) — ■ 6 50 55 10/ - M 6 x 17 10 100
FBN II 6/30 505528 1) 2) 505535 1) 2) — ■ 6 70 75 30/- M 6 x 35 10 100
FBN II 8/5 040662 — — ■ 8 61 66 5/15 M 8 x 34 13 50
FBN II 8/10 040664 507555 — ■ 8 66 71 10/20 M 8 x 39 13 50
FBN II 8/10 — — 507575 — 8 66 71 10/20 M 8 x 39 13 50
FBN II 8/20 040669 — — ■ 8 76 81 20/30 M 8 x 49 13 50
FBN II 8/30 040700 507556 — ■ 8 86 91 30/40 M 8 x 59 13 50
FBN II 8/30 — — 507576 — 8 86 91 30/40 M 8 x 59 13 50
FBN II 8/50 040771 507557 — ■ 8 106 111 50/60 M 8 x 79 13 50
FBN II 8/50 — — 507577 — 8 106 111 50/60 M 8 x 79 13 50
FBN II 8/70 040777 — — ■ 8 126 131 70/80 M 8 x 99 13 20
FBN II 8/70 — — 507578 — 8 126 131 70/80 M 8 x 99 13 20
FBN II 8/100 040783 — — ■ 8 156 161 100/110 M 8 x 129 13 20
FBN II 10/10 040827 507558 — ■ 10 78 86 10/20 M 10 x 46 17 50
FBN II 10/10 — — 507579 — 10 78 86 10/20 M 10 x 46 17 50
FBN II 10/20 040851 507559 — ■ 10 88 96 20/30 M 10 x 56 17 50
FBN II 10/30 040854 507560 — ■ 10 98 106 30/40 M 10 x 66 17 50
FBN II 10/30 — — 507580 — 10 98 106 30/40 M 10 x 66 17 50
FBN II 10/50 040855 507561 — ■ 10 118 126 50/60 M 10 x 86 17 20
FBN II 10/50 — — 507582 — 10 118 126 50/60 M 10 x 86 17 20
FBN II 10/70 040931 — — ■ 10 138 146 70/80 M 10 x 106 17 20
FBN II 10/100 040943 507562 — ■ 10 168 176 100/110 M 10 x 136 17 20
FBN II 10/100 — — 507583 — 10 168 176 100/110 M 10 x 136 17 20
FBN II 10/140 040944 — — ■ 10 208 216 140/150 M 10 x 176 17 20
FBN II 10/160 040945 — — ■ 10 228 236 160/170 M 10 x 196 17 20
FBN II 12/10 040950 507563 — ■ 12 95 106 10/25 M 12 x 59 19 20
FBN II 12/10 — — 507589 — 12 95 106 10/25 M 12 x 59 19 20
FBN II 12/20 044558 507564 — ■ 12 105 116 20/35 M 12 x 69 19 20
FBN II 12/30 045263 507565 — ■ 12 115 126 30/45 M 12 x 79 19 20
FBN II 12/30 — — 507591 — 12 115 126 30/45 M 12 x 79 19 20
FBN II 12/50 045264 507566 — ■ 12 135 146 50/65 M 12 x 99 19 20
FBN II 12/50 — — 507592 — 12 135 146 50/65 M 12 x 99 19 20
FBN II 12/80 045265 — — ■ 12 165 176 80/95 M 12 x 129 19 20
FBN II 12/100 045266 507567 — ■ 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 20
FBN II 12/100 — — 507596 — 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 20
FBN II 12/120 045267 — — ■ 12 205 216 120/135 M 12 x 169 19 20
FBN II 12/140 045268 — — ■ 12 225 236 140/155 M 12 x 189 19 20
FBN II 12/160 045269 — — ■ 12 245 256 160/175 M 12 x 189 19 20
FBN II 16/10 — 507568 — ■ 16 114 130 10/25 M 16 x 74 24 10
FBN II 16/25 045564 507569 — ■ 16 129 145 25/40 M 16 x 89 24 10
FBN II 16/25 — — 507598 — 16 129 145 25/40 M 16 x 89 24 10
FBN II 16/50 045565 507570 — ■ 16 154 170 50/65 M 16 x 105 24 10
1) Use restricted to anchoring of structural components which are statically indeterminate.
2) Nut and washer not pre-assembled/supplied loose.
196
Bolt anchor FBN II

TECHNICAL DATA
Bolt anchor FBN II
zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
nised steel diameter hole depth length usable length nut
Approval
for through hef,stand/
fixings hef,red
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 16/50 — — 507553 — 16 154 170 50/65 M 16 x 105 24 10
FBN II 16/80 045566 — — ■ 16 184 200 80/95 M 16 x 144 24 10
FBN II 16/100 045567 — — ■ 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 10
FBN II 16/100 — — 507554 — 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 10
FBN II 16/140 045568 — — ■ 16 244 260 140/155 M 16 x 184 24 10
FBN II 16/160 045569 — — ■ 16 264 280 160/175 M 16 x 184 24 10
FBN II 16/200 045570 — — ■ 16 304 320 200/215 M 16 x 100 24 10
FBN II 20/30 045573 507571 — ■ 20 165 187 30/55 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/30 — — 508015 — 20 165 187 30/55 M 20 x 90 30 50
FBN II 20/60 045574 507572 — ■ 20 195 217 60/85 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/80 045575 — — ■ 20 215 237 80/105 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/120 045576 — — ■ 20 255 277 120/145 M 20 x 90 30 10
1) Use restricted to anchoring of structural components which are statically indeterminate.
2) Nut and washer not pre-assembled/supplied loose.
TECHNICAL DATA
Bolt anchor FBN II K
zinc-plated stainless steel, hot-dip Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
steel, short short version galvanised diameter hole depth length usable length nut
Approval
version steel, short for through hef,stand/

version fixings hef,red
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 8/5 K 040806 508007 — ■ 8 51 56 -/5 M 8 x 24 13 50
FBN II 8/5 K — — 508012 — 8 51 56 -/5 M 8 x 24 13 50
FBN II 8/10 K 040807 — — ■ 8 56 61 -/10 M 8 x 29 13 50
FBN II 10/5 K 040946 508010 — ■ 10 63 71 -/5 M 10 x 31 17 50
FBN II 10/5 K — — 508013 — 10 63 71 -/5 M 10 x 31 17 50
FBN II 10/10 K 040947 — — ■ 10 68 76 -/10 M 10 x 36 17 50
FBN II 12/5 K 045272 508011 — ■ 12 75 86 -/5 M 12 x 39 19 20
FBN II 12/5 K — — 508014 — 12 75 86 -/5 M 12 x 39 19 20
FBN II 12/10 K 045273 — — ■ 12 80 91 -/10 M 12 x 44 19 20
FBN II 12/30 K 045274 — — ■ 12 100 111 -/30 M 12 x 64 19 20
FBN II 16/15 K 045571 508745 — ■ 16 104 120 -/15 M 16 x 64 24 10
197
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor FBN II
TECHNICAL DATA
Bolt anchor FBN II K
zinc-plated stainless steel, hot-dip Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
steel, short short version galvanised diameter hole depth length usable length nut
Approval
version steel, short for through hef,stand/
version fixings hef,red
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 16/15 K — — 507597 — 16 104 120 -/15 M 16 x 64 24 10
FBN II 16/25 K 045572 — — ■ 16 114 130 -/25 M 16 x 74 24 10
FBN II 20/10 K 045577 — — ■ 20 120 142 -/10 M 20 x 50 30 10
ACCESSORIES

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
LOADS
Bolt anchor FBN II
Type Min. effective Max. effective Min. member Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
FBN II 65) 30 100 4,0 2,9 2,7 50 100

30 100 15,0 2,9 4,0 40 40
FBN II 85)
40 100 15,0 6,1 6,1 40 40
40 100 30,0 6,1 6,1 50 80
FBN II 10
50 100 30,0 8,5 8,5 50 50
50 100 50,0 8,5 8,5 70 100
FBN II 12
65 120 50,0 12,6 14,3 70 70
65 120 100,0 12,6 25,2 90 120
FBN II 16
80 160 100,0 17,2 26,9 90 90
80 160 200,0 17,2 34,4 120 120
FBN II 20
105 200 200,0 25,9 38,3 120 120
1)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for multiple use for non-structural
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. applications.
3)
198
Bolt anchor FBN II

LOADS
Bolt anchor FBN II A4
FBN II 6 A4 5) 30 100 4,0 2,9 3,0 50 100

30 100 10,0 2,9 4,0 50 45
FBN II 8 A4 5)
40 100 10,0 6,1 6,1 40 45
40 100 20,0 6,1 6,1 50 80
FBN II 10 A4
50 100 20,0 8,5 8,5 70 55
50 100 35,0 8,5 8,5 70 100
FBN II 12 A4
65 120 35,0 12,6 15,7 70 70
65 120 80,0 12,6 25,2 90 120
FBN II 16 A4
80 160 80,0 17,2 29,1 120 80
80 160 150,0 17,2 34,4 140 120
FBN II 20 A4
105 200 150,0 25,9 49,1 120 120
1)
2)
3)
199
Bolt anchor FBN II GS
The cost-efficient fixing with large washer for flexible use in

Footing beams Anchoring of purlins
VERSIONS APPROVALS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The larger washer included with the ▪ Wood constructions ▪ The FBN II is suitable for pre-posi-
FBN II GS creates a larger supporting tioned and push-through installation;
surface and, as such, allows for the also suitable for stand-off installation
fixing of wood constructions. under certain conditions.
▪ The pre-fitted washer ensures a fast ▪ Prior to installation, place the hexagon
installation. nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
▪ Furthermore, the FBN II GS bolt pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
anchor offers all of the benefits of the the hexagon nut).
FBN II – see page 195. ▪ When applying the torque, the cone
bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
and expands it against the drill hole
wall.
▪ The head embossing offers a simple
control of the anchoring.
▪ In the case of series installation, we
200

TECHNICAL DATA
Bolt anchor FBN II-GS with large washer
steel, Drill hole Min. drill- Anchor length Max. Thread Width across Washer (outer Sales unit
zinc-plated, diameter hole depth for usable length nut diameter x
Approval
with large through fixings hef,stand/ thickness)

washer hef,red
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBN II 12/80 GS 045578 1) ■ 12 165 176 80/95 M 12 x 129 19 44 x 2,5 20
FBN II 12/100 GS 045579 1) ■ 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 44 x 2,5 20
FBN II 12/120 GS 045580 1) ■ 12 205 216 120/135 M 12 x 169 19 44 x 2,5 20
FBN II 12/140 GS 045581 1) ■ 12 225 236 140/155 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 2,5 10
FBN II 12/160 GS 045583 1) ■ 12 245 256 160/175 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 2,5 10
FBN II 12/180 GS 045584 1) ■ 12 265 276 180/195 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 2,5 10
FBN II 12/200 GS 045585 1) ■ 12 285 296 200/215 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 2,5 10
FBN II 12/250 GS 045586 1) ■ 12 335 346 250/265 M 12 x 100 19 44 x 2,5 10
FBN II 16/100 GS 045588 1) ■ 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 56 x 3 10
FBN II 16/140 GS 045590 1) ■ 16 244 260 140/155 M 16 x 184 24 56 x 3 10
FBN II 16/160 GS 045591 1) ■ 16 264 280 160/175 M 16 x 184 24 56 x 3 10
FBN II 16/200 GS 045593 1) ■ 16 304 320 200/215 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 3 10
FBN II 16/250 GS 052192 1) ■ 16 354 370 250/265 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 3 10
FBN II 16/300 GS 052204 1) ■ 16 404 420 300/315 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 3 10
1) GS = large washer
ACCESSORIES

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
LOADS
50 100 50,0 8,5 8,5 70 100
FBN II 12 GS
65 120 50,0 12,6 14,3 70 70
65 120 100,0 12,6 25,2 90 120
FBN II 16 GS
80 160 100,0 17,2 26,9 90 90
1)
2)
3)
201
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor EXA
The installation-friendly fixing in non-cracked concrete
Ladders Collision protection
VERSIONS APPROVALS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The two clips increase the expansion ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The EXA is suitable for pre-positioned
range and reduce the torque slippage. ▪ Guard rails and push-through installation.
This allows for a fast and simple instal- ▪ Consoles ▪ Prior to installation, place the hexagon
lation. ▪ Ladders nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
▪ The drive-in pin protects the thread ▪ Cable conduits pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
from damage, and thus ensures a ▪ Machines the hexagon nut).
faster installation and dismantling of ▪ Staircases ▪ When applying the torque, the cone
the fixture. ▪ Gates bolt is pulled into the expansion clips
▪ The short version EXA K*) can be used ▪ Façades and expands these against the drill
in thinner components due to the low hole wall.
anchorage depth. ▪ In the case of series installation, we
*) not covered by technical approval.
202
Bolt anchor EXA

TECHNICAL DATA
Bolt anchor EXA
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill-hole Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
Approval

fixings
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
EXA 6/5 097729 — 6 50 50 5 M 6 x 17 10 100
EXA 6/10 097730 — 6 70 70 10 M 6 x 17 10 100
EXA 6/40 097731 — 6 100 100 40 M 6 x 17 10 100
EXA 8/5 097732 — 8 60 60 5 M 8 x 22 13 50
EXA 8/15 097733 ■ 8 80 85 15 M 8 x 22 13 50
EXA 8/28 097734 ■ 8 95 98 28 M 8 x 22 13 50
EXA 8/55 097735 ■ 8 120 125 55 M 8 x 22 13 50
EXA 8/100 097736 ■ 8 165 170 100 M 8 x 22 13 50
EXA 10/5 097737 — 10 65 70 5 M 10 x 28 17 50
EXA 10/15 097738 ■ 10 85 92 15 M 10 x 28 17 50
EXA 10/45 097739 ■ 10 115 122 45 M 10 x 28 17 50
EXA 10/90 097740 ■ 10 160 167 90 M 10 x 28 17 50
EXA 10/140 097741 ■ 10 210 217 140 M 10 x 28 17 25
EXA 10/160 097937 ■ 10 230 237 160 M 10 x 28 17 25
EXA 12/5 097742 — 12 75 76 5 M 12 x 30 19 25
EXA 12/15 097743 ■ 12 105 112 15 M 12 x 33 19 25
EXA 12/35 097744 ■ 12 125 132 35 M 12 x 33 19 25
EXA 12/55 097745 ■ 12 145 152 55 M 12 x 33 19 25
EXA 12/85 097746 ■ 12 175 182 85 M 12 x 33 19 25
EXA 12/105 097747 ■ 12 195 202 105 M 12 x 33 19 25
EXA 16/10 097751 — 16 100 110 10 M 16 x 44 24 20
EXA 16/30 097752 ■ 16 140 153 30 M 16 x 44 24 10
EXA 16/75 097753 ■ 16 185 198 75 M 16 x 44 24 20
EXA 20/10 097756 — 20 110 127 10 M 20 x 60 30 10
EXA 20/25 097757 ■ 20 155 172 25 M 20 x 60 30 10
EXA 20/80 097758 ■ 20 210 227 80 M 20 x 60 30 10
EXA 20/220 512253 ■ 20 350 367 220 M 20 x 60 30 10
EXA 24/40 512254 — 24 230 253 40 M 24 x 70 36 10
203
High performance steel anchors Bolt anchor EXA
TECHNICAL DATA
EXA-K Bolt anchor, short
steel, short diameter depth for through thickness
version fixings
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
EXA M 6 K 512255 6 45 43 5 M 6 x 17 10 100
EXA M 8 K 512256 8 50 52 5 M 8 x 22 11 100
EXA M 10 K 512257 10 55 58 5 M 10 x 28 17 50
TECHNICAL DATA
Express Anchor EXA-IG M
Express Anchor EXA-IG M
zinc-plated stainless Drill diameter Min. drill-hole Total length Min. bolt Max. bolt Sales unit
steel steel depth for pre- penetration penetration
positioned
installation
d0 h1 l lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
EXA-IG M6 512258 512263 6 60 48 6 15 100
EXA-IG M8 512259 512264 8 60 50 8 20 100
EXA-IG M10 512260 512265 10 65 53 10 25 50
EXA-IG M12 512262 512266 12 95 85 12 30 25
ACCESSORIES

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
204
Bolt anchor EXA

LOADS
Express anchor EXA
Type Effective Minimum Installation Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth member thickness torque tensile load shear load
EXA M8 47 100 14,0 4,1 6,2 45 40
EXA M10 49 100 30,0 6,3 8,2 50 65
EXA M12 67 135 60,0 9,9 11,0 75 90
EXA M16 85 170 80,0 16,7 27,8 85 90
EXA M20 103 205 140,0 24,8 40,9 105 100
1)
chor with a spacing s ≥ 3 x hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
4)
LOADS
Express anchor EXA-K
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/25.
Type Effective Min. Installation Recommended Recommended
hef hmin Tinst Nrec3) Vrec3)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN]
EXA M6 K 24 70 5,0 1,5 1,6
EXA M8 K 28 90 15,0 2,1 2,8
EXA M10 K 30 100 25,0 3,0 4,0
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads the given loads have to be reduced.
LOADS
Express anchor EXA-IG
EXA-IG M6 45 100 8,0 3,4 1,5
EXA-IG M8 45 110 15,0 4,0 2,6
EXA-IG M10 45 120 25,0 7,4 3,9
EXA-IG M12 75 150 50,0 12,3 6,3
1)
3)
LOADS
Express anchor EXA-IG A4
EXA-IG M6 A4 45 100 8,0 2,7 1,5
EXA-IG M8 A4 45 110 15,0 4,0 2,6
EXA-IG M10 A4 45 120 25,0 6,6 3,9
EXA-IG M12 A4 75 150 50,0 12,3 6,3
1)
3)
205
The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for fixings

in non-cracked concrete
Fall protection devices Plant construction
VERSIONS APPROVALS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The optimised geometry minimises ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The TAM is suitable for pre-positioned
setting energy and allows for use in ▪ Hand-rails installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows ▪ Consoles ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. ▪ Ladders pulled into the expansion sleeve and
▪ The three-part expansion sleeve cre- ▪ Cable conduits expands it against the drill hole wall.
ates even load distribution, thus allow- ▪ Machines ▪ For correct installation, it must be
ing small edge and axial spacing. Thus ▪ Staircases ensured that the pre-positioned
the TA M is extremely flexible. ▪ Gates anchor TA M can be supported on the
▪ The metric internal thread allows to ▪ Façades attachment, or that the threaded rod is
use standard screws or threaded rods ▪ Stand-off installations countered.
for the ideal adaptation to suit the ▪ Determining the screw length ls:
intended use. Screw length ls =
▪ The red plastic cap protects against Length of fixing
soiling and thus ensures free-running + Thickness of fixture tfix
of the thread. + Thickness of washer.
206

TECHNICAL DATA
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth
do h1 l M
ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M6 090245 ■ 10 65 49 M6 50
TA M8 090246 ■ 12 70 56 M8 50
TA M10 090247 ■ 15 90 69 M 10 25
TA M12 090248 ■ 18 105 86 M 12 25
TECHNICAL DATA
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-S with screw
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Screw Width across nut Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth thickness
ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M6 S/10 090249 ■ 10 75 49 10 M 6 x 60 10 50
TA M8 S/10 090250 ■ 12 80 56 10 M 8 x 65 13 50
TA M10 S/20 090251 ■ 15 110 69 20 M 10 x 90 17 25
TA M12 S/25 090252 ■ 18 130 86 25 M 12 x 110 19 20
LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-S/TA M (screw with grade 8.8)
Type Effective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
TA M6 S 40 100 10,0 3,6 3,3 80 50
TA M8 S 45 100 20,0 5,7 6,7 90 60
TA M10 S 55 110 40,0 9,5 11,0 110 70
TA M12 S 70 140 75,0 11,9 17,0 160 120
1)
2)
207
High performance steel anchors Heavy-duty anchor TA M
TECHNICAL DATA
Heavy-duty anchor SL M
zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
steel depth tration
do h1 l M lE,min
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
SL M 16 050556 24 110 90 M 16 90 10
SL M 20 050557 30 130 110 M 20 5
SL M 24 050558 35 150 125 M 24 125 5
TECHNICAL DATA
Heavy-duty anchor SLM-N A4
stainless Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
steel depth tration
do h1 l M lE,min
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
SL M 8 N A4 050526 12 60 54 M8 52 25
SL M 10 N A4 050527 16 70 62 M 10 62 20
LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor SLM (screw with grade 8.8)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/254).
Type Effective Min. Installation torque Recommended load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Frec 3) smin 2) cmin 2)
SL M16 62 130 100,0 8,0 60 120
SL M20 77 150 150,0 11,0 80 160
SL M24 90 200 200,0 13,9 90 180
1)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load. 4)
For higher strength classes up to C50/60 higher recommended loads may be possible.
208

LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor SLM (screw with grade A4-70)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in concrete C20/254).
Type Effective Min. Installation torque Recommended load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member thickness spacing edge distance
hef hmin Tinst Frec 3) smin 2) cmin 2)
SL M 8 N A4 45 100 25,0 3,5 50 90
SL M 10 N A4 50 100 50,0 5,0 50 100
1)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load. 4)
For higher strength classes up to C50/60 higher recommended loads may be possible.
209
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T
The installation-friendly push-through anchor for fixings in

Collision protection Benches
VERSIONS APPROVALS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The optimised geometry minimises ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The TA M-T is suitable for push-
setting energy and allows for use in ▪ Hand-rails through installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows ▪ Consoles ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. ▪ Ladders pulled into the expansion sleeve and
▪ The three-part expansion sleeve cre- ▪ Cable conduits expands it against the drill hole wall.
ates even load distribution, thus allow- ▪ Machines ▪ The hexagonal head of the TA M-BP is
ing small edge and axial spacing. Thus ▪ Staircases tightened until it breaks off.
the TA M-T is extremely flexible. ▪ Gates
▪ The TA M-BP version with twist-off ▪ Façades
head hinders the dismantling of the
fixture for use as a theft-deterrent and
break-in protection.
▪ The detachable screw connection
allows for surface flush removal.
210

TECHNICAL DATA
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T,

for push-through installation
Approval

fixings
Item gvz
TA M6 T/25 S 090267 ■ 10 90 80 25 M6 10 50
TA M8 T/25 S 090268 ■ 12 95 84 25 M8 13 50
TA M10 T/25 S 090269 ■ 15 110 100 25 M 10 17 25
TA M12 T/25 S 090270 ■ 18 120 114 25 M 12 19 20
TECHNICAL DATA
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T BP,

with twist-off head
fixings
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M8 BP 090265 12 95 84 25 M8 13 50
LOADS
Type Effective Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
TA M6 T 40 100 10,0 3,6 3,3 80 50
TA M8 T 45 100 20,0 5,7 6,7 90 60
TA M10 T 55 110 40,0 9,5 11,0 110 70
TA M12 T 70 140 75,0 11,9 17,0 160 120
1)
chor with a spacing s ≥ 3 x hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x hef. Accurate data see approval. distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
4)
211
Sleeve anchor FSA
The push-through anchor for structural fixings in non-cracked

concrete
Bicycle racks Waste bins
VERSIONS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
cracked

▪ The optimised geometry minimises ▪ Hand-rails ▪ The FSA is suitable for push-through
setting energy and enables the use in ▪ Consoles installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows ▪ Ladders ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. ▪ Cable conduits pulled into the expansion sleeve and
▪ The anchor design makes it possible ▪ Gates expands it against the drill hole wall.
to use different head shapes for flex- ▪ Façades ▪ The half-moon shaped recesses act as
ible design solutions: Hexagon head ▪ Temporary or structural fixings a crumple zone to take the torque slip-
(type S), bolt version with nut and page, so that the attachment is pulled
washer (type B). onto the anchor base.
▪ The detachable screw connection
allows for surface flush removal.
212
Sleeve anchor FSA

TECHNICAL DATA
Sleeve anchor FSA-S
zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Max. fixture Anchor length Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel depth for through thickness
fixings
do h2 t fix l M  SW
Item gvz
FSA 8/15 S 068520 8 65 15 64 M6 10 50
FSA 8/40 S 068521 8 90 40 89 M6 10 50
FSA 8/65 S 068522 8 115 65 114 M6 10 50
FSA 10/10 S 068523 10 65 10 65 M8 13 20
FSA 10/35 S 068524 10 90 35 90 M8 13 20
FSA 10/60 S 068525 10 115 60 115 M8 13 20
FSA 12/10 S 068526 12 75 10 76 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/25 S 068527 12 90 25 91 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/50 S 068528 12 115 50 116 M 10 17 20
TECHNICAL DATA
Sleeve anchor FSA-B
zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Max. fixture Anchor length Thread Width across nut Sales unit
fixings
do h2 t fix l M  SW
Item gvz
FSA 8/15 B 068500 8 65 15 65 M6 10 50
FSA 8/40 B 068501 8 90 40 90 M6 10 50
FSA 8/65 B 068502 8 115 65 115 M6 10 50
FSA 10/10 B 068503 10 65 10 69 M8 13 20
FSA 10/35 B 068504 10 90 35 94 M8 13 20
FSA 10/60 B 068505 10 115 60 119 M8 13 20
FSA 12/10 B 068506 12 75 10 81 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/25 B 068507 12 90 25 96 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/50 B 068508 12 115 50 121 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/75 B 068509 12 140 75 146 M 10 17 20
LOADS
Sleeve anchor FSA
Type Effective Min. Installation Recommended Recommended Min. Min.
hef hmin Tinst Nrec3) Vrec3) smin 2) cmin 2)
FSA 8 35 70 8,0 2,0 3,4 70 50
FSA 10 40 80 25,0 3,5 6,3 80 60
FSA 12 50 100 40,0 5,0 9,9 100 75
1)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.
213
High performance steel anchors Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB
The reusable fixing system for diamond drills and saws
Diamond drills Detail: Diamond drills
VERSIONS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
cracked

▪ The detachable screw connection ▪ Diamond and core drilling devices ▪ The FDBB is suitable for pre-positioned
between the expansion element and ▪ Diamond saws and push-through installation.
spindle enables simple dismantling ▪ An expansion element must be added
and ensures that the spindle bolt can to the spindle bolt before installation.
be reused. ▪ Use a hammer to drive the FDBB
▪ The robust, reusable spindle bolt guar- through the base plate of the drilling
antees a long life span. device into the drill hole.
▪ The active principle of the anchor bolt ▪ When the nut is tightened, the cone
enables an active controlled expan- bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
sion, thus offering a high level of and expands it against the drill hole
safety. wall.
▪ The large steel cross-section provides ▪ The expansion element remains in the
high shear load-bearing capability and, drill hole when dismantling the spindle
as such, high security for the jerky bolt. The spindle bolt is once again
stoppage of the drill bit. completed with an expansion element
and can be reused.
214

TECHNICAL DATA
Expansion element FDBB SE
zinc-plated Drill hole Usable Min. drill-hole Width across nut Length Contents Sales unit
steel diameter length depth for through
fixings
do tfix h2  SW l
Item gvz
1 expansion element 16 SE,
FDBB 16/50 Set 090680 16 50 135 27 200 1 spindle bolt 16/50/160, 1
1 washer, 1 nut
FDBB 16 SE 090681 16 — — — — Expansion element 25
LOADS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in non-cracked concrete.
C20/25 C12/15
Type Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended
bending moment tensile load shear load tensile load shear load
Mrec Nrec Vrec2) Nrec Vrec2)
[Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
FDBB 98,0 12,0 13,3 9,0 13,3
1)
Steel failure value.
215
Wall screw MR
The fixing with simple hammerset installation in non-cracked

concrete
Radiators
VERSIONS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
cracked

▪ The special construction of the anchor ▪ Non-approval-relevant fixings only ▪ The MR is suitable for pre-positioned
sleeve enables it to be set into the drill ▪ Hand-rails and push-through installation.
hole with a low number of hammer ▪ Gratings ▪ The anchor sleeve is driven into the
blows. This enables easy installation. ▪ Garden gates drill hole with a hammer, without the
▪ The flush-sunk expansion pin signifies need for an expansion pin.
the complete expansion of the anchor, ▪ Then the expansion pin is driven in
and thereby ensures minimum move- with a hammer, and the wall screw
ment when under load. expands against the drill hole wall.
▪ The special geometry of the expan-
sion pin reduces the setting energy,
thereby enabling a fast and energy-
saving installation.
216
Wall screw MR

TECHNICAL DATA
Wall screw MR
zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Anchor length Min. drill-hole Thread Width across nut Max. fixture Sales unit
fixings
do l h2 M  SW t fix
Item gvz
MR 8 050583 8 70 70 M8 13 22 25
MR 10 050584 10 85 85 M 10 15 24 20
MR 12 050585 12 100 100 M 12 18 27 10
217
The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for fixings

in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs
Air conditioning units in pre-stressed hollow- Cable trays in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete
core concrete slabs slabs
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete
slabs ≥ C45/55

▪ The active principle of the anchor ▪ Pipes ▪ The FHY is suitable for pre-positioned
means that the FHY can be used in ▪ Cable conduits installation.
cavities or in solid materials up to 5 ▪ Ventilation systems ▪ Position the FHY hollow-ceiling anchor
cm from the tensioning wire. This ▪ Sprinkler systems in the drill hole and drive in flush to
ensures the highest flexibility and user- ▪ Suspended ceilings the surface of the anchor base using
friendly installation. ▪ Consoles the hammer.
▪ The embossed edge prevents the ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The FHY pre-positioned anchor must
anchor sleeve from slipping in the ▪ Wood constructions be able to be supported on the attach-
cavity, thus allowing for trouble-free ment for expansion.
installation. ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
▪ The optimised geometry minimises pulled into the expansion sleeve and
setting energy and allows for use in expands it into the cavity or expands
extremely narrow spaces. This allows it in the solid material against the drill
for user-friendly installation. hole wall.
▪ The metric internal thread means that ▪ Screw length ls =
it is possible to use standard screws or Minimum screw-in depth e2
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation + Thickness of fixture tfix
to suit the intended use. + Thickness of washer
(with threaded rod: + height of nut)
218

TECHNICAL DATA
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY, zinc-plated steel
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Anchor Thread Min. drill Min. bolt Sales unit
Approval
steel steel diameter length hole depth penetration
do l M h1 lE,min
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FHY M 6 030138 — ▯ 10 37 M6 50 37 50
FHY M 6 — 030139 — 10 37 M6 50 37 50
FHY M 8 030146 — ▯ 12 43 M8 60 43 25
FHY M 8 — 030147 — 12 43 M8 60 43 25
FHY M10 030148 — ▯ 16 52 M 10 65 52 20
FHY M10 — 030151 — 16 52 M 10 65 52 20
LOADS
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY (screw with grade 5.8)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs of strength class ≥ B55 resp. C45/55.
Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs
Type Web thickness Min. anchorage depth Torque moment Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
du hef Tinst Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)

25 - 29 30 10,0 0,7 70 100
FHY M6 30 - 39 30 10,0 0,9 80 100
≥40 30 10,0 2,0 100 100
25 - 29 35 10,0 0,7 70 100
FHY M8 30 - 39 35 10,0 0,9 80 100
≥40 35 10,0 2,0 100 100
30 - 39 40 20,0 1,2 80 100
FHY M10
≥40 40 20,0 3,0 100 100
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. 3)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor
groups) see approval.
219
High performance steel anchors Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY
LOADS
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY A4 (screw with grade A4-70)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs of strength class ≥ B55 resp. C45/55.
Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs
Type Web thickness Min. anchorage depth Torque moment Recommended load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
du hef Tinst Frec3) smin2) cmin2)

25 - 29 30 10,0 0,7 70 100
FHY M6 A4 30 - 39 30 10,0 0,9 80 100
≥40 30 10,0 2,0 100 100
25 - 29 35 10,0 0,7 70 100
FHY M8 A4 30 - 39 35 10,0 0,9 80 100
≥40 35 10,0 2,0 100 100
30 - 39 40 20,0 1,2 80 100
FHY M10 A4
≥40 40 20,0 3,0 100 100
1)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.
220
Bolt anchor FAZ II
The power anchor with the black belt.
Bolt anchor FBN II

The heavyweight.
221
222
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation
▪ Frame fixing SXR .......................................................................................................... 225

▪ Universal frame fixing FUR ....................................................................................... 232
▪ Frame fixing SXS .......................................................................................................... 237
▪ Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP ..................................................................................... 241
▪ Hammerfix N .................................................................................................................. 242
▪ Nail sleeve FNH ............................................................................................................. 246
▪ Window frame fixing F-S ........................................................................................... 248
▪ Metal frame fixing F-M ............................................................................................... 250
▪ Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS .................................................................. 252
▪ Wall tie VB ....................................................................................................................... 255
▪ Adjustable fixing S10J ............................................................................................... 256
▪ Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS ....................................................................... 258
▪ Universal spacing screw ASL ................................................................................... 259
▪ Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10.................................................................. 261
▪ Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16............................................................... 264
▪ Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M ................................................................... 269
▪ Remedial wall tie VBS 8............................................................................................. 271
223
Range of frame fixings and stand-off fasteners
Frame fixings Window frame fixings
Frame fixing SXR Window frame fixing F-S

The economical all-rounder with European Tech- The nylon fixing for stress-free stand-off installa-
nical Approval (ETA) for solid and hollow buil- tion of window and door frames
ding materials
Page 225 Page 248
Universal frame fixing FUR

The user-friendly problem solver for a large Metal frame fixing F -M
range of building materials The fixing for stress-free installation of window
Page 232 and door frames with high fire resistance
Frame fixing SXS Page 250

The high-performance frame fixing for solid
building materials and cracked concrete
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS
Page 237
The economical special screw for window
installation
Page 252
Stand-off installation
Universal spacing screw ASL Nailplugs

The spacing screw for flexible positioning and
alignment of wooden fixtures
Hammerfix N
Page 259
The hammer-in plug for a simple, fast and eco-
nomical installation
The thermally separated stand-off installation in Page 242
external thermal insulation composite systems
(ETICS)
Page 261 Nail sleeve FNH
The user-friendly spring sleeve for light fixings
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 and 16 in solid building materials
The approved stand-off installation with thermal Page 246
separation in external thermal insulation compo-
site systems (ETICS)
Page 264 Adjustable fixings

Wall tie VB
The stainless steel A4 joint for two-shell masonry Adjustable fixing S10J
The fixing for infinite adjustment of timber con-
Page 255
structions in all standard solid building materials
Remedial wall tie VBS-M Page 256

Page 269 Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS
The adjustable screw for fast and infinitely adju-
stable installation of timber constructions
The professional façade repair for two-leaf Page 258
cavity walls
Page 271
224
Frame fixing SXR
The economical all-rounder with European Technical Approval

(ETA) for solid and hollow building materials
Façade sub-structures Façade sub-structures
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete ≥ C12/15
concrete
▪ Solid block made from lightweight and
normal weight concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Thermal insulation blocks
Also suitable for:

▪ The special functioning allows for use ▪ Façade, ceiling and roof substructures ▪ The SXR is suitable for push-through
in solid and hollow building materi- made of wood and metal installation.
als with an anchorage depth of just ▪ Windows ▪ The SXR expands in solid building
50 mm, ensuring an economical ▪ Doors and gates materials and knots in hollow building
fixing. ▪ Wardrobes materials.
▪ The ETA approval covers use in a ▪ Cable trays ▪ With vertically perforated bricks, only
range of solid and hollow building ▪ Squared timbers use rotary drilling (no impact drilling).
materials, and guarantees a secure ▪ Kitchen cabinets ▪ Countersunk head screws are recom-
fixing. mended for the installation of timber
▪ The specially developed combination constructions; in the case of metal
of plugs and screws ensures the very constructions, use plugs with a wide
best handling. The plug has a notice- sleeve rim and a moulded washer
able hold, making installation more on the screw, which also features an
convenient. integrated hexagon socket.
▪ The extensive range with diameters of
6, 8 and 10 mm offers the right plug
for every fixing.
225
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation Frame fixing SXR
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
SXR-T - with fischer safety screw
zinc-plated stainless hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill- Min. Anchor Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
steel steel nised steel diameter hole depth embedment length thickness
Approval
for through depth

fixings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
SXR 8 x 60 T 502999 — — ▯ ■ 8 70 50 60 10 T30 50
SXR 8 x 80 T 503000 — — ▯ ■ 8 90 50 80 30 T30 50
SXR 8 x 100 T 503001 — — ▯ ■ 8 110 50 100 50 T30 50
SXR 8 x 120 T 503002 — — ▯ ■ 8 130 50 120 70 T30 50
SXR 10 x 80 T 046263 046272 — ▯ ■ 10 90 50 80 30 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 100 T 046264 046274 — ▯ ■ 10 110 50 100 50 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 100 T — — 509534 — — 10 110 50 100 50 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 120 T 046265 046278 — ▯ ■ 10 130 50 120 70 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 120 T — — 509535 — — 10 130 50 120 70 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 140 T 046266 046279 — ▯ ■ 10 150 50 140 90 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 140 T — — 509536 — — 10 150 50 140 90 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 160 T 046267 046283 — ▯ ■ 10 170 50 160 110 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 180 T 046268 046285 — ▯ ■ 10 190 50 180 130 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 200 T 046269 046286 — ▯ ■ 10 210 50 200 150 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 230 T 046270 046287 — ▯ ■ 10 240 50 230 180 TX40 50
SXR 10 x 260 T 046271 046288 1) — ▯ ■ 10 270 50 260 210 TX40 50
1) delivery on request
226
Frame fixing SXR

TECHNICAL DATA
SXR - without screw
SXR-Z - with zinc-plated fischer safety screw

for Cross dirve PZ-bit
Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Min. embedment Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness
fixings
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SXR 6 x 35 503228 6 45 30 35 5 — 100
SXR 6 x 50 503229 6 60 30 50 20 — 100
SXR 6 x 60 503230 6 70 30 60 30 — 100
SXR 8 x 60 506194 8 70 50 60 10 — 100
SXR 8 x 80 506196 8 90 50 80 30 — 100
SXR 8 x 100 506198 8 110 50 100 50 — 100
SXR 8 x 120 506199 8 130 50 120 70 — 100
SXR 6 x 35 Z 503231 1) 6 45 30 35 5 PZ2 50
SXR 6 x 50 Z 503232 1) 6 60 30 50 20 PZ2 50
SXR 6 x 60 Z 503233 1) 6 70 30 60 30 PZ2 50
1) not pre-assembled
TECHNICAL DATA
SXR-FUS - with fischer hexagon safety

screw, moulded-on washer and integrated
bit T40
Approval
for through depth

fixings
Item gvz A4 fvz
SXR 10 x 52 FUS 502456 1) — — ▯ ■ 10 62 50 52 2 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 60 FUS 046329 046339 — ▯ ■ 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 60 FUS — — 509537 — — 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 80 FUS 046330 046340 — ▯ ■ 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 80 FUS — — 509538 — — 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 100 FUS 046331 046342 — ▯ ■ 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 100 FUS — — 509539 — — 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 120 FUS 046332 046343 — ▯ ■ 10 130 50 120 70 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 140 FUS 046333 046344 — ▯ ■ 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 140 FUS — — 509540 — — 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 160 FUS 046334 046345 — ▯ ■ 10 170 50 160 110 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 180 FUS 046335 046361 — ▯ ■ 10 190 50 180 130 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 200 FUS 046336 — — ▯ ■ 10 210 50 200 150 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 200 FUS — 046362 — ▯ ■ 10 210 50 200 150 SW13 50
SXR 10 x 230 FUS 046337 — — ▯ ■ 10 240 50 230 180 T40/SW13 50
227
TECHNICAL DATA
SXR-FUS - with fischer hexagon safety

screw, moulded-on washer and integrated
bit T40
Approval
for through depth
fixings
Item gvz A4 fvz
SXR 10 x 230 FUS — 046363 — ▯ ■ 10 240 50 230 180 SW13 50
SXR 10 x 260 FUS 046338 — — ▯ ■ 10 270 50 260 210 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 260 FUS — 046364 — ▯ ■ 10 270 50 260 210 SW13 50
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap ADT
Colour Cap Fits safety screw with seat ITX-Star recess Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [pcs]

ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 40 100
ACCESSORIES
Washer U stainless steel A2
External Hole Ø Thickness Fits anchor Sales unit

d S
Item Art.-No. [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]
U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11,5 1,5 SXR 10, FUR 10, SXS 10 500
ACCESSORIES
Aircrete hole punch GBS
Drill-hole Min. drill- Fits Sales unit

hole depth for
through fixings
d0 h2
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]
GBS 10 x 80 050590 1) 9 85 SXR 10 x 52, SXR 10 x 60, SXR 10 x 80 1
GBS 10 x 100 050591 1) 9 105 SXR 10 x 100 1
GBS 10 x 135 050593 1) 9 140 SXR 10 x 120 1
GBS 10 x 160 050594 1) 9 165 SXR 10 x 140, SXR 10 x 160 1
GBS 10 x 185 050595 1) 9 190 SXR 10 x 180 1
GBS 10 x 230 050596 1) 9 235 SXR 10 x 200, SXR 10 x 230 1
1) According to the approval, the Aircrete hole punch GBS must be used for drill-hole production in aerated concrete.
228
Frame fixing SXR

LOADS
Frame fixing SXR 4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple fixings of facades in normal concrete ≥ C12/15 resp. ≥ B15.
Type Min. embedment depth Min. member thickness Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
hnom (hv) h (d) Fperm3) smin (a) 2) cmin (ar) 2)

[mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXR 8 50 100 0,5 100 50
SXR 10 50 100 1,6 100 50
1)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. have to be taken.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently
acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending
moments see approval table 4.
LOADS
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple fixings of non-structural applications in normal concrete ≥ C12/15 resp. ≥
B15. For the design the complete approval ETA-07/0121 has to be considered.
Type Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge distance
embedment depth member thickness tensile load shear load
hnom (hv) hmin Nperm6) Vperm6) smin2) cmin2)
SXR 8 50 100 1,0 4,2 (3,4) 5) 50 50
SXR 10 50 100 1,8 5,4 (5,0) 5) 50 100
1)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications measures against incoming humidity have to be taken.
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 5)
Values in brackets apply for A4-type - stainless steel of the corrosion resistance class III, e.g. A4.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance for concrete ≥ C16/20 while reducing the 6)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50°C (resp. short term up to 80°C). For long term
permissible load. temperatures up to 30°C higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
229
LOADS
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple fixings of facades in masonry.
Solid brick masonry and Perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Brick type, Min. Min. Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength naming acc. DIN embedment depth member thickness load spacing edge distance
fb hnom (hv) h (d) Fperm3) 5) smin (amin)2) cmin (ar)6)
[N/mm²] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
SXR 8 ≥ 12 Mz 50 115 0,50 100 100
SXR10 ≥ 12 Mz 50 115 0,80 100 100
SXR 8 ≥ 12 KS 50 115 0,50 100 100
SXR10 ≥ 12 KS 50 115 0,80 100 100
SXR 8 ≥ 12 HLz 50 115 - 100 100
SXR10 ≥ 12 HLz 50 115 0,37) 250 100
SXR 8 ≥6 KSL 50 115 - 100 100
SXR10 ≥6 KSL 50 115 0,40 100 100
SXR 8 ≥6 Hbl 50 115 - 100 100
SXR10 ≥6 Hbl 50 115 0,25 250 100
Solid brick and solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete V
SXR 8 ≥2 V 50 115 0,15 100 100
SXR10 ≥2 V 50 115 0,25 100 100
Aerated concrete block PB2/ PP2 as well as wall panels of aerated concrete P3.3 with approval
SXR10 ≥2 PB2/PP2/P2,2 50 115 0,28) 150 1008)
Aerated concrete block ≥ PB4/PP4 as well as wall panels of aerated concrete≥ P4.4 with approval
SXR10 ≥ 3/ ≥ 4,4 PP3/PB3/P4,4 50 115 0,30 200 1008)
1)
The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact) in perforated bricks and aerated
2)
Minimum permissible spacing without reducing the permissible load. In certain cases the spacing concrete.
within pairs of anchors may be reduced up to 100 mm while reducing the permissible load. 6)
Minimum permissible edge distance with surcharge as well as to not solidified joints. For edge
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently distance without surcharge see approval.
acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending 7)
Valid for raw density higher than 1,0 kg/dm³. Otherwise the permissible load has to be deter-
moments see approval table 4. mined by tests on site.
4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity 8)
Drill hole created by punching.
have to be taken.
230
Frame fixing SXR

LOADS
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple fixings of non-structural applications in masonry.
Solid brick masonry and perforated brick masonry
Type Compressive Brick type, Min. Min. Permissible Min. Min. edge
brick strength naming acc. DIN embedment depth member thickness load spacing distance
fb hnom (hv) hmin Fperm3) 5) 6) smin2) cmin2)
[N/mm²] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
SXR 8 ≥ 20 Mz 50 100 0,70 100 100
SXR10 ≥ 20 Mz 50 100 1,29 100 100
SXR 8 ≥ 10 KS 50 100 0,70 100 100
SXR10 ≥ 10 KS 50 100 1,29 100 100
SXR 8 ≥6 HLz 50 100 0,34 100 100
SXR10 ≥6 HLz 50 100 0,57 100 100
SXR 8 ≥ 12 KSL 50 100 0,57 100 100
SXR10 ≥ 12 KSL 50 100 0,70 100 100
SXR 8 ≥ 10 Hbl 50 100 0,70 100 100
SXR10 ≥ 10 Hbl 50 100 0,70 100 100
SXR 8 ≥2 V 50 100 0,70 100 100
SXR10 ≥2 V 50 100 0,85 100 100
Aerated concrete block PB2/ PP2
SXR10 ≥2 PP2/PB2/P2,2 50 100 0,157) 200 100
Aerated concrete block ≥ PB4/PP4
SXR10 ≥ 3/ ≥ 4,4 PP3/PB3/P4,4 50 100 0,26 200 100
1)
The given values apply for rotary drilling (without impact). The given loads are reference values
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. which may change due to type of brick and manufacturer.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacing (anchor group) while reducing the permissible load. 6)
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile temperatures up to 30°C higher permissible loads may be possible.
loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval. 7)
Drill hole created by punching.
4)
have to be taken.
LOADS
Frame fixing SXR
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type SXR 6
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4,5

Min. edge distance in concrete ar [mm] 50
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,20
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 1.0 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,10
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,20
1)
231
The user-friendly problem solver for a large range of building

materials
Façade sub-structures Wood constructions
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete ≥ C12/15
▪ Three-layer composite exterior wall
panels
▪ Lightweight aggregate concrete
concrete
▪ Solid block made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:

▪ The universal operating principle with ▪ Façade and roof substructures made ▪ The FUR is suitable for push-through
an anchorage depth of 70 mm and of wood and metal installation.
unique asymmetrical teeth allows for ▪ Windows ▪ Screwing in the screw causes the
use in all solid and hollow building ▪ Squared timbers individual teeth to expand. In solid
materials. As such, the FUR is the right ▪ Gates and doors materials, the teeth create even expan-
choice for projects with an unknown ▪ Claddings sion forces. In hollow materials, the
base material; ensuring a secure fixing ▪ Interior fittings teeth expand through the solid part of
at all times. the block and form an undercut in the
▪ The slim geometry guarantees a sim- cavity.
ple installation, even in cases involving ▪ With vertically perforated bricks, only
thick wooden fixtures and narrow drill use rotary drilling (no impact drilling).
holes. ▪ Countersunk head screws are recom-
▪ The FUR 14 fulfils the highest require- mended for the installation of timber
ments in terms of maximum usage constructions; in the case of metal
lengths and shear loads. As a result, it constructions, use anchors with
is suitable for a wide range of applica- hexagon-head screws and moulded
tions. washers.
232

TECHNICAL DATA
FUR-T - safety screw with countersunk head
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill- Min. embed- Anchor Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth ment depth length thickness
Approval
for through
fixings
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FUR 8 x 80 T 070110 070120 ▯ 8 90 70 80 10 T30 50
FUR 8 x 100 T 070111 070121 ▯ 8 110 70 100 30 T30 50
FUR 8 x 120 T 070112 070122 ▯ 8 130 70 120 50 T30 50
FUR 10 x 80 T 088756 088784 ▯ 10 90 70 80 10 T40 50
FUR 10 x 100 T 088757 088785 ▯ 10 110 70 100 30 T40 50
FUR 10 x 115 T 088760 088791 ▯ 10 125 70 115 45 T40 50
FUR 10 x 135 T 088758 088786 ▯ 10 145 70 135 65 T40 50
FUR 10 x 160 T 088759 088787 ▯ 10 170 70 160 90 T40 50
FUR 10 x 185 T 088761 088788 ▯ 10 195 70 185 115 T40 50
FUR 10 x 200 T 088764 088789 ▯ 10 210 70 200 130 T40 50
FUR 10 x 230 T 088762 088790 ▯ 10 240 70 230 160 T40 50
FUR 14 x 100 T 048711 — ▯ 14 115 70 100 30 T50 50
FUR 14 x 140 T 048712 048719 ▯ 14 155 70 140 70 T50 50
FUR 14 x 165 T 048713 048720 ▯ 14 180 70 165 95 T50 50
FUR 14 x 180 T 048714 048721 ▯ 14 195 70 180 110 T50 50
FUR 14 x 210 T 048844 048845 ▯ 14 225 70 210 140 T50 50
FUR 14 x 240 T 048715 — ▯ 14 255 70 240 170 T50 50
FUR 14 x 270 T 048716 — ▯ 14 285 70 270 200 T50 50
FUR 14 x 300 T 090759 — ▯ 14 315 70 300 230 T50 20
FUR 14 x 330 T 090760 — ▯ 14 345 70 330 260 T50 20
FUR 14 x 360 T 090761 — ▯ 14 375 70 360 290 T50 20
233
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation Universal frame fixing FUR
TECHNICAL DATA
FUR 8-SS and FUR 10-SS - safety screw

with hexagon-head
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill- Min. embed- Anchor Max. fixture Width across Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth ment depth length thickness nut
Approval
for through
fixings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t fix  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FUR 8 x 80 SS 070130 070140 ▯ 8 90 70 80 10 10 50
FUR 8 x 100 SS 070131 070141 ▯ 8 110 70 100 30 10 50
FUR 8 x 120 SS 070132 — ▯ 8 130 70 120 50 10 50
FUR 10 x 80 SS 088776 088792 ▯ 10 90 70 80 10 13 50
FUR 10 x 100 SS 088777 088793 ▯ 10 110 70 100 30 13 50
FUR 10 x 115 SS 088783 088799 ▯ 10 125 70 115 45 13 50
FUR 10 x 135 SS 088778 088794 ▯ 10 145 70 135 65 13 50
FUR 10 x 160 SS 088779 088795 ▯ 10 170 70 160 90 13 50
FUR 10 x 185 SS 088780 088796 ▯ 10 195 70 185 115 13 50
FUR 10 x 200 SS 088781 088797 ▯ 10 210 70 200 130 13 50
FUR 10 x 230 SS 088782 088798 ▯ 10 240 70 230 160 13 50
TECHNICAL DATA
FUR 14 F US - safety screw with hexagon-

head and integrated washer
zinc-plated steel stainless steel Drill hole Min. drill- Min. embed- Anchor Max. fixture Width across Sales unit
diameter hole depth ment depth length thickness nut
Approval
for through
fixings
do h2 hnom (hv) l t fix  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FUR 10 x 80 FUS 093527 2) 4) 093528 2) 4) ▯ 10 90 70 80 10 13 50
FUR 10 x 100 FUS 097797 2) 4) — ▯ 10 80 70 100 30 13 50
FUR 14 x 80 FUS 048724 3) 048731 3) ▯ 14 95 70 80 10 17 50
FUR 14 x 100 FUS 048725 3) 048732 3) ▯ 14 115 70 100 30 17 50
FUR 14 x 140 FUS 048726 3) 048733 3) ▯ 14 155 70 140 70 17 50
FUR 14 x 165 FUS 048727 3) 048734 3) ▯ 14 180 70 165 95 17 50
FUR 14 x 180 FUS 048728 1) 3) 048735 1) 3) ▯ 14 195 70 180 110 17 50
FUR 14 x 210 FUS 048842 1) 3) 048843 1) 3) ▯ 14 225 70 210 140 17 50
FUR 14 x 240 FUS 048729 1) 3) 048736 1) 3) ▯ 14 255 70 240 170 17 50
FUR 14 x 270 FUS 048730 3) 048737 3) ▯ 14 285 70 270 200 17 50
1) With washer according DIN 125.
2) Collar: Ø 18 x 2 mm.
3) Collar: Ø 26 x 3 mm.
4) Additional Bit T40 is integrated into the hexagon head.
234

ACCESSORIES
Cover cap ADT
Colour Cap Fits safety screw with seat ITX-Star recess Sales unit

ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 40 100
ACCESSORIES

d S
LOADS
Universal frame fixing FUR 4)
B155). For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1204 has to be considered.
Type Min. embedment depth Min. member thickness Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance

FUR 8 70 100 1,0 50 50
FUR 10 70 120 1,6 50 50
FUR 14 70 120 1,8 50 60
1)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load. have to be taken.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently 5)
Permissible loads in the weather shell of triple-skin outer wall panels as well as in no-fines
acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending lightweight concrete see approval.
235
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation Universal frame fixing FUR
LOADS
Universal frame fixing FUR 4)
Type Compressive Brick type, Min. Min. Permissible load Min. Min.
brick strength naming acc. DIN embedment depth member thickness spacing edge distance
fb hnom (hv) h (d) Fperm3) 5) smin (a) 2) cmin (ar) 6)
[N/mm²] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
FUR 8 ≥ 12 Mz 70 115 0,60 100 100
FUR 10 ≥ 12 Mz 70 115 0,80 100 100
FUR 14 ≥ 12 Mz 70 115 0,80 250 100
FUR 8 ≥ 12 KS 70 115 0,60 100 100
FUR 10 ≥ 12 KS 70 115 0,80 100 100
FUR 14 ≥ 12 KS 70 115 0,80 250 100
FUR 8 ≥ 12 HLz 70 115 - 100 100
FUR 10 ≥ 12 HLz 70 115 0,37) 250 100
FUR 14 ≥ 12 HLz 70 115 0,57) 250 100
FUR 8 ≥6 KSL 70 115 - 100 100
FUR 10 ≥6 KSL 70 115 0,40 250 100
FUR 14 ≥6 KSL 70 115 0,60 250 100
FUR 8 ≥2 Hbl 708) 115 - 100 100
FUR 10 ≥2 Hbl 708) 115 0,25 250 100
FUR 14 ≥2 Hbl 708) 115 0,30 250 100
Solid brick and solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete
FUR 8 ≥2 V 70 115 - 100 100
FUR 10 ≥2 V 70 115 0,25 100 100
FUR 14 ≥2 V 70 115 0,50 250 100
1)
The given values apply for rotary drilling in perforated bricks (without impact).
2)
Minimum permissible spacing without reducing the permissible load. 6)
3)
Valid for raw density higher than 1,0 kg/dm³. Otherwise the permissible load has to be deter-
moments see approval table 4. mined by tests on site.
4)
gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity 8)
The expansion part of the plug must be located in the web of the brick (see approval, appendix 6).
have to be taken.
236
Frame fixing SXS
The high-performance frame fixing for solid building materials

and cracked concrete
Cable trays Façade sub-structures
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Three-layer composite exterior wall
panels
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
concrete
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The ideal interaction of the SXS with ▪ Façade and roof substructures made ▪ The SXS is suitable for push-through
the fischer CO-NA screw allows for of wood and metal installation. Screwing in the CO-NA
the highest load-bearing capacities in ▪ Windows screw causes the SXS to expand in
solid building materials and aerated ▪ Fire protection doors four directions and anchor into the
concrete. This allows for an economi- ▪ Guard rails building material.
cal fixing. ▪ Handrails ▪ When a crack forms in the concrete,
▪ The CO-NA screw causes the plug to ▪ Squared timbers the cones of the screw actively
expand in the crack. This is confirmed ▪ Kitchen cabinets expand, thus increasing the expansion
by the first approval for a plastic frame ▪ Gates effect and the holding force of the
fixing for single fixings. plug.
▪ The large diameter of the CO-NA ▪ Countersunk head screws are recom-
screw means that high shear loads mended for the installation of timber
can be supported safely. Thus fewer constructions; in the case of metal
fixing points are required. constructions, use plugs with a wide
sleeve rim and a moulded washer
on the screw, which also features an
integrated hexagon socket.
237
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation Frame fixing SXS
TECHNICAL DATA
SXS-T - with CO-NA screw and countersunk

head
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. embed- Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill hole Drive Sales unit
Approval
steel steel diameter ment depth thickness depth
do hnom (hv) l t fix td
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXS 10 x 80 T 019601 019602 ▯ ■ 10 50 80 30 90 T40 50
SXS 10 x 100 T 019604 019605 ▯ ■ 10 50 100 50 110 T40 50
SXS 10 x 120 T 019616 019617 ▯ ■ 10 50 120 70 130 T40 50
SXS 10 x 140 T 019621 019623 ▯ ■ 10 50 140 90 150 T40 50
SXS 10 x 160 T 024076 024077 ▯ ■ 10 50 160 110 170 T40 50
SXS 10 x 180 T 024080 024082 ▯ ■ 10 50 180 130 190 T40 50
TECHNICAL DATA
SXS-F US with CO-NA hexagon-head screw

with integrated washer
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. embed- Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill hole Width across Sales unit
Approval
steel steel diameter ment depth thickness depth nut

do hnom (hv) l t fix td  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXS 10 x 60 F US 019599 1) 019600 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 60 10 70 13 50
SXS 10 x 80 F US 019603 1) 019628 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 80 30 90 13 50
SXS 10 x 100 F US 019614 1) 019615 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 100 50 110 13 50
SXS 10 x 120 F US 019619 1) 019620 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 120 70 130 13 50
SXS 10 x 140 F US 019624 1) 019626 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 140 90 150 13 50
SXS 10 x 160 F US 024045 1) 024062 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 160 110 170 13 50
SXS 10 x 180 F US 024046 1) 024063 1) ▯ ■ 10 50 180 130 190 13 50
1) Collar: Ø 18 x 2 mm, CO-NA hexagon-head screw with integrated washer and additional  - T40 integrated into the hexagon head.
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap ADT
Colour Cap Seat ITX-Star Sales unit

recess

ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 TX40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 TX40 100
ADT 18 W 060334 white 18 TX40 100
ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 TX40 100
238
Frame fixing SXS

ACCESSORIES

d S
LOADS
Frame fixing SXS 4)
B155). For the design the complete approval Z-21.2-1695 has to be considered.
Type Min. anchorage depth Min. member thickness Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance

SXS 10 50 100 1,61) 503) 503)
1)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance (anchor pair) while reducing the permissible have to be taken.
load. 5)
Permissible loads in the weather shell of triple-skin outer wall panels see approval.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. Restrictions for permanently
acting tensile loads see approval. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending
LOADS
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple fixings of non-structural applications in normal concrete ≥ C16/20 resp.
≥ B207). For the design the complete approval ETA-09/0352 has to be considered.
Type Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
embedment depth member thickness tensile load shear load spacing edge distance
hnom (hv) hmin Nperm3) 6) Vperm3) 6) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXS 10 50 100 2,0 5,4 55 100
1)
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. have to be taken.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance (anchor group) while reducing the permissi- 6)
ble load. temperatures up to 30°C higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Values for concrete C12/15 see approval.
LOADS
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor in normal concrete ≥ C20/25 resp. ≥ B25.
Type Min. embed- Min. member Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge Permissible Permissible Min. spacing Min. edge
ment depth thickness tensile load shear load distance tensile load shear load distance
hnom (hv) hmin Nperm6) Vperm6) smin2) cmin2) Nperm6) Vperm6) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXS 10 50 100 1,0 2,5 55 50 1,3 2,5 55 60
1)
load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance (anchor group) while reducing the permissi- 4)
ble load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One have to be taken.
of them has to be increased according approval. 6)
temperatures up to 30°C higher permissible loads may be possible.
239
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation Frame fixing SXS
LOADS
Type Compressive Brick type, Min. Min. Permissible Min. Min.
brick strength naming acc. DIN embedment depth member thickness load spacing edge distance
fb hnom (hv) h (d) Fperm3) 5) smin (a)2) cmin (ar)6)
[N/mm²] [-] [mm] [mm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz
SXS10 ≥ 12 Mz 50 15,3 0,8 (0,60)9) 100 100
SXS10 ≥ 12 KS 50 15,3 0,8 (0,60)9) 100 100
SXS10 ≥2 Hbl 508) 15,3 0,25 250 100
SXS10 ≥2 V 50 15,3 0,25 100 100
1)
The given values apply for rotary drilling in perforated bricks (without impact).
2)
Minimum permissible spacing without reducing the permissible load. 6)
3)
The expansion part of the plug must be located in the web of the brick (see approval, appendix 6).
moments see approval table 4. 9)
The higher values apply to solid bricks without handling pocket.
4)
have to be taken.
240
Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP
The elastic protective coating for use with frame and long-shaft

fixings
Sealing of the screw heads Sealing of the screw heads
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ zinc-plated frame and long-shaft fix-
ings
▪ corrosive metals

▪ FTC-CP professionally prevents the ▪ Façade anchorings in line with the ▪ Thixotropic, bitumen-based anti-corro-
penetration of moisture into the building approvals for frame and long- sion agent.
anchor shaft and securely protects shaft fixings, e.g. SXS, SXR and FUR ▪ Good stability under load; non-drip, no
the connection from corrosion - as ▪ For all sub-structures, e.g. made from spray mist.
required in the DIBt and ETA approv- wood, aluminium, metal. ▪ Shake canister for at least 2 minutes
als. from the time the mixing balls can be
▪ Once dry, the optimised formulation heard.
provides a long-lasting, elastic protec- ▪ Spray as evenly as possible from a
tive coating with a secure hold and a distance of 15 to 20 cm.
high abrasion resistance. ▪ Ideal processing temperature +16 °C
▪ The thixotropic anti-corrosion agent is to +25 °C.
also ideally suited to other corrosion ▪ Quick-drying (dried through after 3-4
protection applications and thus offers hours at 600 mμ and 20 °C).
a wide range of uses. ▪ Temperature-resistant from -25 °C to
80 °C.
▪ Salt and water-resistant, and resistant
to abrasion.
TECHNICAL DATA
Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP

Colour Contents per canister Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
FTC-CP 511440 black 500 12
241
Hammerfix N
The hammer-in plug for a simple, fast and economical

installation
Timber sub-structures Cable ducts
VERSIONS CHARACTERISTICS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
concrete

▪ The rapid hammerset installation ▪ Substructures made of wood and ▪ The Hammerfix N is suitable for push-
reduces the amount of time required metal through installation.
and allows for an economic series ▪ Wall connection or plaster profiles ▪ When hammered in, the nail screw
installation. ▪ Slides causes the plug to expand in two
▪ The integrated hammer-in stop ▪ Sheets directions, thus providing a secure
prevents the plug from expanding ▪ Cable and pipe clamps anchoring in the building material.
prematurely (jamming), thus enabling ▪ Punched tapes ▪ Countersunk head plugs are recom-
a problem-free installation. mended for the installation of timber
▪ Together with the cross-slot recess, constructions; in the case of metal
the thread of the nail screw allows the constructions, use flat-head plugs, and
screw to be removed, thus allowing for use pan-head plugs for long holes.
subsequent dismantling.
▪ The wide range of diameters, usage
lengths and head shapes provides the
correct plug for every fixing.
242
Hammerfix N

TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerfix N-Z with nail, pre-assembled
Hammerfix N-Z-A2 with stainless steel A2

nail, pre-assembled
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Effect. ancho- Anchor length Min. drill- Max. fixture Sales unit
steel steel A2 diameter ring depth hole depth for thickness
through fixings
do hef l h2 t fix
Item gvz A2
N 5 x 30 Z 050395 2) 050370 5 25 30 45 5 100
N 5 x 40 Z 050351 — 5 25 40 55 15 100
N 5 x 50 Z 050352 — 5 25 50 65 25 100
N 6 x 40 Z — 050372 6 30 40 55 10 50
N 6 x 40 Z GP 048788 — 6 30 40 55 10 100
N 6 x 60 Z GP 048789 — 6 30 60 75 30 100
N 6 x 60 Z — 050373 6 30 60 75 30 50
N 6 x 80 Z GP 048790 — 6 30 80 95 50 100
N 8 x 60 Z GP 048791 — 8 40 60 75 20 100
N 8 x 60 Z — 050374 8 40 60 75 20 50
N 8 x 80 Z GP 048792 — 8 40 80 95 40 100
N 8 x 80 Z — 050375 8 40 80 95 40 50
N 8 x 100 Z GP 048793 — 8 40 100 115 60 100
N 8 x 100 Z — 050376 8 40 100 115 60 50
N 8 x 120 Z GP 048794 — 8 40 120 135 80 100
N 10 x 100 Z 050346 1) — 10 50 100 115 50 50
N 10 x 135 Z 050347 1) — 10 50 135 150 85 50
N 10 x 160 Z 050348 1) — 10 50 160 175 110 50
N 10 x 230 Z 050335 1) — 10 50 230 245 180 50
2) also specially suitable for fischer Pipe clips FC, see chapter Electrical fixings.
TECHNICAL DATA
N-FZ - with flat edge and nail and crossdrive
recess Z (N 5 x 30 FZ)
N-FZ - with flat edge and nail and crossdrive

recess Z (N 6 x 40 FZ)
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Effect. ancho- Anchor length Min. drill- Max. fixture Sales unit
steel steel A2 diameter ring depth hole depth for thickness
through fixings
do hef l h2 t fix
Item gvz A2
N 5 x 30 FZ 050338 — 5 25 30 45 5 100
N 6 x 30 FZ 050341 — 6 27 30 45 0,5 200
N 6 x 40 FZ — 050369 6 30 40 55 7 50
N 6 x 40 FZ GP 048795 — 6 30 40 55 7 100
N 8 x 40 FZ 015903 — 8 40 40 55 0,5 50
243
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation Hammerfix N
TECHNICAL DATA
NU-ZZ - with cylindrical head and pre-assem-

bled nail with crossdrive recess Z
Drill hole diameter Effect. anchoring Anchor length Min. drill-hole Max. fixture Sales unit
depth depth for through thickness
fixings
do hef l h2 t fix
NU 5 x 25 ZZ 078392 5 23 25 35 2 100
NU 5 x 36 ZZ 078394 5 30 36 46 6 100
NU 5 x 45 ZZ 093106 5 30 45 55 15 100
NU 6 x 35 ZZ 093107 6 30 35 45 5 100
NU 6 x 42 ZZ 093108 6 30 42 52 12 100
NU 6 x 55 ZZ 093109 6 30 55 65 25 100
NU 6 x 70 ZZ 093110 6 30 70 80 40 100
NU 8 x 45 ZZ 093111 8 40 45 55 5 100
NU 8 x 57 ZZ 093112 8 45 57 67 12 100
NU 8 x 75 ZZ 093113 8 45 75 85 30 100
NU 8 x 100 Z 093977 1) 8 40 100 110 60 100
NU 8 x 120 Z 093978 1) 8 40 120 130 80 100
1) pre-assembled screw with countersunk head
TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerfix N-FN with flat edge N-M - with zinc-plated nail and
and plastic nail, pre-assembled connection thread M 6 / M 7 /
M8
Hammerfix N-ZZ - with cylinder

Hammerfix N-D A2 with isolating
head and nail and crossdrive
washer and nail, pre-assembled
recess Z, pre-assembled
Drill hole diameter Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill-hole Washer Sales unit
depth thickness depth for through
fixings
do hef l t fix h2
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
N 6 x 40 FN 050342 6 30 40 7 55 — 50
N 6 x 40 M6 050398 6 30 40 10 55 — 50
N 6 x 40 D A2 050367 6 30 40 10 55 19 50
N 6 x 60 D A2 050368 6 30 60 30 75 19 50
N 6 x 40 ZZ 050394 6 30 40 7 55 — 50
N 8 x 57 M8 503401 8 45 57 12 67 — 50
244
Hammerfix N

LOADS
Hammerfix N
The given loads are valid for screw nails with the specified diameter.
Type N5 N6 3) N8 N10
Screw nail diameter Ø [mm] 3,5 4 5 7

Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,16 0,20 0,27 0,33
Solid brick ≥ Mz12 [kN] 0,14 0,17 0,24 0,30
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS12 [kN] 0,14 0,17 0,24 0,33
Pumice solid brick ≥ V4 [kN] 0,30 0,11 0,13 0,16
Aerated concrete ≥ G2 [kN] 0,03 0,04 0,07 0,10
Aerated concrete ≥ G4 [kN] 0,07 0,09 0,11 0,16
1)
Includes the safety factor 4. 3)
The values have to be reduced by 50% for N 6 x 40 FN.
2)
245
Nail sleeve FNH
The user-friendly spring sleeve for light fixings in solid building

materials
Timber sub-structures
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ No plugs or screws are required for the ▪ Squared timbers ▪ The FNH nail sleeve is suitable for
one-piece nail sleeve. This guarantees ▪ Substructures made of wood and push-through installation.
a simple and easy installation. metal ▪ The nail sleeve is hammered in and
▪ The geometry of the nail sleeve makes ▪ Metal profiles expands its entire length in the hole.
it easy to push it into the drill hole. ▪ The FNH is not approved for safety-
This saves time and money. relevant applications.
▪ The Dacromet® coating guarantees a ▪ FNH is suitable for interior applications
high quality corrosion protection for a and for temporary external fixings.
long-lasting fixing.
246
Nail sleeve FNH

TECHNICAL DATA
Nail sleeve FNH
Drill hole diameter Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill-hole Sales unit
depth thickness depth for through
fixings
do hef l t fix h2
FNH 5/50 050192 5 20 50 30 60 100
FNH 6/30 019863 6 30 30 — 40 100
FNH 6/40 050638 6 30 40 10 50 100
FNH 6/50 077525 6 30 50 20 60 100
FNH 6/60 019864 6 30 60 30 70 100
FNH 6/80 019865 6 30 80 50 90 100
FNH 8/70 019866 8 40 70 30 80 100
FNH 8/90 019867 8 40 90 50 100 50
FNH 8/110 019868 8 40 110 70 120 50
FNH 8/130 019869 8 40 130 90 140 50
FNH 8/150 019870 8 40 150 110 160 50
FNH 8/180 043905 8,5 40 180 140 190 50
LOADS
Nail sleeve FNH
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications.
Type FNH 5 FNH 6 FNH 8

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,10 0,35 0,60
Min. member thickness [mm] 50 60 70
1)
247
Window frame fixing F-S
The nylon fixing for stress-free stand-off installation of window

and door frames
Window frames
BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

▪ Concrete
concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The operating principle of the plug ▪ Window frames ▪ The F-S is suitable for push-through
prevents the frame from being pulled ▪ Door frames installation.
against the substrate, and ensures a ▪ By tightening the screw, the glass-
stress-free and long-lasting fixing of fibre-reinforced plastic cone is drawn
the frame. into the sleeve, whereby it is expanded
▪ The special plug geometry anchors and wedged inside the drill hole. The
the metal and plastic profiles against window frames are thus fixed in a
compressive and tensile loads, and stress-free manner.
allows for a secure hold of the window ▪ The maximum installation torque is
frame. 3 Nm for F8S and 6 Nm for F10S.
▪ The cover caps (available separately)
can be used to discreetly cover the
screw heads.
248

TECHNICAL DATA
F-S - with zinc-plated countersunk screw and

cross-drive recess Z 3
Drill hole diameter Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill-hole Max. installation Sales unit
depth thickness depth for through torque
fixings
do hef l t fix h2 Tinst
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [pcs]
F 8 S 100 088635 8 40 100 50 115 3 50
F 8 S 120 088636 8 40 120 70 135 3 50
F 8 S 140 088637 8 40 140 90 155 3 50
F 10 S 75 088625 10 50 75 15 90 6 50
F 10 S 100 088626 10 50 100 40 115 6 50
F 10 S 120 088627 10 50 120 60 135 6 50
F 10 S 140 088628 10 50 140 80 155 6 50
F 10 S 165 088629 10 50 165 105 180 6 50
ACCESSORIES
Cover caps for
F-S Cross recess Z countersunk screws
Diameter Colour Sales unit

D
ADF 12W white 060275 12 white 100
LOADS
Type F8S F 10 S

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,78 1,48
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,90 1,25
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,90 1,25
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥V2 [kN] 0,25 -
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 6 [kN] 0,25 -
1)
249
Metal frame fixing F-M
The fixing for stress-free installation of window and door

frames with high fire resistance
Fire protection doors

▪ Concrete
concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The F-M metal frame plug achieves ▪ Window frames ▪ The F-M is suitable for push-through
fire resistance F 120. This allows for ▪ Door frames installation.
use in areas where fire resistance is ▪ By tightening the screw, the cone is
relevant. drawn into the sleeve and the fixing is
▪ The operating principle prevents the expanded which wedges it inside the
window frame from being pulled drill hole. The window frames are thus
against the substrate, and ensures a fixed in a stress-free manner.
stress-free and long-lasting fixing of ▪ The maximum installation torque is
the frame. 5 Nm.
▪ The special plug geometry anchors
the metal and plastic profiles against
compressive and tensile loads, and
allows for a secure hold of the window
frame.
▪ The cover caps (available separately)
can be used to discreetly cover the
screw heads.
250

TECHNICAL DATA
F 8 M - with flat mushroom type head screw
and crossdrive recess Z 2
F 10 M - with countersunk screw and cross-

drive recess Z 3
Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness
fixings
do h2 hef l t fix
F 8 M 72 088660 1) 8 90 30 72 42 PH2 100
F 8 M 92 088662 1) 8 110 30 92 62 PH2 100
F 8 M 112 088664 1) 8 130 30 112 82 PH2 100
F 8 M 132 088666 1) 8 150 30 132 102 PH2 100
F 10 M 72 088670 2) 10 90 30 72 42 PH3 100
F 10 M 92 088672 2) 10 110 30 92 62 PH3 100
F 10 M 112 088674 2) 10 130 30 112 82 PH3 100
F 10 M 132 088676 2) 10 150 30 132 102 PH3 100
F 10 M 152 088678 2) 10 170 30 152 122 PH3 100
F 10 M 182 088680 2) 10 200 30 182 152 PH3 50
F 10 M 202 061064 2) 10 220 30 202 172 PH3 50
1) Screw head Ø 9 mm
2) Screw head Ø 13 mm
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap ADM 10
Colour Cap height Cap Fits Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]

ADM 10 W weiß 088688 white 4 15 F 10M 100
ASM 10 W weiß 060320 white — 16 F 10M 100
LOADS
Type F 10 M

Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 1,28
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 1,28
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate ≥V2 [kN] 0,48
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 6 [kN] 0,55
1)
251
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS
The economical special screw for window installation
Window frames
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ No additional plugs are required for ▪ Window frames ▪ Note the drill hole and screw-in depths
screw installation, thus allowing work ▪ Door frames for the different building materials
to progress quickly and economically. ▪ Squared timbers listed in the table.
▪ The small drill bit diameter of 6 mm ▪ In order to avoid the screw twisting
allows for efficient work, including in during installation in concrete, the
the case of series installation. maximum anchorage depths stipu-
▪ The continuous thread prevents the lated must be adhered to.
window frame from being pulled ▪ Cylinder-head screws are recom-
against the substrate, and ensures a mended for recessed installation in
stress-free and long-lasting fixing of wooden profiles.
the frame. ▪ Flat-head screws are recommended
▪ The optimised special thread reduces for installation in plastic and alumin-
the amount of force required for ium profiles.
screwing in the screws, meaning that
the installation process can be com-
pleted without the use of too much
force.
252
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS

TECHNICAL DATA
Frame fixing screw FFSZ - with cylinder

head
Drill hole diameter Screw length Drive Head Sales unit

do ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
FFSZ 7,5 x 52 T25 092695 6 52 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 62 T25 092697 6 62 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 72 T25 092698 6 72 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 82 T25 092699 6 82 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 92 T25 092700 6 92 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 102 T25 092701 6 102 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 112 T25 092702 6 112 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 122 T25 092703 6 122 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 132 T25 092704 6 132 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 152 T25 092705 6 152 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 182 T25 092706 6 182 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 202 T25 092708 6 202 T25 7,5 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 212 T25 092709 6 212 T25 7,5 100
TECHNICAL DATA
Frame fixing screw FFS - with flat head

do ls
FFS 7,5 x 42 062379 6 42 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 52 062395 6 52 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 62 062396 6 62 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 72 061550 6 72 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 82 068955 6 82 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 92 061551 6 92 T30 11,5 100
253
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS
TECHNICAL DATA
Frame fixing screw FFS - with flat head

do ls
FFS 7,5 x 102 068956 6 102 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 112 061552 6 112 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 122 068957 6 122 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 132 061553 6 132 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 152 061554 6 152 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 182 061555 6 182 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 202 068958 6 202 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 212 061556 6 212 T30 11,5 100
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap FFS A
Cap Cap height Fits Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]
FFS A-BR dark brown 061561 15 4 FFS-flat head 100
FFS A-W white 061560 15 4 FFS-flat head 100
LOADS
Frame fixing screw FFSZ and FFS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in concrete C20/25.
Type Effective Recommended Recommended Min. spacing Min. edge distance
anchorage depth tensile load shear load
hef Nrec Vrec smin cmin
[mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
FFS 7,5 20 0,9 0,4 60 30
FFSZ 7,5 20 0,9 0,4 60 30
FFS 7,5 40 1,9 0,6 120 30
FFSZ 7,5 40 1,9 0,6 120 30
1)
254
Wall tie VB

The stainless steel A4 joint for two-shell masonry
Facing masonry
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ All concrete and masonry materials
in conjunction with the appropriate
frame fixing.

▪ The VB securely connects the facing ▪ Two-shell external walls (facings) ▪ The VB must be used with plugs for
masonry with the load-bearing layer. ▪ Closers and economy facings anchoring in load-bearing walls.
▪ The high quality A4 stainless steel ▪ The frame fixings SXS 10, SXR 10
connecting wire guarantees a long- and FUR 10 have technical approvals
lasting fixing. for the anchoring of wall ties in con-
▪ The VB is flexible and can be mounted crete, building bricks and perforated
on any point of the external wall. sand-lime brick.
▪ Where the distance between masonry
shells is up to 12 cm, 5 wire anchors
are to be used per square metre, and
where the distance is up to 15 cm,
7 wire anchors. An additional 3 wall
ties per metre are to be used along all
free edges of the outside shells.
▪ 5 wall ties per square metre are to
be used for mortared closers and
economy facings.
TECHNICAL DATA
Cladding tie VB
Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
VB 050495 1) 1 wire anchor, A4 stainless steel, 1 stainless steel washer A4, 1 drip ring 50
1) Wire: angled 265 mm, other lengths on request.
255
Adjustable fixing S10J
The fixing for infinite adjustment of timber constructions in all

standard solid building materials
Stand-off installations

▪ Concrete
▪ Wood
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The combination of adjustment plug ▪ Substructures made of wooden bat- ▪ The S10J is suitable for push-through
and spacing screw allows for universal tens of 20-25 mm thickness. installation.
usage in wooden and solid building ▪ Once the screw has been screwed in,
materials. the fixture distance can be infinitely
▪ The special operating principle of the adjusted by modifying the rotation
adjustable fixing S10J and the spac- direction.
ing screw allows for infinite adjust- ▪ For the fixing of wood on wood, e.g.
ment. This saves on the use of wedges in the roof truss, only use adjustment
and blocks when fixing the fixture. screw JS.
256
Adjustable fixing S10J

TECHNICAL DATA
Adjustable fixing S 10 J 75 S
Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. timber Max. adjustment Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness travel
fixings
do h2 hef l da x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 10 J 75 S 080710 10 115 50 75 25 30 50
TECHNICAL DATA
Adjustable screw JS
Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Effect. anchoring Max. timber Max. adjustment Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness travel
fixings
do h2 hef da x
JS 6 x 110 080700 1) 5 50 - 110 30 25 55 50
1) Min. drill-hole depth with push-through installation, depending on type of wood.
257
Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS
The adjustable screw for fast and infinitely adjustable

installation of timber constructions
Stand-off installations Stand-off installations
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wood and wooden materials or
wooden panels

▪ The special operating principle of ▪ Substructures made of wooden bat- ▪ The JUSS is suitable for push-through
the adjustable screw JUSS allows for tens of 20-25 mm thickness. installation.
infinite adjustment. This saves on the ▪ Once the screw has been screwed in,
use of wedges and blocks when fixing the parallel thread below the screw
the fixture. head causes the fixture to initially pull
▪ The self-drilling thread of the adjust- against the substrate. The fixture dis-
able screw JUSS cuts directly into tance can then be infinitely adjusted
the wood. As such, no pre-drilling is by modifying the rotation direction.
required.
TECHNICAL DATA
Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS

for  - bit T25
Effect. anchoring Max. distance Screw Max. timber Drive Sales unit
depth thickness
hef a ds x ls da
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
JUSS 6 x 60 059040 30 30 6 x 60 20 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 70 059041 30 40 6 x 70 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 80 059042 30 50 6 x 80 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 90 059043 30 60 6 x 90 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 100 059044 30 70 6 x 100 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 110 059045 30 80 6 x 110 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 120 059046 30 90 6 x 120 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 145 059047 30 115 6 x 145 25 T25 100
258
Universal spacing screw ASL
The spacing screw for flexible positioning and alignment of

wooden fixtures
Stand-off installations Stand-off installations
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Without plug: suitable for wooden
materials and wooden panels
▪ With SX or UX plugs: all concrete and
masonry materials

▪ The coordinated threads with the ▪ Window frames ▪ The ASL is suitable for push-through
same pitch allow for the pin-point posi- ▪ Door frames installation.
tioning and alignment of the fixture, ▪ Squared timbers ▪ Pre-drill the fixture at the desired
which can even be mounted at an ▪ Claddings angle in order to achieve the correct
angle to the screw. This allows for an ▪ Substructures made of wood positioning and alignment.
exact and flexible fixing. ▪ When screwing in the screw, the
▪ During the installation, the fixture is external thread cuts into the pre-drilled
not pulled onto the substrate, instead fixture, and fixes it into the stipulated
it is brought directly to the desired position.
distance and position. This allows for a ▪ The angled position of the screws
simple and exact installation. (15° - 30°) allows high shear loads to
▪ When combined with SX 8 and UX 8 be supported.
plugs , it can be used in almost all
wall materials, guaranteeing a secure
fixing.
259
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation Universal spacing screw ASL
TECHNICAL DATA
Spacing screw ASL
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Max. distance Screw Drive Sales unit
depth
do h1 a ds x ls
ASL 6 x 80 059061 8 55 35 6 x 80 T25 100
ASL 6 x 100 059062 8 55 55 6 x 100 T25 100
ASL 6 x 120 059063 8 55 75 6 x 120 T25 100
ASL 6 x 150 059064 8 55 105 6 x 150 T25 50
260
Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10
The thermally separated stand-off installation in external

thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)
External lighting Signs and down pipes
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
▪ Building brick

▪ The stand-off installation allows for the For the thermally separated fixing of: ▪ The Thermax 8 and 10 systems are
fixture to be adjusted to the exact posi- ▪ Signs suitable for pre-positioned installation.
tion required, whereby pressure marks ▪ Lighting ▪ The self-tapping, glass-fibre-reinforced
and damage to the ETICS are avoided. ▪ Letter boxes cone cuts its own way through the
Combining Thermax 8 and 10 with ▪ Motion detectors plaster into the insulation during instal-
the universal plug UX provides a ▪ Downpipes lation.
secure anchoring in the substrate. ▪ Lightning rods ▪ The anti-cold cone uses a thermal bar-
▪ The plastic cone creates a thermal bar- ▪ Blind guide rails rier to minimise heat losses.
rier between the fixture and the inner ▪ Installation without any special tools.
fixture, and offers an energy-optimised ▪ The extensive range features fitting
fixing. options with chipboard screws (4.5
▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic cone - 6 mm), sheet screws (6.3 mm) and
cuts its own way through the ETICS metric screws (M6/8/10).
with a positive fit, and allows for a
simple and fast installation without the
need for any special tools.
261
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Thermax 8 and 10
Drill hole Drill hole Usable length Anchorage Cover cap-Ø Width across Chipboard / metric / Sales unit
diameter depth depth nut sheet metal screw
do h0 tfix hef  SW
Thermax 8/60 M6 045685 1) 10 120 45 - 60 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/80 M6 045686 1) 10 140 60 - 80 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/100 M6 045687 1) 10 160 80 - 100 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/120 M6 045688 1) 10 180 100 - 120 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/140 M6 045689 1) 10 200 120 - 140 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/160 M6 045690 1) 10 220 140 - 160 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/180 M6 045691 1) 10 240 160 - 180 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/100 M6 045692 1) 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/120 M6 045693 1) 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/140 M6 045694 1) 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/160 M6 045695 1) 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/180 M6 045696 1) 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/200 M6 512605 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/220 M6 514250 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/240 M6 514251 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/100 M8 045697 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/120 M8 045698 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax10/140 M8 045699 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/160 M8 045700 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/180 M8 514252 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/200 M8 514253 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/220 M8 514254 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/240 M8 514255 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/100 M10 045702 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/120 M10 045703 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/140 M10 045704 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/160 M10 045705 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/180 M10 514256 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/200 M10 514257 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/220 M10 514258 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/240 M10 514259 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 M10 20
1) including SX 5
LOADS
Highest recommended tensile loads1) for a single anchor.
Type UX10/Thermax 8 UX12/Thermax 10
Recommended tensile loads in the respective base material Nrec2)

Concrete 3) 4) ≥ C20/25 [kN] 1,00 1,00
Solid brick 3) 4) ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,50 0,70
Perforated sand-lime brick 3) 4) ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,60 0,80
Vertically perforated brick 4) ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30
Aerated concrete 3) 4) ≥P4 [kN] 0,40 0,60
1)
The given recommended tensile loads apply for fastenings with metric screws. When using
2)
The UX-plug must be installed in the base material with full anchorage depth. The drilling method chipboard screws with diameter 6,0 mm they have to be reduced to 0,35 kN.
is to be adapted to the building material used. As different joint qualities are possible, the given 4)
The given recommended tensile loads apply for fastenings with metric screws. When using a
values only apply for installation in the brick. SX 5-plug chipboard screws with diameter 4,5 - 5,5 mm they have to be reduced to 0,1 kN.
262

LOADS
Highest recommended shear loads1) for a single anchor.
Type UX10/Thermax 8 UX12/Thermax 10
Recommended shear loads Vrec1)

External Thermal Insulation Composite System2) ≤ 180 mm [kN] 0,15 0,20
1)
Values are valid for an EWI made from PS- respectively PU-rigid foam panels.
263
The approved stand-off installation with thermal barrier in

Awnings Satellite dishes and air conditioning units
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:

▪ When combined with the injection For the thermally separated fixing of: ▪ The Thermax 12 and 16 systems are
mortars FIS V and FIS EM, the stand- ▪ Awnings suitable for pre-positioned installation.
off installation is approved for high ▪ Canopies ▪ The self-tapping, glass-fibre-reinforced
loads in a range of materials. This ▪ French balcony railings cone cuts its own way through the
allows for a secure fixing. ▪ Brackets plaster into the insulation during instal-
▪ Usage lengths of 60 to 200 mm can ▪ Air conditioning units lation.
be covered with just one Thermax. ▪ Satellite dishes ▪ The anti-cold cone uses a thermal bar-
▪ The plastic cone creates a thermal barrier to minimise heat losses.
rier between the fixture and the inner ▪ In the case of resistant plaster (e.g.
fixture, and offers an energy-optimised thick cement plaster), it is recom-
fixing. mended that the Thermax cutting
▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic cone blade included is used for grinding out
cuts its own way through the ETICS the plaster.
with a positive fit, and allows for a ▪ The sealing of the annular gap with
simple, fast and adjustable installation the adhesive and sealant KD seals the
without the need for any special tools. façade at plaster level.
FOR USE WITH
FIS EM mortar FIS V mortar

see page 67 see page 71
264

INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
Thermax 12/110 M12
Thermax 16/170 M12
zinc-plated stainless Contents Sales unit

Approval
steel steel
DIBt
Art.-No. Art.-No. [pcs]
Item gvz A4
Thermax 12/110 M12 051291 — ▯ 20
20 A4 washer, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 20 bit
3 user manual
Thermax 12/110 M12 B 051290 — ▯ 1
2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 130 , 1 bit, 1 user manual
Thermax 16/170 M12 051293 — ▯ 20 A4 washer, 20 A4 nuts, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 20
3 applicator tip extension hoses
3 applicator tip extension hoses, 3 user manual
Thermax 16/170 M12 B 051292 — ▯ 2 A4 nuts, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 1 applicator tip extension hose, 1
1 user manual
265
INSTALLATION DATA
td
hef tfix
ttol tWDVS
Tinst
d0
Example for simple fixing Example for multiple fixing
Type Threaded Building Max. fixture Clamped Min. ancho- Nominal drill- Drill-hole depth Perforated Required Installation
rod material thickness thickness rage depth hole diameter sleeve resin quantity torque
tfix e hef do td Tinst
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Scale unit] [Nm]
Concrete/
95 14 tfix + 95 mm - 5
Thermax Solid brick
M12 60 - 1101) < 162) 20
130 20 tfix + 130 mm + 5 mm 20 x 130 26
brick
Concrete/
125 18 tfix + 125 mm - 9
Thermax Solid brick
M16 60 - 1701) < 162) 20
200 20 tfix + 200 mm + 5 mm 20 x200 40
brick
1) further usable lengths see approval
2) according to the approval the usable length up to 200 mm is possible
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS V 360 S,

Injection mortar FIS EM 390 S
styrene free
All-round adhesive gluing and

sealing KD-290

Approval

KD-290 white (D) 059389 — — D 1 cartridge 290 ml 12
KD-290 white (GB) 046915 — — GB 1 cartridge 290 ml 12

BS ø 14 078180 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 20 16/18 1
266


Item [mm] [pcs]
Brush set Ø14/20 mm 048980 8 - 16 1
Brush set Ø20/30 mm 048981 16 - 30 1
ABG big 089300 — 1
DISPENSER
Dispenser FIS DM S

Item [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 1
ACCESSORIES
Cone drill PBB Centring sleeve PBZ
Fits Sales unit

Approval

Cone drill PBB 090634 ▯ M8 - M12; FIS E 1
Centring sleeve PBZ 090671 ▯ M8 - M12; FIS E 10
267
LOADS
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for one Thermax in concrete and solid brick masonry8) for fixing in groups2)
Concrete + Solid brick masonry
100 mm5) 120 mm5) 140 mm5) 160 mm5) 180 mm5) 200 mm5)
fb [-] hef Tinst9) Nperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) smin (amin) cmin (ar)
Thermax 12 25 C20/25 95 20,0 3,404) 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 55 55
Thermax 16 25 C20/25 125 20,0 3,404) 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 65 65
Solid brick Mz
Thermax 12 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 60
Thermax 16 12 Mz 75 20,0 1,70 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 60
Thermax 12 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 60
Thermax 16 12 KS 75 20,0 1,70 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 60
1)
2)
3)
4)
Corresponding to the permissible tension load of the Thermax cone. 9)
Fixing screw M12.
5)
1 mm displacement under short term applied load (e.g. wind load).
LOADS
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for one Thermax in perforated brick masonry8) for fixing in groups2).
100 mm5) 120 mm5) 140 mm5) 160 mm5) 180 mm5) 200 mm5)
fb [-] hef,min10) Tinst9) Nperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) Vperm3) 4) smin (amin) cmin (ar)
Thermax 12 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 4 HLz 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 6 HLz 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 12 HLz 85 20,0 1,00 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 4 KSL 85 20,0 0,60 0,60 0,60 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 6 KSL 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 50
Thermax 16 12 KSL 85 20,0 1,40 0,85 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 50
Thermax 12 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200
Thermax 16 2 Hbl 85 20,0 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200
Thermax 12 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200
Thermax 16 4 Hbl 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200
Thermax 12 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,49 0,31 0,21 0,16 0,11 0,08 50 200
Thermax 16 4 Hbn 85 20,0 0,80 0,80 0,62 0,45 0,34 0,26 0,21 50 200
1)
2)
3)
4)
Values are valid for rotary drilling (without hammer action). KSL must have a thickness of the 9)
Fixing screw M12.
outer web of min. 30 mm (old bricks). 10)
The fixed anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see
5)
1 mm displacement under short term applied load (e.g. wind load). technical data).
268
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M

Facing masonry
VERSIONS APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
air layer


▪ The approved fixing in stone and in ▪ VBS-M is especially suitable for ▪ The remedial wall tie VBS-M is set in
joints from at least 50 mm facing applications where external thermal the load-bearing layer and into facing
masonry provides a high degree of insulation composite systems (ETICS) masonry using push-through installa-
flexibility and security. are installed past to the façade repair. tion.
▪ Use in joints and with a low anchor- ▪ Retrospective repairs of two-leaf cavity ▪ In accordance with the approval, no
age depth of just 50 mm allows for a walls in line with DIN 1053-1 and EN drill hole cleaning is required.
quick and economical installation. 845/846 as well as economy facings ▪ The two expansion zones in the
▪ The small anchor rim and screw head with DIN 18515. load-bearing layer and in the facing
allow for a surface-flush or deep-set masonry ensure a secure fixation.
installation. ▪ The plug doesn‘t fix into the facing
▪ The drill hole can be retrospectively masonry until the head grips into the
sealed so that it is no longer visible in load-bearing layer. This ensures the
the façade. very best installation safety.
▪ A drip coil prevents condensate
running into the load-bearing layer,
thus preventing frost and corrosive
damage.
269
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M
TECHNICAL DATA
Remedial wall tie VBS-M
zinc-plated stainless Max. shell Max. shell Facing mason- Drill diameter Drill hole depth Effect. Anchor length Sales unit
steel steel distance at distance at ry + cavity anchoring
115 mm facing 115 mm facing depth
masonry, masonry,
flush 20 mm sunk
installation installation
tfix d0 h0 hef l
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
VBS-M 8 x 120 514243 — 20* — 70 8 140 50 120 100
VBS-M 8 x 120 — 514236 20 — 70 8 140 50 120 100
VBS-M 8 x 185 514244 514237 20 40 135 8 205 50 185 100
VBS-M 8 x 205 514245 — 40 40 155 8 225 50 205 100
VBS-M 8 x 205 — 514238 40 60 155 8 225 50 205 100
VBS-M 8 x 225 514246 — 60 80 175 8 245 50 225 100
VBS-M 8 x 225 — 514239 40 60 175 8 245 50 225 100
VBS-M 8 x 245 514247 — 60 100 195 8 265 50 245 100
VBS-M 8 x 245 — 514240 80 100 195 8 265 50 245 100
VBS-M 8 x 265 514248 — 100 120 215 8 285 50 265 100
VBS-M 8 x 265 — 514241 100 100 215 8 285 50 265 100
VBS-M 8 x 285 514249 — 100 140 235 8 305 50 285 100
VBS-M 8 x 285 — 514242 120 140 235 8 305 50 285 100
* Max. 20 mm mortar layer in the case of 50 mm thick economy facing.
The drill hole depth is to be adapted accordingly in the case of sunk installation of the anchor.
ACCESSORIES / DRILLS
SDS Plus IV 8/100/400 Masonry drill bit 8/100/400
SDS Plus II Pointer 8/400/460
Description Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
SDS PLUS IV 8/100/400 517689 fischer Quattric drill bit with SDS fixture and short flute for drilling in concrete 1
fischer masonry drill bit with SDS fixture and short flute, ground sharp, for rotary
Masonry drill bit 8/100/400 517690 1
drilling in perforated brick and in the bed joint
SDS Plus II 8/400/460 503936 fischer hammer drill bit for drilling in concrete and in the facing brick 1
ACCESSORIES / BITS
FPB TX 15/5 long Star recess TX
Description Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
fischer Profi-Bit long, which can be extended to 50 mm bit, allows for deep setting in stone and in
FPB TX 15/5 long 517693 5
the bed joint
FPB TX25/10 507728 fischer Profi-Bit 10
270

The professional façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls
Repairing outer leafs Detail: Repairing outer leafs
VERSION APPROVALS
▪ stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
air layer

▪ The expansion-force-free fixing pre- ▪ Post-installation needling of two-leaf ▪ The remedial wall tie VBS 8 comprises
vents splitting and cracks. This means cavity walls in line with DIN 1053-1 a perforated plastic sleeve and a pro-
that VBS 8 can be used even in old filed A4 stainless steel tie Ø 4 mm.
and sensitive masonry. ▪ VBS 8 is used together with the injec-
▪ The drill bit diameter of just 8 mm tion mortar FIS V.
means that a minimal amount of mor- ▪ The anchor is inserted in the bed joint
tar is required for each fixing point. of the outer leaf using push-through
Thus VBS 8 is particularly economical. installation.
▪ The installation is approved anywhere
along the entire bed joint, thus ensur-
ing a high level of installation safety.
▪ The grey colour of the injection mortar
is similar to the colour of the bed joint.
This means that the fixing is almost
invisible to the eye.
FOR USE WITH
FIS V mortar
see page 71
271
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation Remedial wall tie VBS 8
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
Remedial wall tie VBS
stainless steel Layer resp. Drill hole Outer leaf Drill depth Fixing length Anchorage Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
insulation diameter = mounting depth FIS V bearing

depth wall
do ho = hs l hef
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item A4
VBS 8/20 078763 1) 2) ▯ 0 - 20 8 ≥ 90 195 150 >60 3 100
VBS 8/50 078799 1) 2) ▯ 20 - 50 8 ≥ 90 225 180 >60 3 100
VBS 8/80 078800 1) 2) ▯ 50 - 80 8 ≥ 90 255 210 >60 3 100
VBS 8/120 078801 1) 2) ▯ 80 - 120 8 ≥ 90 295 250 >60 4 100
VBS 8/150 078802 1) 2) ▯ 120 - 150 8 ≥ 90 325 280 >60 4 100
1) Product consisting of perforated plastic sleeve, profiled wire A4 and injection nozzle.
2) For the closing of the curtain walling about 2-3 additional scale units of mortar FISV are required.
ACCESSORIES
Compressed-air cleaning gun Hammer drill SDS-Plus Pointer, DIN 8039

Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

VBS 8 cleaning set 090241 content: cleaning brush and extension tube for blow-out pump 1
Compressed-air cleaning gun 093286 for professional cleaning of the drill hole 1
SDS-Plus Pointer 8,0 / 460 mm 074330 Hammer drill with self-centring drill bit and relief-ground drill grooving 1
272
fischer remedial wall tie VBS

The quick façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls.

The approved stand-off installation with thermal separation in
273
274
General fixings
General fixings
General fixings
▪ Universal plug UX ......................................................................................................... 277

▪ Expansion plug SX ....................................................................................................... 280
▪ Expansion plug S .......................................................................................................... 283
▪ Metal expansion anchor FMD.................................................................................. 286
▪ Expansion plug M-S ..................................................................................................... 288
▪ Anchor M ......................................................................................................................... 290
▪ Brass fixing MS .............................................................................................................. 292
▪ Aircrete anchor GB ....................................................................................................... 294
▪ Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K ..................................................................................... 296
▪ Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M .................................................................................... 298
▪ Brass fixing PA 4 ........................................................................................................... 300
▪ Balcony cladding fixing P9K..................................................................................... 302
▪ Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB......................................................................................... 304
▪ Repair pad FIX.it ............................................................................................................ 305
▪ Doorstop TS .................................................................................................................... 306
275
General fixings
Range of general fixings

Expansion- and universal
Plugs for metric screws
plugs
Universal plug UX Expansion plug M-S

The nylon plug for all building materials The expansion plug for metric screws
and threaded bolts
Page 277 Page 288
Expansion plug SX Anchor M

The powerful nylon plug The powerful nylon expansion anchor
with 4-way expansion with brass cone for metric threads
Page 280 Page 290
Brass fixing MS
Expansion plug S
The brass expansion fixing
The installation-friendly nylon plug
with metric thread
with 2-way expansion
Page 283 Page 292
Metal expansion anchor FMD

The metal anchor for wood
and chipboard screws
Page 286 Special applications
Brass fixing PA 4
The brass fixing
for thin board building materials
Plugs for aerated concrete
Page 300
Balcony cladding fixing P9K
For the rear-ventilated stand-off fastening
Aircrete anchor GB
of balcony cladding to hollow profiles
Approved safety in aerated concrete
Page 302
Page 294
Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB
To fix wooden step treads in
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K
concrete and steel sub-structures
The versatile plastic anchor
for aerated concrete Page 304
Page 296
Doorstop TS
The installation-friendly doorstop
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M
The metal anchor for metric screws Page 306
for aerated concrete
Page 298 Repair pad FIX.it
To remedy over-sized or damaged drill holes
Page 305
276
Universal plug UX
General fixings
The nylon plug for all building materials
Mirror fixings Sanitary installations

▪ Concrete
▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
fibreboards
concrete
crete, etc.
▪ Natural stone
▪ Chipboard
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The universal operating principle ▪ Pictures ▪ The UX with rim is suitable for pre-
(knotting or expanding) allows for use ▪ Lighting positioned installation; the UX without
in all solid, hollow and board building ▪ Skirting rim is suitable for push-through instal-
materials. Thus the UX is the correct ▪ Wall cabinets lation.
choice for unknown base materials. ▪ Towel rails ▪ Turning in the screw causes the UX to
▪ The UX‘s angled connection ridges ▪ Mirror cabinets expand in the solid building material
allow for optimum screw guidance. ▪ Curtain rails and to knot within the cavity.
Serrated anti-rotation locks prevent ▪ Wash basin fixings ▪ The required screw length is given by
rotation in the drill hole. This guaran- ▪ TV consoles the plug length + fixture thickness +
tees the greatest possible installation ▪ Plumbing and heating fixings 1 x screw diameter.
safety. ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
▪ Fixing sets with screws, eye screws screws, as well as stud screws.
and hooks provide the right solution ▪ In the case of board building materials,
for all applications. the threadless part of the screw must
not be longer than the fixture, and the
UX with rim is to be used.
▪ The edge distance must be at least
one plug length.
277
General fixings Universal plug UX
TECHNICAL DATA
UX - without rim
UX R - with rim
UX R S - with rim and screw
without rim with rim with rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Wood and chip- Max. fixture Sales unit
screw diameter depth thickness board screws thickness
do h1 dp l ds / ds x ls t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item UX UX R UX R S
UX 5 x 30 094721 094722 — 5 40 9,5 30 3-4 — 100
UX 6 x 35 062754 062756 — 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 — 100
UX 6 x 35 — — 094758 6 60 9,5 35 4,5 x 60 20 25
UX 6 x 50 072094 072095 — 6 60 9,5 50 4-5 — 100
UX 6 x 50 — — 094759 6 75 9,5 50 4,5 x 75 20 25
UX 8 x 40 — 505483 — 8 50 9,5 40 4,5 - 6 — 100
UX 8 x 50 077869 077870 — 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 — 100
UX 8 x 50 — — 094762 8 70 9,5 50 5 x 70 15 25
UX 8 x 50 — — 094760 8 80 9,5 50 5 x 80 25 25
UX 10 x 60 077871 077872 — 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 — 50
UX 10 x 60 — — 094761 10 85 12,5 60 6 x 85 20 10
UX 12 x 70 062758 — — 12 85 — 70 8 - 10 — 25
UX 14 x 75 062757 — — 14 95 — 75 10 - 12 — 20
TECHNICAL DATA
UX RH - with rim and round hook UX WH - with rim and angle hook
UX RH N - with rim and round hook UX WH N - with rim and angle hook UX OH N - with rim and eyebolt
(white coated) (white coated) (white coated)
with rim and with round with rim and with angle with eyebolt Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Dimension of Sales unit
round hook hook (white angle hook hook (white (white diameter depth thickness hook screw
coated) coated) coated) do h1 dp l ds x ls
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
Item RH RH N WH WH N OH N
UX 6 x 35 094407 — — — — 6 45 9,5 35 4,5 x 67 25
UX 6 x 35 — — 094408 — — 6 45 9,5 35 4,5 x 51 25
UX 8 x 50 094409 094412 — — 094414 8 60 9,5 50 5,5 x 87 25
UX 8 x 50 — — 094410 094413 — 8 60 9,5 50 5,5 x 70 25
278
Universal plug UX
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
UX in bucket
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. panel Fixing length Wood and chip- Sales unit
depth thickness board screws
do h1 dp l ds / ds x ls
UX 6 x 35 R in bucket 508027 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 2500
UX 8 x 50 R in bucket 508028 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 1000
UX 10 x 60 R in bucket 508029 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 600
TECHNICAL DATA
Assortment box UX / SX Box UX / SX-S

Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

Box UX 6/8/10 093182 100 plugs UX 6 x 35, 70 plugs UX 8 x 50, 20 plugs UX 10 x 60 1
Box UX-R 6/8/10 093819 100 plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 70 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 20 plugs UX 10 x 60 R 1
50 plugs UX 6 x 35, 50 screws 4,5 x 50, 50 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 screws 4,5 x 45,
Box UX / SX-S 093181 1
25 plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 screws 5 x 65, 25 plugs SX 8 x 40, 25 screws 5 x 50
60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 plugs SX 8 x 40, 20 plugs SX 10 x 50, 60 plugs UX 5 x 30 R,
Assortment box UX / SX 040991 1
40 plugs UX 6 x 50 R, 50 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 plugs UX 10 x 60 R
LOADS
Universal plug UX
Type UX5 UX6 UX6 x 50 UX8 UX10 UX12 UX14
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5 5 6 8 10 12

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,60 0,60 1,00 1,50 1,80
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,70 0,80
Hollow sand lime stone ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 0,80 0,80
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete ≥PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40 0,60 0,70
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 - -
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm [kN] 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 - -
Gypsum fibreboard (Fermacell) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 - -
Plaster wall ≥0,9 kg/dm³ [kN] - - - 0,15 0,35 0,45 0,50
1)
LOADS
Universal plug UX with hook screws respective eye screws
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor. The given loads are valid for the included hook screws respective eye screws.
Type UX6 RH UX6 WH UX8 RH UX8 WH UX8 OE

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,45 0,40
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05
1)
Includes the safety factor 4 (failure by bending the hook). 2)
279
General fixings Expansion plug SX
The powerful nylon plug with 4-way expansion
Wall consoles Air conditioning units

▪ Concrete
concrete
crete, etc.
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The 4-way expansion provides the ▪ Lighting ▪ The SX is suitable for pre-positioned
optimum force distribution in the ▪ Wall cabinets and push-through installation.
material, and offers high load-bearing ▪ Wardrobes ▪ When turning in the screw, the SX
capacities in solid and hollow building ▪ Letterboxes expands in four directions, thus provid-
materials. ▪ TV consoles ing a secure anchoring in the building
▪ The expansion-free plug neck prevents ▪ Trellis material.
the creation of expansion forces on ▪ Folding shutters ▪ The required screw length is given
the material surface whilst screwing in ▪ Handrails by: Plug length + fixture thickness +
the screw. This helps to prevent dam- ▪ Light wells 1 x screw diameter.
age to tiles and plaster. ▪ Bath and toilet installations ▪ Suitable for wood, chipboard and
▪ The pronounced rim prevents the plug spacing screws (fischer ASL, see page
from slipping into the drill hole, thus 259).
allowing for a simple installation.
▪ The greater anchorage depth of the
SX 6x50, 8x65 and 10x80 means
that the plug is especially suited to
fixings in hollow building materials,
aerated concrete and to bridge plaster.
280
Expansion plug SX
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Plug SX with rim
Plug SX - with greater anchorage depth,

without rim
Plug SX with rim and screw
with rim with greater with rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Wood and chip- Sales unit
anchorage screw diameter depth thickness board screws
depth, do h1 l t fix ds / ds x ls
without rim
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item SX SX SX-S
SX 4 x 20 070004 — — 4 25 20 — 2-3 200
SX 5 x 25 070005 — — 5 35 25 — 3-4 100
SX 6 x 30 070006 — — 6 40 30 — 4-5 100
SX 6 x 30 — — 070021 6 40 30 10 4,5 x 40 50
SX 6 x 50 078185 024827 — 6 60 50 — 4-5 100
SX 8 x 40 070008 — — 8 50 40 — 4,5 - 6 100
SX 8 x 40 — — 070022 8 50 40 20 5 x 60 50
SX 8 x 65 — 024828 — 8 75 65 — 4,5 - 6 50
SX 10 x 50 070010 — — 10 70 50 — 6-8 50
SX 10 x 80 — 024829 — 10 95 80 — 6-8 25
SX 12 x 60 070012 — — 12 80 60 — 8 - 10 25
SX 14 x 70 070014 — — 14 90 70 — 10 - 12 20
SX 16 x 80 070016 — — 16 100 80 — 12 (1/2") 10
TECHNICAL DATA
SX in bucket
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Wood and chip- Sales unit
depth thickness board screws
do h1 l t fix ds
SX 6 in bucket 507900 6 40 30 — 4-5 3200
SX 8 in bucket 507904 8 50 40 — 4,5 - 5 1200
SX 10 in bucket 507909 10 70 50 — 6-8 720
281
General fixings Expansion plug SX
TECHNICAL DATA
Box SX 5/6/8 Box SX 6/8/10 transparent Box UX / SX-S Assortment box UX / SX

Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

Box SX 5/6/8 030191 100 plugs SX 5 x 25, 100 plugs SX 6 x 30, 100 plugs SX 8 x 40 1
Box SX 6/8/10 transparent 041648 60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 60 plugs SX 8 x 40, 12 plugs SX 10 x 50 1
50 plugs UX 6 x 35, 50 screws 4,5 x 50, 50 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 screws 4,5 x 45,
Box UX / SX-S 093181 1
25 plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 screws 5 x 65, 25 plugs SX 8 x 40, 25 screws 5 x 50
60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 plugs SX 8 x 40, 20 plugs SX 10 x 50, 60 plugs UX 5 x 30 R,
Assortment box UX / SX 040991 1
40 plugs UX 6 x 50 R, 50 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 plugs UX 10 x 60 R
LOADS
Plug SX
Type SX 4 x 20 SX 5 x 25 SX 6 x 30 SX 8 x 40 SX 10 x 50 SX 10 x 80 SX 12 x 60 SX 14 x 70 SX 16 x 80
SX 6 x 50 SX 8 x 65
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 3 4 5 6 8 8 10 12 12
Min. edge distance in concrete cmin [mm] - - 35 40 50 50 65 100 120
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,30 0,65 0,70 1,20 1,20 1,70 2,00 2,60
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,11 0,25 0,30 0,60 0,65 1,20 0,70 0,80 0,90
Solid sand lime stone ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,17 0,30 0,50 0,60 1,20 1,20 1,70 2,00 2,60
Aerated concrete ≥ PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,03 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,09 0,20 0,14 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete ≥PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] 0,07 0,09 0,09 0,14 0,30 0,60 0,45 0,50 0,60
Vertically perforated bricks≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 1.0 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,13 0,07 0,07 0,17 0,17 0,50 0,26 0,40 0,60
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,15 0,17 0,30 0,35 0,30 0,80 0,35 0,30 0,40
Plaster wall [kN] - - - 0,26 0,37 - 1,00 1,00 -
1)
282
Expansion plug S
General fixings
The installation-friendly nylon plug with 2-way expansion
Small shelves Signs

▪ Concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The rimless plug sleeve allows for the ▪ Pictures ▪ The S plug is suitable for pre-posi-
plug to be set as deep as required ▪ Lighting tioned and push-through installation.
below the plaster to the bearing ▪ Skirting ▪ When turning in the screw, the S plug
substrate to achieve the maximum ▪ Shelves expands in two directions, thus provid-
load-bearing capacity. ▪ Mirror cabinets ing a secure anchoring in the building
▪ As the plug only expands in two direc- ▪ Letter boxes material.
tions, it is possible to direct the expan- ▪ Motion sensors ▪ The required screw length is given
sion forces so that they run parallel ▪ Information boards by the plug length + plaster and/or
to the edge of the building material ▪ Curtain rails insulation material thickness + fixture
by turning the plug. This allows for ▪ Electrical installations thickness + 1 x screw diameter.
smaller edge distances. ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
▪ The slimline plug geometry makes screws.
it easy to push the plug into the drill ▪ The edge distance must be at least
hole. For a fast and simple installation. one plug length.
▪ The anti-rotation lock prevents the ▪ For installations close to the edge, turn
plug rotating in the drill hole, thus the plug so that the expansion force
guaranteeing a high level of installa- acts parallel to the edge.
tion safety.
283
General fixings Expansion plug S
TECHNICAL DATA
Plug S
Drill hole Anchor length Min. drill hole Wood and chip- Sales unit
diameter depth board screws
do l h1 ds
Item Standard Doublepack
S4 050104 — 4 20 25 2-3 200
S5 050105 — 5 25 35 3-4 100
S5 — 050124 5 25 35 3-4 200
S6 050106 — 6 30 40 4-5 100
S6 — 050125 6 30 40 4-5 200
S8 050108 — 8 40 55 4,5 - 5 100
S8 — 050126 8 40 55 4,5 - 5 200
S 10 050110 — 10 50 70 6-8 50
S 10 — 050127 10 50 70 6-8 100
S 12 050112 — 12 60 80 8 - 10 25
S 14 050114 — 14 75 90 10 - 12 20
S 16 050116 — 16 80 100 12 (1/2") 10
S 20 050120 — 20 90 120 16 5
TECHNICAL DATA
SX in bucket
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Wood and chip- Sales unit
depth board screws
do h1 l ds
S 6 in bucket 508024 6 40 30 4-5 3200
S 8 in bucket 508025 8 55 40 4,5 - 5 1400
S 10 in bucket 508026 8 70 50 6-8 720
284
Expansion plug S
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Stacking box ST fischerbox

Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

ST 1 S8 S 060510 34 plugs S 8, 34 countersunk wood screws SH 5 x 45 1
ST 1 S6 S 060509 50 plugs S 6, 50 countersunk wood screws SH 4,5 x 60 1
ST 1 S6/8 060499 50 plugs S 6, 30 plugs S 8 1
Box S 5.6.8 060513 100 plugs S 5, 100 plugs S 6, 100 plugs S8 1
Box S 6.8.10 060515 100 plugs S 6, 100 plugs S 8, 25 plugs S 10 1
Box empty 060500 — 1
LOADS
S-Plug
Type S4 S5 S6 S8 S10 S12 S14 S16 S20
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 3 4 5 6 8 10 12 12 16

Min. edge distance in concrete cmin [mm] 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 100
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,28 0,40 0,60 1,10 1,50 1,85 2,26 3,88
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,50 - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3)
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,55 - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3)
Aerated concrete ≥ PB4, PP4 (G4) [kN] - - 0,05 0,07 0,16 0,28 0,40 - 3) - 3)
Plaster wall [kN] - - - 0,15 0,23 0,37 0,60 - 3) - 3)
1)
Due to that the failure of the substrate varies too much no reproducible values can be given.
2)
285
General fixings Metal expansion anchor FMD
The metal anchor for wood and chipboard screws
Pipe fixings Gas meters
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
crete, etc.
concrete

▪ The metal expansion anchor FMD is ▪ Gas pipes ▪ The FMD is suitable for pre-positioned
especially suited to applications in ▪ Water pipes installation.
installation technology. ▪ Cable and pipe clamps ▪ Inserting the screw causes the FMD
▪ The external teeth expand in the to expand, and the metal teeth fix
building material, thus ensuring a high the anchor securely in the building
load-bearing capacity. material.
▪ The ribbed internal geometry of the ▪ The required (stud) screw length is
FMD is suitable for wood and chip- given by: Anchor length + plaster
board screws, and makes it possible to and/or insulation layer thickness +
guide the screw securely. This offers fixture thickness or installation spacing
increased installation safety, and ena- + 1 x screw diameter.
bles a broad range of applications. ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
screws.
▪ The drill diameter is relative to the
compressive strength of the building
material. The higher the compressive
strength, the greater the drill diameter.
The 6x32 and 8x38 sizes can be
hammered directly into low-strength
aerated concrete without the need for
pre-drilling.
286
Metal expansion anchor FMD
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Metal expansion fixing FMD
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Screw diameter Sales unit
depth
do h1 l ds
FMD 6 x 32 061224 1) 7-9 38 32 5-6 100
FMD 8 x 38 061225 1) 10 - 12 46 38 6-8 100
FMD 8 x 60 061226 1) 10 - 12 68 60 6-8 50
FMD 10 x 60 061209 1) 12 - 14 68 60 8 - 10 50
1) The drill diameter is relative to the substrate compressive strength. Generally, the higher the compressive strength, the greater the drill diameter.
Details see table "Recommended drill hole diameter".
RECOMMENDED DRILL HOLE DIAMETER [mm]

Type FMD 6 x 32 FMD 8 x 38 FMD 8 x 60 FMD 10 x 60
C 20/25 7 10 12 14
PB4 6 10 10 12
HLZ 12 7 10 10 12
LOADS
Metal expansion fixing FMD
The given loads are valid for wood screws with maximum diameter.
Type FMD 8 x 38 FMD 8 x 60 FMD 10 x 60
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 6-8 6-8 8-10

Aerated concrete ≥ PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,40
1)
287
General fixings Expansion plug M-S
The expansion plug for metric screws and threaded bolts
Downpipes Folding shutters

▪ Concrete
crete, etc.
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The internal geometry of the M-S ▪ Handrails ▪ The M-S is suitable for pre-positioned
allows for the use of standard metric ▪ Folding shutters and push-through installation.
screws or threaded rods for the ideal ▪ Trellis ▪ When turning in the screw, the M-S
adaptation to suit the intended use. ▪ Downpipes expands in two directions, thus provid-
▪ The rimless plug sleeve allows for the ▪ Stand-off installation ing a secure anchoring in the building
plug to be set as deep as required ▪ Light wells material.
below the plaster to the bearing ▪ The required screw length is given by:
substrate to achieve the maximum Plug length + plaster and/or insulation
load-bearing capacity. layer thickness + fixture thickness +
▪ As the plug only expands in two direc- 1 x screw diameter.
tions, it is possible to direct the expan- ▪ Suitable for metric screws and
sion forces so that they run parallel threaded bolts.
to the edge of the building material ▪ Chamfer the thread to make it easier
by turning the plug. This allows for to screw in screws and threaded rods.
smaller edge distances. ▪ The beige colouring of the M-S allows
▪ The slimline plug geometry makes it to be differentiated from the S plug.
it easy to push the plug into the drill
hole, for a fast and simple installation.
288
Expansion plug M-S
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Anchor M-S for metric screws
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Sales unit
depth
do h1 l M
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
M6S 050152 8 55 40 M6 100
M8S 050153 10 70 50 M8 50
M 10 S 050154 14 90 70 M 10 20
M 12 S 050155 16 100 80 M 12 10
LOADS
Anchor M-S
The given loads are valid for machine screws with the specified thread size.
Type M6S M8S M 10 S M 12 S
Thread size [M] M6 M8 M10 M12

Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,54 0,66 1,06
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,46 0,79
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,43 0,71
1)
289
Anchor M
The powerful nylon expansion anchor with brass cone for

General fixings
metric threads
Plant construction Protective grilles

▪ Concrete

▪ The anchor‘s large external diameter ▪ Machines ▪ The M anchor is suitable for pre-posi-
helps to achieve a large applied load ▪ Protective grilles tioned installation.
in the building material. This allows for ▪ Control boxes ▪ Turning in the screw causes the
maximum load-bearing capacity. internal brass cone to expand the M
▪ The anchor‘s high expansion makes it anchor, thus reliably anchoring it in the
insensitive to building material toler- building material.
ances. This guarantees a simple and ▪ The required screw length is given by
secure installation. anchor length + fixture thickness.
▪ The internal thread allows for the use ▪ Suitable for metric screws and
of standard metric screws or threaded threaded bolts.
rods, and for surface flush removal and
reuse of the fixing point. This provides
great flexibility.
290
Anchor M
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Anchor M for metric screws
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Max. installation Sales unit
depth torque
do h1 l M Tinst
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [pcs]
M5 050505 1) 10 45 35 M5 4 50
M6 050506 1) 12 50 40 M6 7 50
M8 050508 1) 16 65 50 M8 16 20
M 10 050510 1) 20 80 60 M 10 32 10
M 12 050512 1) 24 90 65 M 12 54 5
1) The given torque values apply to screws of strength class ≥ 5.8.
LOADS
Anchor M
Type M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12
Thread size [mm] M5 M6 M8 M10 M12

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 1,10 1,80 2,60 4,40 5,00
1)
291
General fixings Brass fixing MS
The brass expansion fixing with metric thread
Protective wall panels Handrails
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The compact design of the brass ▪ Cellar shelves ▪ The MS brass fixing is suitable for
fixing reduces the amount of drill- ▪ Sub-structures made of wood and pre-positioned and push-through
ing required, helping to ensure a fast metal installation.
installation. ▪ Boilers ▪ Turning in the metric screw causes
▪ The special surface structure of the ▪ Aggregates the front part of the brass fixing to
MS prevents the fixing from rotating in ▪ Control boxes expand, thus securely anchoring it in
the drill hole. This provides increased ▪ Protective wall panels the substrate.
installation safety. ▪ Handrails ▪ Calculating screw length for flush fix-
▪ The internal thread allows for the use ing installation: Fixing length + fixture
of standard metric screws or threaded thickness = min. screw length.
rods, and for surface flush removal and ▪ Suitable for metric screws and
reuse of the fixing point. This provides threaded bolts.
great flexibility. ▪ The brass fixing may have to be
expanded slightly before installation
by turning in the threaded screw.
292
Brass fixing MS
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Brass fixing MS for metric screws
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Bolt penetration Sales unit
depth
do h1 l M s
MS 4 x 15 026424 5 20 15 M4 15 100
MS 5 x 18 026425 6 25 18 M5 18 100
MS 6 x 22 078660 8 27 22 M6 22 100
MS 8 x 28 078981 10 35 28 M8 28 50
MS 10 x 32 078661 12 39 32 M 10 32 25
MS 12 x 37 078662 15 46 37 M 12 37 10
MS 16 x 43 078663 20 50 43 M 16 43 10
LOADS
Brass fixing MS
Type MS 4 x15 MS 5 x 18 MS 6 x 22 MS 8 x 28 MS 10 x 32 MS 12 x 37 MS 16 x 43
Thread size [M] M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,40 0,65 1,10 1,60 2,20 3,30
Solid brickwork [kN] 0,20 0,35 0,55 0,90 1,30 1,60 2,30
1)
293
General fixings Aircrete anchor GB
Approved safety in aerated concrete
Pipes Suspended ceilings
BUILDING MATERIALS APPROVAL / CHARACTERISTICS

Approved for:
▪ Aerated concrete with compressive
strength 2 to 4 N/mm2
▪ Aerated concrete wall or ceiling
boards with compressive strength 3.3
to 4.4 N/mm2

▪ The general building approval guaran- ▪ Suspended ceilings ▪ The GB is suitable for pre-positioned
tees approved safety for use in safety- ▪ Cable trays installation.
relevant applications. ▪ Pipelines ▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs ensure a
▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a ▪ Guard rails positive fit connection between the
positive fit in the soft building material, ▪ Façade and roof constructions made building material and anchor.
thus ensuring the best pressure distri- of wood and metal ▪ The required screw length is given by:
bution and load-bearing capacity. ▪ Awning consoles Anchor length + fixture thickness +
▪ Can be applied with a hammer - there ▪ Letterboxes 1 x screw diameter.
is no need for special tools, thus sav- ▪ Trellis ▪ The GB must be used with fischer
ing time and money for the installa- safety screws to fulfil the approval and
tion. to achieve the maximum load-bearing
▪ The GB can also be used safely out- capacity.
side (e.g. in façade installation) when ▪ GB 14 is approved for use in cracked
combined with the approved fischer aerated concrete.
safety screw in A4. ▪ Use rotary drilling to create the drill
hole
▪ Can be used in unplastered aerated
concrete
294
Aircrete anchor GB
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Aircrete anchor GB
Drill hole Min. drill hole Plug length = fischer safety Sales unit
Approval
diameter depth min. anchoring screw

depth
DIBt do h1 l = hef ds
GB 8 050491 ▯ 8 60 50 5 25
GB 10 050492 ▯ 10 65 55 7 20
GB 14 050493 ▯ 14 90 75 10 10
FISCHER SAFETY SCREW FOR GB

Screw material
Fixing type Usable length Screw dimension * Zink plated and Stainless steel of the
tfix passivated steel 6.8 corrosion resistance classe III,
e.g. A4
[mm] [mm]    
min. max. Ø x ls Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
GB 8 5 30 5 x 85 0892301) 0892401)
GB 10 0 3 7 x 65 080404 080260
5 23 7 x 85 089170 080405 089244 080261
25 43 7 x 105 089172
40 58 7 x 120 089174 080407
60 78 7 x 140 089176 080408
85 103 7 x 165 089178
GB 14 0 10 10 x 95 080412 080266
0 20 10 x 105 089186 080413 080271
35 55 10 x 140 089188 080415
60 80 10 x 165 089190 080416
1)
Cross drive recess Z * Further sizes on request
LOADS
Aircrete anchor GB
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
The given loads are valid for fischer- safety screws4) acc. attached table.
Type GB 8 GB10 GB14
Min. spacing 7) smin [mm] 100 100 100

Min. edge distance 2) cmin [mm] 100 150 200
Min. edge distance to solidified joints 6) cmin [mm] 9 10 12
min. member thickness hmin [mm] 75 100 2005)
Anchorage depth hef [mm] 50 55 75
Permissible load in the respective base material Fperm3)
Aerated concrete ≥ P3,3 (GB3,3) [kN] 0,30 0,50 0,80
Aerated concrete ≥ P4,4 (GB4,4) [kN] 0,40 0,60 0,90
Tensile zone of aerated concrete roof- and ceiling slaps acc. DIN 4223 ≥ P3,3 (GB3,3) [kN] - - 0,30
1)
gvz and A4.
2)
Minimum permissible edge distance. 5)
The minimum member thickness of aerated concrete roof- and ceiling slaps is 150 mm.
3)
Only in aerated concrete walls.
loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval. 7)
Minimum possible axial spacing while reducing the permissible load.
295
General fixings Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K
The versatile nylon anchor for aerated concrete
External lighting Radiators


▪ The FTP K is suitable for both wood ▪ Pictures ▪ The FTP K is suitable for pre-positioned
screws and metric screws, and thus ▪ Lighting installation.
offers flexibility in screw choice. ▪ Shelves ▪ Set the FTP K with setting tool FTP
▪ The spiral-shaped outer thread taps ▪ Mirror cabinets EK. The aircrete anchor taps itself into
itself into the soft aerated concrete ▪ Letter boxes the aerated concrete with a positive fit
with a positive fit, thus ensuring a ▪ Signs during the installation process.
secure hold. ▪ Motion sensors ▪ Suitable for wood and metric screws
▪ Setting with the FTP EK setting tool ▪ Cable and pipe clamps with diameter 4 to 10 mm.
requires only a small amount of force. ▪ Stand-off installations ▪ Use a low torque when installing.
For a convenient installation.
▪ The special geometry allows for an
almost expansion-force-free anchoring.
This allows for small edge and spacing
distances, and avoids splitting in the
case of plastered surfaces.
296
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K (nylon)
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Woodscrew Metric screw Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth diameter tration tration
do h1 l ds M lE,min lE,max
FTP K 4 078411 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 4 - 4,5 M4 35 60 25
FTP K 6 078412 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 5-6 M5-6 40 60 25
FTP K 8 078413 1) 10 - (12) 70 60 7-8 M8 45 70 25
FTP K 10 078414 1) 12 - (14) 80 70 9 - 10 M 8 - 10 50 80 10
1) Values in brackets for drill hole diameter apply for aerated concrete, compressive strength of 5,0 N/mm² or higher.
ACCESSORIES
Setting tool FTP EK for FTP K (nylon)
Fits Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FTP EK 4/6 090990 FTP K4 / FTP K6 1
FTP EK 8 090991 FTP K8 1
FTP EK 10 090992 FTP K10 1
LOADS
Turbo Aircrete anchor FTP K
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete and plaster walls.
The given loads are valid for screws with the specified diameter.
Type FTP K4 FTP K6 FTP K8 FTP K10
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5-6 8 8-10

Edge distance cmin [mm] 100 100 150 200
Aerated concrete PP2; PB2 (≥ 2,5 N/mm2) [kN] 0,15 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete PP4; PB4 (≥ 5,0 N/mm2) [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,50
Plaster wall [kN] - - 0,29 0,54
1)
297
General fixings Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M
The metal anchor for metric screws for aerated concrete
Motion detectors Shelves
BUILDING MATERIALS

▪ The Allen key chuck makes it possible ▪ Pictures ▪ The FTP M is suitable for pre-posi-
to set the FTP M without the need for ▪ Lighting tioned installation.
a special setting tool. This allows for a ▪ Shelves ▪ The aircrete anchor taps itself into the
simple installation. ▪ Mirror cabinets aerated concrete with a positive fit
▪ The FTP M achieves a very high load- ▪ Curtain rails during the installation process.
bearing capacity in aerated concrete ▪ Cable and pipe clamps ▪ Suitable for metric screws with diam-
for increased safety. ▪ Stand-off installations eter 6 to 10 mm.
▪ The spiral-shaped outer thread taps ▪ Radiators ▪ For installation with an Allen key:
itself into the aerated concrete with a ▪ TV consoles Allen key size corresponds to screw
positive fit. This means that it can be diameter, e.g. FTP M6 is installed with
set without the need for much force. Allen key size 6.
▪ The special geometry allows for an ▪ For installation with cordless screw-
almost expansion-force-free anchoring. driver: use a low torque and use the
This allows for small edge and spacing correct 6-kt bit FTP EM.
distances, and avoids splitting in the
case of plastered surfaces.
298
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M (metal)
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Metric screw Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth tration tration
FTP M 6 078415 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 M6 15 20 25
FTP M 8 078416 1) 10 - (12) 70 60 M8 20 25 25
FTP M 10 078417 1) 12 - (14) 80 70 M 10 25 30 25
1) Values in brackets for drill hole diameter apply for aerated concrete, compressive strength of 5,0 N/mm² or higher.
ACCESSORIES
Setting tool FTP EM for FTP M (metal)
Fits Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FTP EM 6 078577 FTP M6 1
FTP EM 8 078578 FTP M8 1
FTP EM 10 078579 FTP M10 1
LOADS
Turbo Aircrete anchor FTP M
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete and plaster walls.
The given loads are valid for screws with the specified diameter.
Type FTP M6 FTP M8 FTP M10
Thread M M6 M8 M10
Edge distance cmin [mm] 100 150 200
Aerated concrete PP2; PB2 (≥ 2,5 N/mm2) [kN] 0,30 0,45 0,60
Aerated concrete PP4; PB4 (≥ 5,0 N/mm 2) [kN] 0,50 0,65 0,70
Aerated concrete PP6; PB6 (≥ 7,5 N/mm 2) 0,70 0,80 0,90
Plaster wall [kN] - 0,45 0,65
1)
299
General fixings Brass fixing PA 4
The brass fixing for thin board building materials
Furniture fittings Furniture hinges
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wooden board building materials
▪ Plastic boards

▪ The short brass fixing PA 4 only ▪ Handles ▪ The PA 4 is suitable for pre-positioned
requires a very low anchorage depth ▪ Angle brackets installation.
and is therefore the solution for thin ▪ Furniture fittings ▪ Turning in the metric screw causes
board building materials. the front part of the brass fixing to
▪ The special surface structure of the expand, thus securely anchoring it in
PA 4 prevents the fixing from rotat- the substrate.
ing in the drill hole. This provides ▪ Calculating screw length for flush fix-
increased installation safety. ing installation: Fixing length + fixture
▪ The internal thread allows for the use thickness = min. screw length
of standard metric screws and ena-
bles the ideal adaptation to suit the
intended use.
300
Brass fixing PA 4
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Brass fixing PA4
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Bolt penetration Effect. anchoring Sales unit
depth depth
do h1 l M s hef
PA 4 M 6/7,5 050484 1) 8 7,5 7.5 M6 7,5 7,5 200
PA 4 M 6/10,5 058484 1) 8 10,5 10.5 M6 10,5 10,5 100
PA 4 M 6/13,5 059484 1) 8 13,5 13.5 M6 13,5 13,5 100
PA 4 M 8/25 050485 1) 10 25 25 M8 25 25 50
PA 4 M 10/25 050486 1) 12 25 25 M 10 25 25 25
1) Values of drill hole diameter apply for hard building materials. For soft building materials the drill diameter needs to be reduced by 0.5 mm.
LOADS
Brass fixing PA4
Type PA 4 M 6/7,5 PA 4 M 6/10,5 PA 4 M 6/13,5 PA 4 M 8/25 PA 4 M 10/25
Thread size [M] M6 M6 M6 M8 M10

Chipboard [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,40 - -
Deal wood [kN] 0,18 0,25 0,38 - -
Beechwood [kN] 0,50 0,75 1,00 - -
Plastics [kN] 0,75 1,50 2,00 - -
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] - - 0,80 1,95 2,30
1)
301
For the rear-ventilated stand-off fastening of balcony cladding

General fixings
to hollow profiles
Balcony cladding
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ For fixing onto hollow metal profiles

▪ The wide collar of the P9K plug fixes ▪ Balcony cladding ▪ Turning in the screw causes the plug
the balcony cladding to the hollow ▪ Fittings to expand in the hollow profile, thus
profile with a spacing. This avoids the ▪ Electrical switches ensuring a load-bearing connection.
formation of rot. ▪ The wide collar prevents direct contact
▪ The expansion within the railing post between the fixture and the hollow
means that no second drilling on the profile.
opposite side of the post is necessary.
This allows for a practically invisible
fixing of the balcony cladding.
▪ The material quality of the P9K creates
an elastic yet load-bearing connec-
tion. This allows for the absorption of
thermal stresses, thus increasing the
lifespan of the cladding.
▪ The short expansion element means
that the balcony cladding fixing only
requires a very small cavity. It is there-
fore suitable for narrow hollow profiles.
302
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Plug P 9 K
Drill hole diameter Screw diameter Collar height Width across nut Sales unit
do ds  SW
P9K 059395 9 5 5 15 50
LOADS
Balcony board fixing P9K
Type P9K
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 5

Wall thickness of hollow profile 2 mm [kN] 0,27
1)
303
General fixings Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB
To fix wooden step treads in concrete and steel sub-structures
Stair treads on steel stair stringers Stair treads on concrete stair stringers
BUILDING MATERIALS
TB for fixing in:
▪ Hollow steel profiles
TBB for fixing in:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid building materials

▪ The elastic shaft geometry allows for ▪ Wooden step treads ▪ The plastic expansion plugs are suit-
the absorption of vibrations, prevents able for anchoring wooden step treads
creaking, and thus increases comfort. and wooden boards >30 mm to steel
▪ The stair-tread fixing for steel sub- profiles (TB) or in solid building materi-
structures (TB) only requires a very als (TBB).
small cavity due to the short expan- ▪ The ideal retention forces are only
sion element. Thus it is suitable even achieved when using cold wood glue.
for narrow steel profiles. ▪ The plastic washers included with the
TBB allow you to level out any uneven-
ness in the substrate.
TECHNICAL DATA
Stair-tread fixing TB for installation Stair-tread fixing TBB for installation Stair-tread fixing TBZ 2 for centre-marking
on steel staircase stringers on concrete staircase stringers the stair-tread holes
Drill-hole in stair Drill-hole in steel Drill-hole in Collar height Screw Width across nut Adapted for Sales unit
thread staircase stringer concrete
ds x ls  SW
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [Ø mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
TB 060580 14 x 25 9 — 5 5 x 40 15 — 50
TBB 060583 14 x 25 — 8 x 55 — 5,5 x 70 — — 50
TBZ 2 060584 — — — — — — TB and TBB 10
304
Repair pad FIX.it
General fixings
To remedy over-sized or damaged drill holes
Repairing damaged curtain rails Repairing damaged curtain rails
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
crete, etc.
▪ Vertically perforated brick made from
lightweight concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ Using FIX.it means that you can avoid ▪ To repair over-sized or damaged drill ▪ The pad, which is covered with a spe-
having to drill another hole, and makes holes in combination with plastic cial mortar, hardens in the drill hole,
it possible to reuse a pre-existing drill plugs. thus anchoring the plug securely in
hole. the damaged or over-sized drill hole.
▪ The repair pad FIX.it can be used as a ▪ Wet the pad with water, wrap it
single layer or as multiple layers, and around the plug and push it into the
thus can be flexibly adapted to suit damaged drill hole.
various drill hole sizes and shapes. ▪ After about three minutes the special
▪ The pad, which is covered with a pad will harden and the fixture can
special mortar, hardens after only then be attached.
approx. three minutes in the drill hole. ▪ Use several pads for larger tolerances.
This allows for a fast installation of the ▪ The curing time for the first pad is
fixture. approx. three minutes. Add an addi-
tional minute for each additional pad
used.
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

FIX.it 092507 card with 10 FIX.it pads 20
305
General fixings Doorstop TS
The installation-friendly doorstop
Door stop
BUILDING MATARIALS CHARACTERISTICS

▪ Concrete
▪ Floor screed

▪ The extended plug shaft makes it pos- ▪ Doorstop with flexible positioning ▪ The doorstop TS is suitable for pre-
sible to attach the doorstop directly, positioned installation.
thus simplifying installation. ▪ When turning in the screw, the plug
▪ The invisible fixing ensures visual expands and anchors itself in the
appeal. building material.
▪ The TS contains all the components ▪ The plug must be pushed into the drill
required for installation and is there- hole up to the point where the plug
fore a convenient complete solution. shaft thickens.
▪ The doorstop is available in a range of ▪ It can be removed by removing the
colours to suit every floor covering and doorstop, unscrewing the screw, and
individual design wishes. pulling out the plug.
306
Doorstop TS
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Door stop TS Doorstop assortment TS-SORT

Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Colour Contents Sales unit
depth
do h1
TS 8 G 060535 8 50 grey — 10
TS 8 W 060536 8 50 white — 10
TS 8 S 060539 8 50 black — 10
TS 8 BR 060540 8 50 brown — 10
TS 8 BG 060551 8 50 beige — 10
TS-SORT 060521 8 50 assortment 5 x grey, white, beige, black brown 1
307
308
Cavity fixings
Cavity fixings
Cavity fixings
▪ Metal cavity fixing HM ................................................................................................ 310

▪ Gravity toggle/spring toggle K, KD, KDH, KM ................................................... 312
▪ Board fixing PD .............................................................................................................. 315
▪ Plasterboard fixing GK ................................................................................................ 317
▪ Plasterboard fixing metal GKM ................................................................................ 319
309
Cavity fixings Metal cavity fixing HM
The versatile metal cavity fixing with metric screws
Curtain rails Shelves
BUILDING MATERIALS
fibreboards
▪ Cavity floor slabs
▪ Light building boards made of wood
wool
▪ Chipboard
▪ Plywood

▪ Due to the extensive range, the HM ▪ Pictures ▪ The metal cavity fixing HM is suitable
is suitable for board building materi- ▪ Lighting for pre-positioned installation.
als with a thickness of 3-50 mm and ▪ Shelves ▪ The fixing should be selected based
thus suitable for a number of different ▪ Towel rails on the thickness of the board building
applications. ▪ Mirror cabinets material, to allow the very best expan-
▪ The metric internal thread allows the ▪ Curtain rails sion in the cavity.
attachment to be removed and refitted ▪ TV consoles ▪ During installation, the expanding
several times, thus offering the best ▪ Sub-structures arms swing open and press onto the
possible flexibility. reverse side of the board.
▪ The HM‘s expanding arms ensure a ▪ The HM can be installed using installa-
large supporting surface, thus allowing tion pliers. If using a battery operated
a high load-bearing capacity. screwdriver or screwdriver for installa-
▪ The claws around the edge of the fix- tion, the pre-assembled screws must
ing penetrate the board building mate- be removed first. When screwing in
rial, preventing the fixing from rotating, and expanding the fixing, the attach-
thus ensuring a secure installation. ment, or a max. 6 mm plate, needs to
be used as a turning stop.
310
Metal cavity fixing HM
Cavity fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
HM-S with metric screw HM-SS with hexagon headed screw HM-H with angle hook
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Screw Max. panel Max. fixture Sales unit
depth thickness thickness
do h1 l ds x ls dp t fix
HM 4 x 32 S 062306 8 42 32 M 4 x 40 3 - 13 16 50
HM 4 x 46 S 062307 8 56 46 M 4 x 52 5 - 18 23 50
HM 4 x 59 S 062308 8 69 59 M 4 x 66 35 - 42 16 50
HM 5 x 37 S 062310 10 47 37 M 5 x 45 6 - 15 19 50
HM 5 x 52 S 062311 10 62 52 M 5 x 60 7 - 21 24 50
HM 5 x 65 S 062312 10 75 65 M 5 x 73 20 - 34 24 50
HM 6 x 37 S 062314 12 47 37 M 6 x 45 6 - 15 14 50
HM 6 x 52 S 062315 12 62 52 M 6 x 60 10 - 21 24 50
HM 6 x 65 S 062328 12 75 65 M 6 x 70 20 - 34 24 50
HM 6 x 80 S 062316 12 90 80 M 6 x 88 38 - 50 24 50
HM 8 x 55 SS 062329 1) 12 65 55 M 8 x 60 10 - 21 24 50
HM 4 x 32 H 062318 8 42 32 — 3 - 13 — 50
HM 5 x 65 H 062326 10 75 65 — 20 - 34 — 50
1) with hexagon headed screw, assembly only by using the professional installation tool HM Z 1
ACCESSORIES
HM Z 1 - the professional instal-

HM Z 2 - the DIY installation tool
lation tool
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
HM Z 1 062320 1
HM Z 2 062321 1
LOADS
Metal cavity fixing HM
Type HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM
4 x 32 S 4 x 46 S 5 x 37 S 5 x 52 S 5 x 65 S 6 x 37 S 6 x 52 S 6 x 65 S 8 x 55 SS
Thread size [M] M4 M4 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M6 M8
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 - 0,15 - - -
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 - 0,20 0,20 - 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 19 mm (2 x 9,5 mm) [kN] - - - 0,25 - - 0,25 - 0,25
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm (2 x 12,5 mm) [kN] - - - - 0,30 - - 0,30 -
Chipboard 10 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Chipboard 13 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Chipboard 28 mm [kN] - - - - 0,50 - - 0,50 -
Plywood 4 mm [kN] 0,10 - - - - - - - -
Hardboard 3 mm [kN] 0,10 - - - - - - - -
Wood wool slab 16 mm [kN] - 0,05 - 0,05 - - 0,05 - 0,05
Wood wool slab 25 mm [kN] - - - - 0,05 - - 0,05 -
Fibre cement board 8 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 - - -
Gypsum fibreboard 10 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Gypsum fibreboard 15 mm [kN] - 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
1)
311
Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM
The cavity fixing for different board thicknesses and large

Cavity fixings
usage lengths
Ceiling lamps Wash basins

fibreboards
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Chipboard
▪ Plywood

▪ The long threaded rod of the toggle ▪ Pictures ▪ The gravity and spring toggle are suit-
fixings KD and KDH allows for use ▪ Lighting able for pre-positioned installation.
with different board thicknesses and ▪ Light shelves ▪ When placed in the drill hole, the bear-
thick attachments, and offers maxi- ▪ Towel rails ing elements of the gravity and spring
mum flexibility. ▪ Mirror cabinets toggles independently swing open
▪ An integrated tension spring causes ▪ Light cabinets behind the board.
the catch elements of the spring tog- ▪ Wash basins and urinals (KM 10) ▪ The KM 10 is specially suited to fixing
gles KD 3+4 and KDH 3+4 to open wash basins and urinals into installa-
independently, thus allowing for a tion and cavity walls.
simple installation. ▪ No special installation tool required.
▪ The wide transition beams ensure a For a fast and convenient installation.
good load distribution. This achieves a
high load-bearing capacity.
▪ The nylon gravity toggle K54 allows
for the use of standard wood and
chipboard screws.
312
Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM
Cavity fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Nylon toggle K 54
Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit
do dp a l Ø x length
K 54 050323 10 65 58 125 woodscrew 4mm 25
TECHNICAL DATA
Spring toggle KD 3 + 4
Spring toggle KDH 3 + 4
KD 3 080181 12 65 27 95 M 3 x 90 50
KDH 3 080182 12 51 27 105 M 3 x 80 25
KD 3 B 080192 12 65 27 95 M 3 x 90 10
KD 4 080183 14 69 34 105 M 4 x 100 25
KDH 4 080184 14 35 34 95 M 4 x 70 25
KD 4 B 080193 14 69 34 105 M 4 x 100 10
313
Cavity fixings Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM
TECHNICAL DATA
Gravity toggle KD 5 + 6 + 8
Gravity toggle KDH 5 + 6 + 8
KD 5 080187 16 63 70 100 M 5 x 100 25
KDH 5 080188 16 60 70 130 M 5 x 90 20
KD 6 080185 16 63 70 100 M 6 x 100 25
KDH 6 080186 16 60 70 130 M 6 x 100 20
KD 8 080178 20 55 75 100 M 8 x 100 20
KDH 8 080179 20 55 75 130 M 8 x 100 20
TECHNICAL DATA
Gravity toggle KM 10
Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Screw Sales unit
do dp a l ds x ls
KM 10 050326 30 90 140 240 M 10 x 180 25
LOADS
Toggle fixing KD
Type KD3 KD4 KD5 KD6 KD8 KDH3 KDH4 KDH5 KDH6 KDH8
Thread size [M] M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M3 M4 M5 M8 M10

Max. possible recommended load3) [kN] 0,35 0,50 1,50 1,90 3,20 0,05 0,10 0,17 0,32 1,00
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25
Oriented strand board 15 mm [kN] 0,35 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 - - - - -
Oriented strand board 22 mm [kN] - - - 0,80 1,20 - - - - -
1)
If the failure of the base material is not possible.
2)
314
Board fixing PD
The expansion plug for fixings in gypsum plasterboard, gypsum
Cavity fixings
fibreboard and wooden panels
Towel rails Small shelves

fibreboards
▪ Wooden boards
▪ MDF boards
▪ Multiplex boards
▪ OSB boards
▪ Plywood boards
▪ Chipboard
▪ Wood core plywood boards

▪ The operating principle of the fixing ▪ Pictures ▪ The board fixing PD is suitable for pre-
allows for use in various board thick- ▪ Lighting positioned installation.
nesses, including in low cavity depths. ▪ Shelves ▪ Use rotary drilling to create the drill
This provides great flexibility. ▪ Towel rails hole.
▪ The special fixing geometry with a ▪ Mirror cabinets ▪ When the screw is tightened, the
nylon cone ensures a high tightening ▪ Curtain rails plastic cone is pulled into the sleeve
torque that can be identified immedi- and expands the fixing.
ately. This offers a high level of installa- ▪ Use full-thread screws, or alternatively,
tion safety. the part of the screw without thread
▪ The longitudinal ribs prevent the fixing may not be longer than the thickness
from rotating in the drill hole, thus of the item being attached.
allowing for a reliable installation. ▪ Do not use screws with double-start
▪ The board fixing PD can be used with threads.
the most wide-ranging screws, hooks
and eye screws. This allows for a
broad range of applications.
315
Cavity fixings Board fixing PD
TECHNICAL DATA
Board fixing PD
Board fixing PD S - with chipboard screw
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Chipboard screw Max. fixture Sales unit
depth thickness thickness
do h1 dp l ds / ds x ls t fix
PD 8 024771 8 31 6 29 4 — 100
PD 10 015935 10 30 7 28 5 — 100
PD 12 015937 12 29 9 27 6 — 50
PD 8 S 024772 1) 8 31 6 29 4 x 40 11 50
PD 10 S 015936 1) 10 30 7 28 5 x 40 12 50
PD 12 S 015938 1) 12 29 9 27 6 x 50 22 25
1) PD-S with chipboard screw.
LOADS
Board fixing PD
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameter.
Type PD 8 PD 10 PD 12
Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4 5 6

Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,15
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15
Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,30
Plywood [kN] 0,15 0,40 0,80
Chipboard 16 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25
1)
316
Plasterboard fixing GK
Cavity fixings
The fastest installation in gypsum plasterboard
Wall lamps in series installation Wall lamps

▪ Gypsum plasterboard, single and
double-planked

▪ The included setting tool combines ▪ Pictures ▪ The gypsum plasterboard fixing GK is
the drilling and fixing setting functions. ▪ Lighting suitable for pre-positioned installation.
It thus allows for a fast and simple ▪ Electrical installations ▪ The GK is screwed flush into the
installation. ▪ Fitting accessories gypsum plasterboard using the setting
▪ The sharp, self-tapping thread of the Ideal for: tool provided. Overtightening the
GK enables a secure, positive fit fixing. ▪ Series installations fixing should be avoided. Therefore,
This achieves a high load-bearing the installation torque should be
capacity. limited when using a battery operated
▪ The short fixing length means that screwdriver.
only a small amount of space is ▪ Adapted for wood, self-tapping and
required behind the board. As a result, chipboard screws of 4.0 to 5.0 mm
the GK can also be used in the case of diameter.
unknown board thickness and cavity ▪ For board thicknesses greater than
depth. 15 mm, drill a hole first by using the
▪ The cross-drive recess in the head of setting tool.
the fixing means that the GK can also ▪ Not suitable for gypsum fibreboard
be screwed out like a screw without a and tiled plasterboard.
setting tool.
▪ The GK can be used with the most
wide-ranging screws, hooks and eye
screws. This allows for a broad range
of applications.
317
Cavity fixings Plasterboard fixing GK
TECHNICAL DATA
Plasterboard fixing GKS
Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. fixture thick- Screw Actuation Sales unit
first supporting layer ness
l t t fix ds x ls
GK 052389 1) 22 25 — 4,5 - 5,0 x LS — 100
GKS 052390 2) 22 25 13 4,5 x 35 PZ2 50
1) Min. screw length = length of plug 22 mm + thickness of building component.
2) Supplied with plasterboard screw.
ACCESSORIES
Installation tool GKW
Sales unit
Item [pcs]
GKW 052393 10
LOADS
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameters.
Type GK
Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4,0 - 5,0

Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,07
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11
1)
318
Plasterboard fixing metal GKM
The self-tapping metal fixing for gypsum plasterboard and
Cavity fixings
gypsum fibreboard
Wall lamps Speaker cabinets
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Gypsum fibreboard
▪ Gypsum plasterboard

▪ Due to its material properties, the ▪ Pictures ▪ The GKM is suitable for pre-positioned
GKM can be used in gypsum plaster- ▪ Lighting installation.
board and gypsum fibreboard, and can ▪ Electrical installations ▪ The self-tapping metal fixing GKM
be used with the most wide-ranging ▪ Fitting accessories taps itself into the plasterboard with a
screws, hooks and eye screws. This positive fit.
allows for a broad range of applica- ▪ Flush installation in the board building
tions. material. Overtightening the fixing
▪ The sharp, self-tapping thread enables should be avoided. Therefore, the
a secure, positive fit fixing. This installation torque should be limited
achieves a high load-bearing capacity. when using a battery operated screw-
▪ The cross-drive recess means that driver.
a standard screwdriver or bit can ▪ Adapted for wood, self-tapping and
be used. No special setting tool is chipboard screws of 4.0 to 5.0 mm
required. diameter.
▪ The short fixing length means that ▪ Pre-drill with a Ø 8 mm drill bit when
only a small amount of space is using gypsum fibreboard and double-
required behind the board. As a result, planked gypsum plasterboard.
the GKM can also be used in the case ▪ Not suitable for tiled plasterboard.
of unknown board thickness and cav-
ity depth.
319
Cavity fixings Plasterboard fixing metal GKM
TECHNICAL DATA
Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. fixture thick- Screw Actuation Sales unit
first supporting layer ness
l t t fix ds x ls
GKM 024556 31 35 — 4,5 - 5,0 x LS — 100
GKM 12 040432 1) 31 35 12 4,5 x 35 PZ2 100
GKM 27 040434 2) 31 35 27 4,5 x 50 PZ2 100
1) Supplied with plasterboard screws with pan head.
2) Supplied with plasterboard screws with countersunk head.
LOADS
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameters.
Type GKM
Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4,0 - 5,0

Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11
1)
320
321
Cavity fixings
322
Electrical fixings
Electrical fixings
Electrical fixings
▪ ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS ................................................................................................ 324

▪ ClipFix plus SD ............................................................................................................... 326
▪ Cable clasp KB ............................................................................................................... 328
▪ Cable harness SHA ...................................................................................................... 330
▪ Pipe clip RC ..................................................................................................................... 332
▪ Pipe clip FC ..................................................................................................................... 334
▪ Saddle clip SCH............................................................................................................. 336
▪ Nail clip NS / MNS ...................................................................................................... 338
▪ Nail disc NSB .................................................................................................................. 340
▪ Spacer pipe clamp AM ............................................................................................... 342
▪ Conduit clip BSM .......................................................................................................... 344
▪ Impact nail ED ................................................................................................................ 346
▪ Cable tie BN / UBN...................................................................................................... 348
▪ Wireclip ............................................................................................................................ 350
323
Electrical fixings ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS
The user-friendly clip fixing for pipes and conduits
Cable fixing Fixing flexible pipes

▪ Concrete
▪ Solid pumice block
▪ Solid brick

▪ The complete element combines For fixing of: ▪ The clip fixing is set into the drill hole
anchor, screw and clamp. This saves ▪ Individual electric cables without the need for any additional
materials, allows for one-handed instal- ▪ Cable bundles screws and fixes the pipe directly to
lation, and reduces assembly time. ▪ Flexible pipes the base material.
▪ The slimline geometry of the fixing ▪ Rigid plastic pipes ▪ The clamping force of the locking
element only protrudes slightly, thus catch allows the ClipFix to hold itself in
saving space. the drill hole.
▪ The three different sizes of each of ▪ Place the clasp of the cable strap LS
the cable strap LS, twin clamp ZS and into the drill hole so that it is level and
single clamp ES cover a range of cable the teeth grip.
diameters, thus reducing storage. ▪ Recommended loads (safety factor 4):
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is cable strap LS up to 6 kg, twin clamp
flame resistant, halogen- and silicone- ZS and single clamp ES up to 11 kg
free, can be used all year round, ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
including during a frost. This ensures a from -20°C to +80°C.
high level of safety.
324
ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Clip fix plus cable strap SF plus LS
Clip fix plus single clamp SF plus ES
ClipFix plus twin clamp SF plus ZS
Drill-hole Min. drill hole Clamping range Sales unit

depth
d0 h1 D
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus LS 3/13 058155 6 35 3 - 13 100
SF plus LS 8/28 058156 6 50 8 - 28 100
SF plus LS 20/40 058157 6 50 20 - 40 100
SF plus ES 10 048151 6 40 3 - 12 100
SF plus ES 18 048152 6 40 10 - 25 100
SF plus ES 28 058183 6 40 15 - 31 100
SF plus ZS 10 058184 6 35 3 - 12 100
SF plus ZS 18 048161 6 40 10 - 25 100
SF plus ZS 28 048162 6 40 15 - 31 75
325
Electrical fixings ClipFix plus SD
The user-friendly clip fixing for cable ducts and cable clasps
Fixing cable ducts Fixing cable harnesses

▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The ClipFix plus SD combines anchor For fixing of: ▪ To fix, manually place the ClipFix plus
and screw. This saves on materials ▪ Cable channels SD directly into the drill hole. No addi-
and makes it easier to affix cable ducts ▪ Cable clasps tional screws are needed.
that are difficult to access without the ▪ Installation base cable harness ▪ The clamping force of the locking
need for additional tools. ▪ Flat building components catch allows the ClipFix to hold itself in
▪ The simple clip fixing reduces installa- the drill hole.
tion time. ▪ Recommended loads (safety factor 4):
▪ The extended shank of the clip fixing SD up to 11 kg
FS plus SD 40 allows bridging of non- ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
bearing plaster layers, as well as the from -20°C to +80°C.
fixing of thicker attachments.
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is
flame resistant, halogen- and silicone-
free. It can be used all year round,
including during a frost. This ensures a
high level of safety.
326
ClipFix plus SD
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
fischer ClipFix plus clip fixing SF plus SD
Drill-hole Min. drill hole Usable length Sales unit

depth
d0 h1 tfix
SF plus SD 30 058178 6 35 4 200
SF plus SD 40 058179 6 35 15 100
327
Electrical fixings Cable clasp KB
The flat cable clasp for space-saving cable fixing
Fixing cable harnesses Fixing cable harnesses

When using ClipFix SD:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The flat design of the KB cable clasp ▪ For the fixing of several individual ▪ The cables are clamped under the
allows for a space-saving cable fixing, cables clasps. Additional cables can be easily
and simplifies subsequent cable- laid even after installation.
laying. ▪ The cable clasp KB is adapted to be
▪ The combination of cable clasp KB fixed either with fixing SD or with
and ClipFix SD allows for one-handed Hammerfix N6.
installation, thus enabling a flexible ▪ Manually place the ClipFix plus SD
and economic installation. directly into the drill hole. No addi-
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is halo- tional screws are needed.
gen- and silicone-free. It can be used ▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when
all year round, including during a frost. the nail is driven in, and holds by fric-
This ensures a high level of safety. tion in the drill hole.
▪ Temperature resistance once installed
from -20°C to +80°C.
328
Cable clasp KB
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
SFplus KB 8
SFplus KB 16
Cable clasp KB 8
Cable clasp KB 16
Drill-hole Min. drill hole Dimensions Dimension of slot Max. number of ducts Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 axb BxL
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus KB 8 048171 6 35 — — 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
SF plus KB 16 048172 6 35 — — 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25
KB 8 058135 — — 15 x 133 6 x 10 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
KB 16 058136 — — 15 x 230 6 x 10 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
329
Electrical fixings Cable harness SHA
The adaptable cable harness for fixing cable bundles
Fixing cable bundles Fixing cable bundels

When using clip fixing SD:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The seal of the cable harness SHA For fixing of: ▪ Cable bundles can be laid in the cable
makes it easy to lay cables at a later ▪ Electric cables, loose and bundled harness SHA. The seal makes it easy
date, thus ensuring high user-friend- to lay cables at a later date.
liness. ▪ The cable harness SHA can either be
▪ Combining several SHA cable har- affixed with ClipFix plus, installation
nesses allows for a cost-effective fixing base MS or with plugs and screws.
of cables to just one MS installation ▪ Several SHA cable harnesses can be
base. combined below one another.
▪ The MS installation base allows for ▪ The SHA cable harnesses can also be
various fixing options, and allows for lined up adjacent to one another with
great flexibility for the installation. the connection piece SHA KP.
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is halo- ▪ The maximum installation distance of
gen- and silicone-free. It can be used 80 cm must not be exceeded.
all year round, including during a frost. ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
This ensures a high level of safety. from -20°C to +80°C.
330
Cable harness SHA
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Cable harness SHA
Installation base SHA MS
Steckfix plus installation base SF plus MS
Connection piece SHA KP
Drill-hole Min. drill hole Dimensions Max. number of ducts Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 axb
SHA 15 058139 — — 93 x 49 15 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
SHA 30 058140 — — 128 x 59 30 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25
SHA MS 058141 — — 41 x 27 connection piece 50
SF plus MS 048181 6 35 41 x 27 installation base with clip-plug 50
SHA KP 058142 — — — installation base 50
331
Electrical fixings Pipe clip RC
The convenient pipe fixing
Fixing plastic insulation pipes Fixing plastic insulation pipes

When using clip fixing SD:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The pipe clip RC can be used with For fixing of: ▪ Plastic insulation pipes are laid into
pre-installed clip fixing SD, with Ham- ▪ Plastic insulation pipes the pipe clip. The pre-tensioning of the
merfix N 6 or in 11 mm C-shaped pipe clip holds the pipes securely.
profile-rails, and thus allows for a flex- ▪ The pipe clip RC is adapted to be fixed
ible and cost-effective installation. with either clip fixing SD or Hammer-
▪ The 6 mm-long hole allows for the fix N 6.
optimal alignment of the pipe fixing ▪ Manually place the ClipFix plus SD
and ensures a more user-friendly directly into the drill hole. No addi-
installation. tional screws are needed.
▪ Two additional pipe clips can be ▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when
added to the sides of a pre-fixed pipe the nail is driven in, and holds by fric-
clip. This saves assembly time and tion in the drill hole.
materials. ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is halo- from -20°C to +80°C.
gen- and silicone-free. It can be used
all year round, including during a frost.
This ensures a high level of safety.
332
Pipe clip RC
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Clipfix plus pipe clip RC
Pipe clip RC PG
Drill-hole Min. drill hole Suitable for IEC Clamping range Dimension of slot Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 D BxL
Item [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus RC IEC 12 048190 6 35 12 12 - 13 6x7 100
SF plus RC IEC 16 048191 6 35 16 15 - 16 6x8 100
SF plus RC IEC 20 048193 6 35 20 20 - 21 6 x 10 100
SF plus RC IEC 25 048197 6 35 25 24 - 25 6 x 10 50
SF plus RC IEC 32 048198 6 35 32 31 - 32 6 x 10 25
SF plus RC IEC 40 048199 6 35 40 38 - 40 6 x 10 25
RC IEC 12 058194 — — 12 12 - 13 6x7 100
RC IEC 16 058120 — — 16 15 - 16 6x8 100
RC IEC 20 058122 — — 20 20 - 21 6 x 10 100
RC IEC 25 058198 — — 25 24 - 25 6 x 10 50
RC IEC 32 058199 — — 32 31 - 32 6 x 10 40
RC IEC 40 058200 — — 40 39 - 40 6 x 10 40
RC IEC 50 079194 1) — — 50 50 - 51 6 x 10 20
RC IEC 63 079196 1) — — 63 62 - 64 6 x 10 15
1) Does not include latching catches, therefore cannot be mounted side by side.
333
Electrical fixings Pipe clip FC
The flexible pipe clip for various diameters
Cable fixing Fixing plastic insulating conduits

When using Hammerfix N:
▪ Concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Natural stone
concrete

▪ The flexible pipe clip socket ensures a For fixing of: ▪ The cable or pipe is laid in the pipe
secure hold for various cable and pipe ▪ Electric cables clip FC. The pre-tensioning of the pipe
diameters, and reduces the number of ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic pipes clip holds the cables or pipes securely.
products required. ▪ The pipe clip FC is adapted to be fixed
▪ The pipe clip FC can be installed with with N 5 Hammerfixes.
both N 5 Hammerfixes and 11 mm- ▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when
C-shaped profile-rails, and thus offers the nail is driven in, and holds by fric-
great flexibility. tion in the drill hole.
▪ Two additional pipe clips can be ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
added to the sides of a pre-fixed clip from -40°C to +80°C.
clamp. This saves assembly time and
materials.
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is
halogen-free. It can be used all year
round, including during a frost. This
ensures a high level of safety.
334
Pipe clip FC
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Pipe clip FC
Clamping range Sales unit

D
FC 6 - 9 GR 068060 6-9 100
FC 9 - 12 GR 068062 9 - 12 100
FC 12 - 16 GR 068064 12 - 16 50
FC 16 - 20 GR 068066 16 - 20 25
335
Electrical fixings Saddle clip SCH
The flexible cable clamp for various diameters
Fixing cable harnesses Cable fixing

▪ Concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Natural stone
concrete

▪ With its elastic spring tabs, the saddle For fixing of: ▪ The cables or pipes are laid in the sad-
clip SCH can bear different cable ▪ Electric cables dle clip SCH and fixed by inserting the
diameters. This increases flexibility ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic pipes locking latch.
and reduces the number of products ▪ The internal tabs adapt to fit various
required. cable or pipe diameters.
▪ Additional clips can be added to the ▪ The saddle clip SCH is adapted to be
sides of a pre-fixed clip. This saves fixed with N 5 Hammerfixes.
installation time and materials. ▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is halo- the nail is driven in, and is held in
gen- and silicone-free. It can be used place by friction in the drill hole.
all year round, including during a frost. ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
This ensures a high level of safety. from -40°C to +80°C.
336
Saddle clip SCH
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Saddle SCH, colour: Nylon transparent
Saddle SCH, colour: grey RAL 7035
Art.-No. Clamping range Dimension of insulated pipes Sales unit
Nylon Grey D
Item transparent RAL 7035 [mm] [pcs]
SCH 812 060012 068012 8 - 12 6x1-8x1 100
SCH 1216 060016 068016 12 - 16 10 x 1 - 12 x 1 50
SCH 1619 069019 068019 16 - 19 — 50
SCH 1623 060023 068023 16 - 23 15 x 1 - 18 x 1 50
SCH 2332 060032 068032 23 - 32 22 x 1 - 22 x 1,5 25
SCH 3242 060042 — 32 - 42 22 x 1 - 22 x 1,5 25
337
Electrical fixings Nail clip NS / MNS
The fast fixing for electric cables
Cable fixing Cable fixing

▪ Hardboard
▪ Wood
▪ Chipboard
▪ Plywood
▪ Solid gypsum panels and other plas-
tered substrates

▪ The nail clip features a pre-assembled ▪ To fix electric cables with varying ▪ Position the nail clip with the laid
nail, allowing for a fast fixing, thus diameters cable. Hammer in the pre-assembled
reducing assembly time. nail with a hammer.
▪ The small space required for fixing
simplifies installation in narrow spaces.
▪ The nail clip MNS covers cable diam-
eters from 4 mm to 14 mm with just
3 sizes.
338
Nail clip NS / MNS
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Nail clip NS
Nail clip MNS
For cable Clamping range Length of nail Sales unit

D L
NS 7 058173 7 7 25 100
NS 8 058174 8 8 25 100
NS 9 058175 9 9 25 100
NS 10 058176 10 10 30 100
NS 12 058177 12 12 35 100
MNS 4-7 094673 — 4-7 25 100
MNS 7-11 094674 — 7 - 11 25 100
MNS 10-14 094675 — 10 - 14 30 100
339
Electrical fixings Nail disc NSB
The secure cable fixing in wall slots
Cable fixing Cable fixing in slits
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wall slots
Also suitable for:
▪ Hardboard
▪ Wood
▪ Chipboard
▪ Plywood
▪ Solid gypsum panels

▪ The nail disc NSB allows for use in two ▪ For fixing cables in wall slots ▪ Align the nail disc with either dimen-
slot widths, thus offering high flexibil- sions 27 mm or 34 mm, depending
ity for the installation. on the slot width, and hit the nail in
▪ The vaulted structure of the nail disc with the hammer.
ensures an optimal contact pressure ▪ The disc fixes the cable in the wall slot.
and, as such, for a secure hold.
▪ The flat nail disc only protrudes
slightly, and can thus be easily plas-
tered over.
▪ The nail disc NSB is made from high-
strength polypropylene. The nail is
made from hardened, galvanised steel.
The tried and tested material combina-
tion for in-wall installation.
340
Nail disc NSB
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Nail disc NSB
Dimension of nail Dimension of disc Sales unit

axb bxl
NSB 2/40 048308 2 x 40 27 x 34 200
NSB 2/50 048309 2 x 50 27 x 34 150
NSB 2/60 048310 2 x 60 27 x 34 100
NSB 3/40 048311 3 x 40 27 x 34 150
NSB 3/50 048312 3 x 50 27 x 34 150
NSB 3/60 048313 3 x 60 27 x 34 100
341
Electrical fixings Spacer pipe clamp AM
The installation-friendly metal spacing disc for cables and pipes
Fixing steel armoured conduits Fixing conduits
BUILDING MATERIALS
When using nail anchor FNA II:
▪ Concrete
▪ Pre-stressed concrete hollow slabs
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Natural stone
concrete

▪ The fast-locking latch ensures easy For fixing of: ▪ The spacer clamp AM with M6 thread
opening and closing without com- ▪ Steel conduits can either be affixed with fischer nail
pletely removing the screw, and allows ▪ Electric cables anchor FNA II 6x30 M6x43, stud
for a simple and fast installation. screw STST 6x60 and STST 6x80 or
▪ The pre-fitted combination screw with with Hammerfix N 6x40 M6.
conventional slotted or recessed screw
head allows for the use of different
screwdrivers, thus allowing for a sim-
ple installation.
342
Spacer pipe clamp AM
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Metal two-piece pipe clamp AM
Dimension IEC Clamping range Sales unit

D
AM 8 060185 — 8 50
AM 10 060186 — 10 50
AM 12 060187 12 12 50
AM 14 060188 — 14 50
AM 15/16 060189 16 15 - 16 50
AM 18 060190 — 18 50
AM 20 060191 20 20 50
AM 22 060192 — 22 50
AM 24 060193 — 24 50
AM 25/26 060194 25 25 - 26 50
AM 28 060195 — 28 50
AM 30 060196 — 30 50
AM 32 060209 32 32 25
AM 34 060210 — 34 25
AM 37 060211 37 37 20
AM 40 090849 40 40 15
AM 50 090850 50 50 10
AM 63 090851 63 63 10
343
Electrical fixings Conduit clip BSM
The flat metal clip for cables and pipes
Fixing armoured conduits Fixing armoured conduits
BUILDING MATERIALS
When using impact nail ED:
▪ Concrete

▪ The open conduit clip BSM is ideal for For fixing of: ▪ Depending on your requirements, use
the post-installation fixing of conduits. ▪ Electrical conduits a conduit clip with 1 or 2 fixing points,
▪ The conduit clip allows for a direct fix- ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating or a twin clamp.
ing with impact nails and is, therefore, ▪ Steel conduits ▪ The conduits or pipes are laid in the
quick and easy to install. conduit clip. Assembling the clip fixes
▪ Two conduits or pipes can be fixed the conduits / pipes.
with just one fixing point with the twin ▪ Our recommendation for fixtures on
clamp BSMZ. concrete: Impact nail ED 15, 18, 22.
344
Conduit clip BSM
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Conduit clip BSM
Conduit clip BSMD
Conduit clip BSMZ
Art.-No. Dimension IEC Clamping range Sales unit
D
Item BSM BSMD BSMZ [mm] [pcs]
6 015014 — — — 6 100
8 015015 — — — 8 100
10 015016 — — — 10 100
10 — 015068 — — 10 50
12 015017 015069 — — 12 50
14 015018 015070 — — 14 50
15 015093 — — — 15 50
16 060149 060169 — 16 16 50
18 060150 060170 — — 18 50
20 060151 060171 079535 20 20 50
22 060152 060172 — — 22 50
24 060153 — 079536 — 24 50
25 090839 090844 — 25 25 50
26 096958 015076 — — 26 50
28 — 060175 — — 28 25
28 060155 — 079537 — 28 50
30 015019 — — — 30 50
32 090840 — — 32 32 50
32 — 090845 — 32 32 25
37 060158 060178 — — 37 25
40 090841 090846 — 40 40 25
42 — 015081 — — 42 20
42 015021 — — — 42 25
47 512699 015082 — — 47 20
50 090842 — — 50 50 20
50 — 090847 — 50 50 15
63 — 090848 — 63 63 10
63 090843 — — 63 63 15
345
Electrical fixings Impact nail ED
Fixing in concrete without pre-drilling
Fixing armoured conduits Fixing perforated tapes
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete

▪ The stable impact nail ED can be set For fixing of: ▪ The impact nail ED is set in the setting
in concrete with the impact nail set- ▪ Conduit clips such as BSM, BSMD, tool SZE.
ting tool SZE without pre-drilling. This BSMZ ▪ The bracket in the setting tool holds
allows for a fast installation. ▪ Perforated band such as LBK, LBV the nail securely in place during the
▪ The setting tool SZE‘s impact protec- installation procedure.
tion provides the best protection for ▪ The nail can then be directly hit into
your hand, thus ensuring a safe instal- the concrete.
lation.
346
Impact nail ED
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Impact nail ED
Length Diameter Sales unit

l D
ED 15 048212 15 4 200
ED 18 079815 18 4 200
ED 22 014570 22 4 200
TECHNICAL DATA
Impact nail setting tool SZE Toolset for SZE

Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

SZE 079820 1
Toolset for SZE 043365 4
347
Electrical fixings Cable tie BN / UBN
For the simple bundling of cables and pipes
Cable fixing Bundling electric cables
CHARACTERISTICS

▪ The long-lasting nylon material is halo- For bundling of ▪ Lie the cable tie around the object to
gen- and silicone-free. ▪ Electric cables be fixed, and pull the band through
▪ The cable tie UBN (black) is made ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating the head of the cable tie. The cable tie
from UV-stabilised material, and is pipes can no longer be opened due to the
therefore particularly suited to use in ▪ Steel conduits latching of the tab in the teeth.
exterior areas. ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
from -40°C to +80°C
▪ Recommended processing tempera-
ture up to -25°C
348
Cable tie BN / UBN
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Cable tie BN, colour: transparent
Cable tie UBN, colour: black
Colour: Colour: Dimensions Sales unit Outer carton

transparent black
bxl
[mm] [pcs] [pcs]
Item
BN/UBN 2,5 x 100 087478 087488 2,5 x 100 100 20000
BN/UBN 2,5 x 120 087479 087489 2,5 x 120 100 15000
BN/UBN 2,5 x 200 087480 087490 2,5 x 200 100 10000
BN/UBN 3,6 x 150 087481 087491 3,6 x 150 100 10000
BN/UBN 3,6 x 200 019802 037573 3,6 x 200 100 10000
BN/UBN 3,6 x 300 037490 069364 3,6 x 300 100 7500
BN/UBN 4,6 x 200 087484 087494 4,6 x 200 100 7500
BN/UBN 4,8 x 250 037582 069367 4,8 x 250 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 280 087485 087495 4,8 x 280 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 350 037653 069368 4,8 x 350 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 370 037583 069369 4,8 x 370 100 8000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 430 037708 069370 4,8 x 430 100 5000
BN/UBN 7,6 x 350 087487 087497 7,6 x 350 100 2500
BN/UBN 7,6 x 450 037996 069374 7,6 x 450 100 2500
BN/UBN 7,6 x 550 037997 069375 7,6 x 550 100 2000
BN/UBN 8,8 x 760 037998 069376 8,8 x 760 100 1800
BN/UBN 8,8 x 810 038000 069377 8,8 x 810 100 1500
BN/UBN 8,8 x 1168 038002 069379 8,8 x 1168 100 800
349
Electrical fixings Wireclip WIC
Infinitely variable fixing of wire suspensions
Suspension of signs Suspensions for trade show exhibits
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNUNCTIONING

▪ The simple system, comprising wire For suspension of: ▪ Loops are formed from the wire, which
and Wireclip, guarantees ease of use. ▪ Lighting strips can be threaded through the Wire-
▪ The Wireclip‘s simple closing mecha- ▪ Cable trays clips. This allows objects to be hung.
nism means that no tools are needed. ▪ Bus bars The Wireclips can be adjusted at any
This allows for a cost-effective instal- ▪ Ventilation ducts time.
lation. ▪ Pipes ▪ The FNA II 6x25 OE is suitable for
▪ The reclosable Wireclips make it pos- ▪ Signs fixing the wire.
sible to adjust the length at any time. ▪ Cooling ceilings Note:
This guarantees the greatest flexibility. ▪ Do not apply paint or any other coat-
ing.
▪ Do not apply lubricant.
▪ Do not use for lifting loads.
▪ Remove damaged wire ends using the
wire cutter WIZ prior to introducing
wires into the Wireclip.
350
Wireclip WIC
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
WIC 2 WIC 3 WIC 4

Wire-Ø Sales unit

WIC 2 VE20 044559 2 - 2,5 20
WIC 3 VE20 044561 2,5 - 3,5 20
WIC 4 VE10 044563 3-4 10
WIC 2 VE100 044560 2 - 2,5 100
WIC 3 VE100 044562 2,5 - 3,5 100
WIC 4 VE50 044564 3-4 50
TECHNICAL DATA
WIS cable set with eyelet Wire cutter WIZ

Cable length Wire-Ø Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [m] [mm] [pcs]

WIS 2/1 045956 1 2 10
WIS 2/2 045957 2 2 10
WIS 2/3 045958 3 2 10
WIS 2/5 045959 5 2 10
WIS 2/10 045960 10 2 10
WI Ø 2 mm 044565 — 2 1
WI Ø 2.5 mm 044566 — 2,5 1
WI Ø 3 mm 044567 — 3 1
WI Ø 4 mm 044568 — 4 1
WIZ 044721 — — 1
LOADS
Wireclip
Highest recommended loads1) for each Wireclip.
Type Diameter of wire cable Recommended tensile load
[mm] [kN]
WIS complete system2) 2 0,5
WIC 22) 2 0,6
WIC 22) 2,5 1,0
WIC 32) 3 1,2
WIC 42) 4 2,3
1)
Only in combination with fischer wire cable.
351
352
Sanitary fixings
Sanitary fixings
Sanitary fixings
▪ Sanitary fixings for board materials ....................................................................... 354

▪ Ceramic fixings .............................................................................................................. 356
▪ Wash basin and urinal fixings .................................................................................. 358
353
Sanitary fixings for board materials
Complete fixing sets for wash basins and urinals in board

Sanitary fixings
building materials and plumbing walls
Urinals Wash basins
BUILDING MATERIALS
fibreboards
▪ Chipboard

▪ With their special geometries, KM and ▪ Wash basins ▪ KM is suitable for push-through instal-
WDP are the specialists for fixings in ▪ Urinals lation.
plumbing and hollow walls. ▪ When placed in the drill hole, the wide
▪ The wide transition beams of the transition beam of the KM independ-
KM and the large base plate of the ently swings open behind the board.
WDP ensure a good load distribution, ▪ WDP is set into the plumbing walls
thus allowing for a high load-bearing during wall installation.
capacity.
354
Sanitary fixings for board materials
Sanitary fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
WDP - Wash basin and urinal fixing
Thread Length Sales unit

Ø x length l
WDP 10 x 170 014320 M 10 170 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Gravity toggle KM 10
Drill hole diameter Anchor length Min. cavity depth Max. panel Screw Sales unit
thickness
do l a dp ds x ls
KM 10 050326 30 240 140 90 M 10 x 180 25
355
Sanitary fixings Ceramic fixings
Complete fixing sets for free-standing toilets and bidets
Free-standing toilets Bidets

▪ Concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ Complete fixing sets including brass ▪ Free-standing toilets ▪ S 8 RD is suitable for push-through
screws allow for quick and easy instal- ▪ Bidets installation.
lation. ▪ Ceramic shelves ▪ WCN and S 8 D are suitable for both
▪ A pronounced rim prevents contact ▪ Mirrors pre-positioned and push-through
between the screw and ceramics, installation.
thus ensuring nothing gets damaged ▪ The WB5N‘s assembly bracket is flex-
during fixing. ibly positioned on the base using the
▪ The WB5N‘s assembly bracket with long hole. The ceramics are then fixed
pre-drilled rows of holes allows for a to the bracket via the rows of holes.
flexible fixing with two directions. These counterbalance any height
▪ The WCN is also suitable for fixing differences in the ceramic assembly
ceramic shelves and mirrors, and holes.
can thus be used for a wide range of
applications.
356
Ceramic fixings
Sanitary fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
WCN
Contents per plastic bag Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]

WCN 1 060561 2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 6kt., 2 cover caps white, 2 snap-fit sleeves 50
WCN 2 060562 2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome, 2 snap-fit sleeves 50
TECHNICAL DATA
S 8 D 70 WCR

2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome and white,
S 8 D 70 WCR 060564 50
2 snap-fit sleeves
TECHNICAL DATA
S 8 RD WCR

S 8 RD 60 WCR 060570 2 wall plugs S 8 RD 60, 2 brass screws 5,5 x 65 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome and white 50
S 8 RD 80 WCR 060568 2 wall plugs S 8 RD 80, 2 brass screws 6 x 85 6kt., 2 cover caps chrome and white 50
TECHNICAL DATA
WC fixing WB 5N
Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

2 S plugs UX 10, 2 Screws 7x65 zinc-plated, 2 Nylon angles, 2 washers 8mm,
WB 5N 018652 50
2 screws A2 stainless steel, 2 flanged sleeves, 2 cover caps chrom
357
Wash basin and urinal fixings
Complete fixing sets for wash basins, urinals and sanitary

Sanitary fixings
installations
Urinals Wash basins

▪ Concrete
fibreboards
concrete
crete, etc.
▪ Natural stone
▪ Chipboard
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ Complete fixing sets allow for quick ▪ Wash basins ▪ The rimless UX is suitable for pre-posi-
and easy installation. ▪ Urinals tioned and push-through installation.
▪ The universal plug UX can be used in ▪ Built-in toilets ▪ Screwing in the screw causes the UX
all solid, hollow and board materials, ▪ Boilers to expand in the solid building material
thus offering a high level of flexibility. ▪ Gas heaters and to knot within the cavity.
▪ Flanged nuts and collar sleeves made ▪ Cisterns ▪ Maximum load-bearing capacity is
of high-strength nylon are resistant to only achieved when the screw is
ageing and chemicals, and guarantee screwed in so far that the spanner flat
a long-lasting fixing that will not dam- lies on the plug rim.
age the ceramics. ▪ Tiles and plaster are not classed as
▪ Cover caps with a high-quality chrome load-bearing base materials.
finish ensure the fixture remains visu-
ally attractive for a long period of time.
358
Wash basin and urinal fixings
Sanitary fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
WD - Wash basin and urinal fixing

2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M 8x90 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M8,
WD 8 x 90 080659 50
installation instructions
WD 8 x 110 080658 2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M 8x110 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M8 50
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10x120 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M10,
WD 10 x 120 080655 50
installation instructions
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10x140 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BDH M10,
WD 10 x 140 080656 50
2 hexagon nuts M10, installation instructions
TECHNICAL DATA
BO - Boiler fixing set

BO 120 080654 4 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 4 stud screws M 10 x 120 zinc-plated, 4 flanged nuts BU M 10 25
TECHNICAL DATA
Wash basin fixing WST

2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10x140 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BDH M10,
WST 10 x 140 080660 50
2 hexagon nuts M10, installation instructions
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 12 x 150 zinc-plated,
WST 12 x 150 080661 50
2 hexagon nuts M 12 zinc-plated, 2 flanged bushes BDH M 12
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 12 x 180 zinc-plated,
WST 12 x 180 080662 50
2 hexagon nuts M 12 zinc-plated, 2 flanged bushes BDH M 12
TECHNICAL DATA
UST 8 x 110 - Urinal fixing UST 10 x 120 - Urinal fixing

2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M 8 x 110, 2 washers B 8.4 DIN 125,
UST 8 x 110 083578 50
2 plastic washer 8.4 x 20 x 1.5, 2 cap nuts FA 8, 2 cover caps chrome plated
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M 10 x 120, 2 flanged nuts BU M 10,
UST 10 x 120 080668 10
2 cover caps AKM 10 CR
TECHNICAL DATA
WL - WC- and sanitary fixing

WL 7 x 60 080651 2 wall plugs UX 10, 2 screws 7 x 65 hex. head zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 100
WL 8 x 70 080652 2 wall plugs UX 10, 2 screws 8 x 70 6kt. DIN 571 zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 100
WL 10 x 70 080650 2 wall plugs UX 12, 2 screws 10 x 70 6kt. DIN 571 zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 50
359
Sanitary fixings Wash basin and urinal fixings
ACCESSORIES
BUM Flanged nut
Thread Width across nut Washer Fits Sales unit

Ø x length  SW
BU M 8 MH 060200 M8 17 40 STST M8 25
BU M 10 MH 060201 M 10 17 40 STST M10 25
BU M 12 MH 060204 M 12 19 40 STS M 12 25
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap AKM
Colour Fits Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
AKM 10 W 080972 white BU M10 MH 20
AKM 10 CR 080951 chrome BU M10 MH 100
AKM 12 CR 080952 chrome BU M12 MH 100
ACCESSORIES
Installation tool HED
Thread Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

HED 079831 M 6, M 8, M 10, M 12 1
360
361
Sanitary fixings
362
Scaffold and eye screw fixings
▪ Scaffold anchoring S 14 ROE / S 16 HR + GS 12 ........................................ 364

▪ Scaffold anchoring FI G .............................................................................................. 366
▪ Eye screw GS.................................................................................................................. 368
▪ Ring nut RI ....................................................................................................................... 370
363
Scaffold and eye screw fixings Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug
The standard scaffold anchoring
Scaffold fixing Façade scaffolds

S 14 ROE + GS 12 suitable for:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
S 16 HR + GS 12 suitable for:
concrete

▪ The ideal interaction of the scaffold ▪ Façade scaffolds ▪ In order to achieve the maximum load-
eyebolt and plug allows for a high ▪ Ropes bearing capacity, nylon plugs should
load-bearing capacity, thus providing ▪ Chains only be used once.
increased safety. ▪ Climbing scaffolds ▪ We recommend use with frame fixing
▪ The high-quality weld stops the eye ▪ Lighting S 16 H-R in perforated brick and aer-
from opening. ▪ Clothes lines ated concrete.
▪ The large diameter of the cover caps ▪ Hanging baskets ▪ The screw-in markings provide a visual
(available separately) covers drill holes control during assembly, and thus
completely and discreetly, even those allow for a simple and problem-free
with slightly broken edges. installation.
▪ Pre-drill into wood when not using
plugs. The drill bit diameter should
equal the core diameter of the screw.
▪ Suitable cover caps AD 12x40 (see
page 367) for closing off remaining
drill holes for S14 ROE.
▪ Not suitable for swings, hammocks
etc.
364
Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug

TECHNICAL DATA
Scaffold eyebolt GS 12
Shaft diameter Shaft length Max. thickness of Eye-Ø Fits Sales unit
non-bearing layer
ds L
GS 12 x 90 080925 12 90 23 23 S 14 ROE 70 25
GS 12 x 120 080926 12 120 23 23 S 14 ROE 100 / S16 H 100 R 25
GS 12 x 160 080927 12 160 23 23 S 14 ROE 135 / S 16 H 135 R 25
GS 12 x 190 080960 12 190 23 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 230 080961 12 230 23 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 300 081269 12 300 23 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 350 080962 12 350 23 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
TECHNICAL DATA
Plug S 14 ROE
Plug S 16 H R
Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. thickness of Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth for through depth non-bearing layer tration
fixings
do h2 hef l l+5
S 14 ROE 70 052160 14 80 70 70 — 75 25
S 14 ROE 100 052161 14 110 70 100 30 105 25
S 14 ROE 135 052162 14 145 70 135 65 140 25
S 14 ROE 185 052164 14 195 70 185 110 190 25
S 16 H 100 R 059187 1) 16 120 90 100 10 105 50
S 16 H 135 R 059188 1) 16 155 90 135 45 140 50
S 16 H 160 R 059189 1) 16 180 90 160 70 165 50
1) Also suitable for screws with metric thread M12.
LOADS
Scaffold anchoring S14 ROE / S 16 H R + GS 12
Average failure loads1) of a single anchor.
Type S 14 ROE + GS 12 S 16 H R + GS 12
Average failure load in the respective base material Fū2)

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 14,5 -
Solid brick ≥ Mz12 [kN] 13,0 -
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS12 [kN] 14,5 -
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V2 [kN] 3,0 -
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL12 [kN] 3,5 5,0
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz12 [kN] 3,5 3,5
1)
The determination of the permissible load follows national regulations. If national regulations are missing we recommend to use a safety factor ≥ 7.
2)
Valid for short term tensile load.
365
Scaffold and eye screw fixings Scaffold anchoring FI G
The scaffold anchoring with metric thread M 12
Scaffold fixing Façade scaffolds
BUILDING MATERIALS
When combined with internal
threaded anchor:
▪ Concrete C20/25 - C50/60:
Injection mortar FIS EM / FIS V
Internal threaded anchor
RG 18x125 M12 I
Art. no. 50562 (see page 104)
▪ Masonry:
Injection mortar FIS V 360 S
Perforated sleeve FIS H 20x85 K
Internal threaded anchor
FIS E 15x85 M12

▪ When used together with an internal ▪ Façade scaffolds ▪ The scaffold anchoring FI G should be
threaded anchor or a steel fixture with ▪ Climbing scaffolds used with an internal threaded anchor.
internal thread M 12, the scaffold ▪ Tensioning ropes Detailed information about its functio-
screw FI G allows for repeated installa- ▪ Chains ning can be found in the „Chemical
tion and removal using the same fixing ▪ Lighting fixings“ chapter.
point. ▪ Clothes lines ▪ Not suitable for swings, hammocks
▪ The high-quality weld stops the ▪ Hanging baskets etc.
eye from opening, thus providing
increased safety.
366
Scaffold anchoring FI G

TECHNICAL DATA
Scaffold eyebolt FI G 12
Thread Thread length Shaft diameter Max. thickness of Eye-Ø Sales unit
non-bearing layer
M LG ds
FI G 12 x 40 080933 M 12 30 12 40 23 20
FI G 12 x 80 080934 M 12 30 12 80 23 20
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap AD 12 x 40
Colour Length Head height Sales unit

l
AD 12 x 40 W 060259 white 40 3 100
AD 12 x 40 G 060260 grey 40 3 100
367
Eye screw GS
The universal eye screw for use with fischer frame fixings or for
direct use in wood
Hanging baskets Trellis

S 12 R + GS 10 suitable for:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
S 14 HR + GS 10 suitable for:
concrete
GS 10 suitable for:
▪ Wood

▪ The ideal interaction of the eye screw ▪ Ropes ▪ Pre-drill when using with wood. The
and plug allows for a high load-bearing ▪ Chains drill bit diameter should equal the core
capacity, thus providing increased ▪ Climbing scaffolds diameter of the screw.
safety. ▪ Lighting ▪ The maximum load-bearing capacity
▪ The high-quality weld stops the eye ▪ Clothes lines is achieved when combined with the
from opening. ▪ Hanging baskets plugs recommended by fischer (see
table „Technical Data“). The nylon plug
must only be used once.
etc.
368
Eye screw GS

TECHNICAL DATA
Eye screw GS
Shaft diameter Shaft length Bolt penetration Fits Eye-Ø Sales unit
ds L s
GS 8 x 50 502620 8 50 50 S 10 / SX 10 15 20
GS 8 x 80 080918 8 80 58 S 10 / SX 10 22 20
GS 8 x 100 080919 8 100 58 S 10 / SX 10 22 20
GS 8 x 120 080920 8 120 58 S 10 / SX 10 22 20
S 12R, S 14H-R,
GS 10 x 160 080929 10 160 — 30 20
GB 14
TECHNICAL DATA
Plug S 12 R
Plug S 14 HR
Drill hole diameter Min. drill-hole depth Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture thick- Sales unit
for through fixings depth ness
do h2 hef l t fix
S 12 R 100 050177 12 110 60 100 40 100
S 12 R 135 050178 12 145 60 135 75 100
S 14 H 100 R 059179 14 110 90 100 10 50
S 14 H 135 R 059180 14 145 90 135 45 50
LOADS
Eye screw GS
Highest recommended loads1) of a single anchor.
Type S 10 + GS 8 S 12 R + GS 10 S 14 H-R + GS 10

Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,67 1,03 -
Solid brick ≥ Mz12 [kN] 0,63 1,00 -
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS12 [kN] 0,57 0,84 -
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V4 [kN] 0,26 0,29 0,43
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL12 [kN] - 0,30 0,34
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz12 [kN] 0,36 0,36 0,50
1)
Includes the safety factor 7.
2)
Valid for axial load.
369
Scaffold and eye screw fixings Ring nut RI
The ring nut for all fixings with threaded studs
Hanging baskets
BUILDING MATERIALS
In line with the anchor used:
▪ Solid and hollow building materials

▪ The metric internal thread gives the ▪ Ropes ▪ The ring nut is to be used with an
ring nut RI flexibility and means it can ▪ Chains anchor with threaded studs.
be used with a range of steel anchors ▪ Climbing scaffolds Detailed information about its func-
or threaded rods; e.g. FH II, FHB II-A, ▪ Lighting tioning can be found in the „High
RG M, FZA, FAZ II, FIS A. ▪ Clothes lines Performance Steel Anchors“ and „Che-
▪ Hanging baskets mical Fixings“ chapters. The following
anchors, for example, can be used:
FHB II, RG M, FZA, FAZ II, FIS A.
etc.
TECHNICAL DATA
Ring nut RI
Fits Eye-Ø Total height Sales unit

RI M 8 080840 M8 20 36 20
RI M 10 080842 M 10 25 45 10
RI M 12 080844 M 12 30 53 10
370
371
372
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings
▪ Insulation
▪ Insu
Insulation
In
nsuula
lati
tion
ti
tionsupport
n ssupport
upport
up poDHK DHK ..............................................................................................
....................................... ..................................................................... ........374
..............................................................................................
........ . 37
374
374
▪ Insulation
▪ In t osupport
Insulation
nsu
sulaati
sula n sup
support
uppo
up port
po DHM
rt DHM
DHM .............................................................................................
M .............................................................................................
...................................................... .. ...................... .......................
.. ................37637
76
376
▪ Render
▪ Re
Render
R end derfixing
fixingnDIPK
xing
in g DIPK
DIPK
DI P.......................................................................................................
.............................................................378
K .......................................................................................................
................................................................. 37
78
378
▪ Render
▪ Re
Render
R nder
nd efirxing
er fixing
xingFIF-K
g FIF-K
FIF-
FI F.......................................................................................................
-K................. .................................................................................................................380
....................................................................................................... 38
80
380
▪ Render
▪ Re
Render
R nder
nder
nd efirxing
fixing FIF-S
g FIF-S
FIIF-
F -S ........................ ..........................................................................................................382
F.......................................................................................................
....................................................................................................... 38
382
82
▪ Insulation
▪ In
Insulation
nsu
su
ula
laati
t ondiscs
on d discs
iscs
is ..............................................................................................................
cs ...............................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................... ........ 3838484
384
▪ Holding
▪ Ho
Holding
H ldinnclamp
g clam
cclamp
lam mDVN DV.....................................................................................................
p DVN
DV ...........................................................................................................................386
..................................................................................................... 386
386
38
▪ Retaining
▪ Re
Retaining
R tainninndisc
gd disc
iscwith w
with screw
ith
it h scscre
screw
rew
re DHT DHT S ...........................................................................
...........................................................387
S ............................................................................
............................................ 3
38
3877
▪ Insulation
▪ In
Insulation
nsu
sulaati
sula ofinxing
tion fixing
xxin nFID
in FI.....................................................................................................
g FID D .....................................................................................................
...................................................................... .........................................................................389
..... . 38
3
3899
▪ Insulation
▪ In
Insulation
nsulaattiio disc
onnd dis
discissFATB
c FA
FATB
ATB .....................................................................................................
B.....................................................................................................
............................. ..................................................................................................
.. .............391 . 391
391
▪ Fibre
▪ Fi
Fibre
F brecement
cement
ceme
ce ment
men npanel
t panel
pan nscrew
el sscr
el screw
crew
cr ew FAFZ FAF
F
FAFZAF
A FHZ.........................................................................
H..........................................................................
................................................................................... ...393
. 39
93
393
373
Insulation support DHK
The cost-effective plastic insulation support for all conventional

insulating boards
Insulating materials in rear-ventilated façades Insulating materials in rear-ventilated façades
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The optimised geometry of the expan- To fix soft and pressure-resistant ▪ The DHK is set in push-through instal-
sion section ensures a low anchorage insulating materials in rear-ventilated lation using a hammer.
depth and reduces the amount of façades, such as: ▪ The plate size of the insulation sup-
drilling required. ▪ Mineral / glass wool port is to be selected in line with the
▪ Flexible pins in the plate area adapt to ▪ PU panels compressive strength of the insulat-
the insulating material, and ensure a ▪ Light building boards made of wood ing material: DHK 45 for pressure-
sustained contact pressure. wool resistant; DHK 90 for soft insulating
▪ The simple hammerset installation ▪ Cork boards / coir matting materials.
allows for a quick installation process ▪ Polystyrene ▪ The expansion of the ribs in the drill
and thus reduces workload. ▪ Foam glass boards hole gives the DHK an ideal contact
▪ The colouring of the DHK 90 means pressure.
that it does not stand out on black ▪ Temperature range when installed:
clad insulating material in rear-venti- -40°C to +80°C.
lated façades.
▪ The DHK 45 is suitable for use in
pressure-resistant insulating boards
and reveals.
374

TECHNICAL DATA
Insulation support DHK 45, Insulation support DHK,

plate-ø 45 mm plate-ø 90 mm
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture Sales unit
depth depth thickness
do h1 hef l t fix
DHK 40 080937 8 30 20 65 40 250
DHK 60 080938 8 30 20 85 60 250
DHK 80 080939 8 30 20 105 80 250
DHK 100 080940 8 30 20 125 100 250
DHK 120 080941 8 30 20 145 120 200
DHK 140 080949 8 30 20 165 140 200
DHK 160 512150 8 30 20 185 160 100
DHK 180 512151 8 30 20 205 180 100
DHK 200 512153 8 30 20 225 200 100
DHK 220 512154 8 30 20 245 220 100
DHK 45/40 080892 8 30 20 65 40 250
DHK 45/60 080893 8 30 20 85 60 250
DHK 45/80 080894 8 30 20 105 80 250
DHK 45/100 080895 8 30 20 125 100 250
LOADS
Type DHK
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec 2)

Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,03
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,03
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 6 [kN] 0,03
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 [kN] 0,02
Aerated concrete ≥ PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,02
1)
Valid for tensile load.
375
Insulation support DHM
The fire-protection-tested metal insulation support for fire-

resistant insulating boards
Pressure-resitant insulating materials on ceiling Pressure-resistant insulating materials in curtain

undersides façades

▪ Concrete
concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The metal insulation support achieves To fix fire-resistant soft or pressure- ▪ The insulation support is set in push-
fire resistance F 120. This means that resistant insulating materials, such through installation using a hammer.
it can be used where there are fire as: ▪ The spring steel expands when ham-
resistance requirements. ▪ Mineral / glass wool mered into the base material.
▪ The DTM 80 plate for soft insulating ▪ Light building boards made of wood ▪ Use the DTM 80 plate (available sepa-
materials (available separately) simpli- wool rately) to fix soft insulating materials.
fies storage and minimises costs. ▪ Foam glass boards
▪ The simple hammerset installation Also suitable for:
allows for a quick installation process ▪ Polystyrene boards
and thus reduces workload. ▪ Coir matting
▪ The shaft geometry allows setting in
aerated concrete without pre-drilling,
thus saving a stage of installation.
376

TECHNICAL DATA
Insulation support metal DHM, Insulation retaining metal washer DTM 80,
washer-ø 35 mm washer-ø 85 mm, inside-ø 14 mm
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture Sales unit
do h1 hef l t fix
DHM 30 088801 1) 8 60 50 90 0 - 40 250
DHM 60 088802 1) 8 60 50 110 30 - 60 250
DHM 90 088803 1) 8 60 50 140 60 - 90 250
DHM 120 061581 1) 8 60 50 170 90 - 120 250
DHM 135 503131 1) 8 60 50 185 120 - 135 250
DHM 150 061582 1) 8 60 50 200 120 - 150 250
DHM 30 INOX 506135 1) 8 60 50 90 0 - 40 250
DHM 60 INOX 506136 1) 8 60 50 110 30 - 60 250
DHM 90 INOX 506137 1) 8 60 50 140 60 - 90 250
DHM 120 INOX 506138 1) 8 60 50 170 90 - 120 250
DHM 150 INOX 506140 1) 8 60 50 200 120 - 150 250
DTM 80 088806 — — — — — 250
DTM 80 INOX 506141 — — — — — 250
1) Fixing tapped into aerated concrete G2/G4 without pre-drilling.
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap DHM ADK-W Cover cap DHM ADK-GR Cover cap DHM ADK-BG
Diameter Colour Outer carton Sales unit
D
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
DHM ADK-W 013330 37 white 5000 250
DHM ADK-GR 046843 37 grey 10000 250
DHM ADK-BG 046844 37 beige 2500 250
LOADS
Type DHM
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,25
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,25
Aerated concrete (without pre-drilling) ≥ PB2, PP2 (G2) [kN] 0,10
1)
377
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings Render fixing DIPK
The cost-effective drive anchor with plastic nail
Pressure-resistant insulation boards with render-

ing
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic nail To fix pressure-resistant insulating ▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
(GRP nail) reduces the heat transmis- materials in façades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
sion and prevents marks on the plaster ▪ Polystyrene boards in the anchor‘s useful length.
surface. ▪ Light building boards made of wood ▪ The DIPK is set in push-through instal-
▪ The simple hammerset installation wool lation using a hammer.
allows for a quick installation process ▪ Cork boards / coir matting ▪ In solid materials the GRP nail needs
and thus reduces workload. ▪ PU panels to be shortened at the predetermined
▪ The well-proven design with low breaking point.
anchorage depth reduces the amount ▪ Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
of drilling required, thus achieving a causes the DIPK to expand in the base
high level of efficiency. material.
▪ The DIPK can be used universally in
rear-ventilated curtain façades, as well
as in plaster façades.
378
Render fixing DIPK

TECHNICAL DATA
Render fixing DIPK
Drill hole diameter Usable length Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Nail length Fixing length Sales unit
depth depth
do tfix h1 hef l
DIPK 8/20-40 041865 8 20 - 40 40 30 77 70 200
DIPK 8/40-60 041866 8 40 - 60 40 30 97 90 200
DIPK 8/60-80 041867 8 60 - 80 40 30 117 110 200
DIPK 8/80-100 041868 8 80 - 100 40 30 137 130 200
DIPK 8/100-120 041869 8 110 - 120 40 30 157 150 200
DIPK 10/10-30 043966 10 10 - 30 40 30 67 60 200
DIPK 10/40-60 043967 10 40 - 60 40 30 97 90 200
DIPK 10/60-80 043968 10 60 - 80 40 30 117 110 200
DIPK 10/80-100 043969 10 80 - 100 40 30 137 130 200
DIPK 10/100-120 043970 10 110 - 120 40 30 157 150 200
DIPK 10/120-140 043971 1) 10 120 - 140 40 30 117 170 200
DIPK 10/140-160 043972 1) 10 140 - 160 40 30 137 190 200
1) Installation with setting tool, included in each package.
379
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings Render fixing FIF-K
The pre-assembled drive anchor with reinforced plastic nail

ing
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The pre-assembled fixing element To fix pressure-resistant insulating ▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
simplifies installation and saves time. materials in plaster façades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
▪ The simple hammerset installation ▪ Polystyrene boards in the FIF-K‘s useful length.
allows for a quick installation process ▪ Mineral wool boards ▪ The FIF-K is set in push-through instal-
and thus reduces workload. ▪ Light building boards made of wood lation using a hammer.
▪ The geometry of the expansion sec- wool ▪ Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
tion ensures a low anchorage depth ▪ Cork boards / coir matting causes the FIF-K to expand in the base
and reduces the amount of drilling ▪ PU panels material.
required. ▪ Temperature range when installed:
▪ The integrated hammer-in stop -40°C to +80°C.
prevents the fixing from expanding
prematurely, thus enabling a problem-
free installation.
▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic nail
reduces the heat transmission and
prevents marks on the plaster surface.
380
Render fixing FIF-K

TECHNICAL DATA
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture Disk Ø Sales unit
do h1 hef l t fix
FIS-K 8/60 511771 8 45 35 108 70 58 100
FIS-K 8/80 511772 8 45 35 128 90 58 100
FIS-K 8/100 511773 8 45 35 148 110 58 100
FIS-K 8/120 511774 8 45 35 168 130 58 100
FIS-K 8/140 511775 8 45 35 188 150 58 100
FIS-K 8/160 511776 8 45 35 208 170 58 100
FIS-K 8/180 511777 8 45 35 228 190 58 100
LOADS
Type FIF-K

Solid brick Mz [kN] 0,09
Solid sand-lime brick KS [kN] 0,09
Vertically perforated brick Hlz [kN] 0,06
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL [kN] 0,06
1)
381
Render fixing FIF-S
The pre-assembled drive anchor with innovative

steel-plastic nail

Detail: innovative steel-plastic combination
ing
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The innovative plastic nail with steel To fix pressure-resistant insulating ▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
tip allows for high load-bearing materials in plaster façades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
capacities. This reduces the number of ▪ Polystyrene boards in the FIF-S‘s useful length.
anchors required per m². ▪ Mineral wool boards ▪ The FIF-S is set in push-through instal-
▪ The long plastic nail breaks up the ▪ Light building boards made of wood lation using a hammer.
heat transmission. This in turn pre- wool ▪ Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
vents marks on the plaster surface. ▪ Cork boards / coir matting causes the FIF-S to expand in the base
▪ The pre-assembled fixing element sim- ▪ PU panels material.
plifies installation and thus saves time. ▪ Temperature range when installed:
▪ The simple hammerset installation -40°C to +80°C.
allows for a quick installation process
and thus reduces workload.
▪ The geometry of the expansion sec-
tion ensures a low anchorage depth
and reduces the amount of drilling
required.
▪ The integrated hammer-in stop
prevents the fixing from expanding
prematurely, thus enabling a problem-
free installation.
382

TECHNICAL DATA
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Max. fixture Disk Ø Sales unit
do h1 hef l t fix
FIF-S 8/60 511810 8 45 35 108 70 58 100
FIF-S 8/80 511811 8 45 35 128 90 58 100
FIF-S 8/100 511812 8 45 35 148 110 58 100
FIF-S 8/120 511813 8 45 35 168 130 58 100
FIF-S 8/140 511814 8 45 35 188 150 58 100
FIF-S 8/160 511815 8 45 35 208 170 58 100
FIF-S 8/180 511816 8 45 35 228 190 58 100
FIF-S 8/200 511817 8 45 35 248 210 58 100
FIF-S 8/220 511818 8 45 35 268 230 58 100
FIF-S 8/240 511819 8 45 35 288 250 58 100
FIF-S 8/260 511820 8 45 35 308 270 58 100
FIF-S 8/280 511821 8 45 35 328 290 58 100
FIF-S 8/300 511822 8 45 35 348 310 58 100
FIF-S 8/320 511823 8 45 35 368 330 58 100
FIF-S 8/340 511824 8 45 35 388 350 58 100
LOADS
Type FIF-S

Solid sand-lime brick KS [kN] 0,13
Solid brick Mz [kN] 0,13
Solid block of normal weight concrete Vbn [kN] 0,11
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL [kN] 0,11
Vertically perforated brick Hlz [kN] 0,08
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl [kN] 0,08
Solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete Vbl [kN] 0,08
Lightweight aggregate concrete LAC [kN] 0,08
1)
383
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings Insulation discs
Discs for combining nail and frame fixings, as well as screws
Insulating materials in two-leaf external walls

▪ The various disc diameters allow for ▪ To fix soft and pressure-resistant insu- ▪ The disc size is to be selected in line
individual adaptation to various insula- lation materials. with the compressive strength of the
tion materials and requirements and ▪ DT90/4 on VB wall tie insulating material.
offer the greatest flexibility with wide- ▪ DT 60/10, DTM 60/10 and DTM ▪ To be combined with anchors, screws
ranging applications. 70/10 in combination with 10mm or nails corresponding to the available
▪ The flexible pins in the DT 90 ensure frame fixing base material.
sustained pressure on the insulation, ▪ DT 90/8 and insulation washer 8/60 ▪ DT90/4 is suitable for pushing on to
thus providing a secure hold. in combination with 8mm hammerfix fischer wall tie VB.
▪ The DTM 60 made of stainless steel ▪ HV and HK 36 with 5mm screws
A4 makes it possible to use a frame
fixing, and allows for a secure fixing
of the insulation material in façade
construction in cases of high require-
ments.
384
Insulation discs

TECHNICAL DATA
HV 36 plastic HV 36 zinc ISO-disk 8/60 DT 60/10 DTM-A4 DTM 70/10 DT 90

Disk Ø Disc height Through hole Steel sheet Sales unit
thickness
df
HK 36 plastic 004283 36 3 5 — 100
HV 36 zinc 004286 36 3 5 — 100
ISO-disk 8/60 001680 60 7 8 — 100
DT 60/10 044317 60 7 10,5 0,5 50
DTM 60/10 A4 088805 60 3 10,5 0,5 100
DTM 70/10 zinc 044318 70 3 10,5 — 50
DT 90/4 080957 1) 90 7 4 — 250
DT 90/8 080958 90 7 8 — 250
1) The central hole is adapted in such a way that the disc clamps well on the 4 mm wire of the VB walltie.
385
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings Holding clamp DVN
The installation-friendly insulation clamp
Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber Pressure-resistant insulation boards on ceiling

constructions undersides
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wooden materials
▪ Wooden panel materials

▪ The holding clamp DVN allows for a ▪ To fix pressure-resistant insulation ▪ The holding clamp is fixed with the
hidden installation for a homogeneous materials (e.g. polystyrene, PU panels, supplied nails on the wooden sub-
surface. glass foam boards) onto timber strate with a hammer.
▪ The complete fixing system, compris- sub-structures, predominantly in the ▪ The points of the holding clamp
ing the clamp and zinc-plated nails, ceiling area. DVN are pushed into the slot side of
allows for an immediate installation in the insulating board until it is held
line with building requirements. securely.
▪ The Sendzimir-galvanised steel claw
allows for durable use for the secure
anchoring of pressure-resistant insula-
tion materials.
TECHNICAL DATA
Clamp DVN
For insulation Sales unit

thickness

DVN 15 047240 up to 60 250
DVN 30 047243 from 80 250
386
Retaining disc with screw DHT S
The installation-friendly polyamide retaining disc for panel

building materials
Pressure-resistant insulation boards on ceiling Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber

undersides constructions

▪ Wood and wooden materials
▪ Sheet thickness up to 0.8 mm

▪ The DHT-S screw allows setting with- To fix pressure-resistant insulating ▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive,
out pre-drilling, thus saving a stage of materials in plaster façade, such as: are to be included in the useful length.
installation. ▪ Polystyrene ▪ The retaining disc with screw is set in
▪ The plug reduces the heat transmis- ▪ PU panels push-through installation with a cord-
sion and prevents marks on the plaster ▪ Light building boards made of wood less screwdriver.
surface. wool ▪ A PH2 bit is required for installation.
▪ The extremely thin disc construc- ▪ Cork boards / coir matting ▪ After installation, seal the screw hole
tion allows for use with thin layers of with the enclosed plug.
plaster and reinforcements and offers
maximum flexibility.
387
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings Retaining disc with screw DHT S
TECHNICAL DATA
Retaining disc with screw DHT S
Colour Usable length Shaft length Screw length Effect. anchoring Disk Ø Sales unit
depth
tfix L ls hef
DHT S 30 W 044390 white 30 20 45 25 50 500
DHT S 50 W 044392 white 40 - 50 20 65 25 50 500
DHT S 70 W 044394 white 60 - 70 40 65 25 50 500
DHT S 80 W 044395 white 70 - 80 40 75 25 50 500
DHT S 100 W 044388 white 90 - 105 40 100 25 50 500
DHT S 120 W 044389 white 110 - 125 40 120 25 50 500
DHT S 150 W 516154 white 140 - 155 40 150 25 50 500
388
Insulation fixing FID

The fixing for anchoring in insulation
Fixings in ETICS Fixings in ETICS
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Non-plastered, pressure-resistant insu-
lating boards
▪ Plastered, pressure-resistant insulating
boards
▪ ETICS insulating boards

▪ Since the anchor is set exclusively in To fix lightweight fixtures in plas- ▪ The FID can be set in the insulating
the insulation itself, fixtures can be tered and non-plastered insulating board with a cordless screwdriver or
installed without thermal bridges. boards. by hand.
▪ The geometry of the FID allows for The areas of application are: ▪ The special spiral thread taps itself in
a simple installation in thin layers of ▪ Façade construction (ETICS) the insulating board.
plaster, without the need for pre-drill- ▪ Insulating construction ▪ Fixtures are fixed with a 4.5 mm
ing, thus saving a stage of installation. ▪ Electric construction screw for the FID 50, and with a
▪ The FID 50 is used in thin insulating ▪ Refrigerated and climate construction 6 mm screw for the FID 90.
boards from 50mm. The FID 90 is ▪ Acoustic construction ▪ Water ingress in the insulation can be
used in thicker insulating boards, and prevented by sealing the plug collar
can bear higher loads. with a suitable sealant after successful
▪ The bit mounting allows for setting pre-positioned installation.
with standard tools, thus allowing for a
fast and economic installation.
389
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings Insulation fixing FID
TECHNICAL DATA
Insulation fixing FID 50 Insulation fixing FID 90

Anchor length Min. bolt pene- Wood and chip- Actuation Sales unit
tration board screws
l ds
FID 50 048213 50 50 4,5 - 5,0 TX40 50
FID 90 510971 90 90 6 6 mm / 6-kt 25
LOADS
Insulation fixing FID
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with maximum diameter.
Type FID 50 FID 90
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4,5- 5,0 6

Polystyrene PS 15 [kN] 0,05 0,08
Polystyrene PS 20 [kN] 0,09 0,14
1)
390
Insulation disc FATB

The roofing membrane fixer with steel nail
Pressure-resistant flat roof insulating materials
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The extensive range allows for the real- ▪ To fix pressure-resistant insulation ▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive,
isation of large parts layer thicknesses materials (e.g. Polystyrene,PU panels, are to be included in the anchor‘s use-
up to 275 mm for a wide range of mineral wool,glass wool, foam glass ful length.
applications. boards) and waterproof sheetings to ▪ The anchor is set in push-through
▪ The geometry of the expansion sec- flat roofs. installation using a hammer.
tion ensures a low anchorage depth ▪ Use only impact drilling (not hammer
and reduces the amount of drilling drilling) for concrete cassette panels.
required. ▪ Use only rotary drilling for aerated
▪ The simple hammerset installation concrete.
allows for a quick installation process ▪ A 35mm deeper drill hole and anchor-
and thus reduces workload. age depth is needed in aerated con-
crete. This is to be taken into account
when calculating useful length.
391
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings Insulation disc FATB
TECHNICAL DATA
Insulation disc FATB, plate-ø 50 mm
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchoring Anchor length Usable length Disk Ø Sales unit
depth depth
do h1 hef l tfix
FATB 50/40 048342 8 45 35 75 21 - 40 50 250
FATB 50/60 048343 8 45 35 95 41 - 60 50 250
FATB 50/80 048344 8 45 35 115 61 - 80 50 250
FATB 50/100 048345 8 45 35 135 81 - 100 50 250
FATB 50/120 048346 8 45 35 155 101 - 120 50 250
FATB 50/140 048347 8 45 35 175 121 - 140 50 250
FATB 50/160 048348 8 45 35 195 141 - 160 50 250
FATB 50/180 048349 8 45 35 215 161 - 180 50 250
FATB 50/215 048360 8 45 35 250 181 - 215 50 250
FATB 50/245 048361 8 45 35 280 216 - 245 50 250
FATB 50/275 048362 8 45 35 310 246 - 275 50 250
392
Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H

The pre-assembled fibre cement panel screw
Corrugated root tiles made of fibre cement
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wood
▪ Panel building materials

▪ The screw is pre-fitted with a seal For fixing of: ▪ The screw is set in push-through instal-
washer. This provides a complete fix- ▪ Fibre cement panels lation using a cordless screwdriver. No
ing set for a simple installation. ▪ Undulating roof tiles pre-drilling of the fibre cement panel
▪ The screw is protected against corro- is required.
sion and thus withstands the stresses
of weather when used outside.
TECHNICAL DATA
Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H
Diameter x length Min. bolt pene- Sales unit

tration
l2
FAFZH 6,5 x 130 DS 25 092210 6,5 x 130 50 100
393
394
Foams, Sealants
Foams, Sealants
Foams, sealants
▪ One-component gun foam PUP B2 ....................................................................... 396

▪ One-component gun foam PUP G B2 .................................................................. 397
▪ One-component gun foam PUBS B2 .................................................................... 398
▪ One-component gun foam PUP B3 ....................................................................... 399
▪ One-component gun foam PUFS B1 .................................................................... 400
▪ One-component gun foam PUPP G B2 ................................................................ 401
▪ One-component rapid installation foam PU1 .................................................... 402
▪ 2-component rapid foam PU2................................................................................. 403
▪ 2-component fixing foam .......................................................................................... 404
▪ Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 405
▪ Premium sanitary silicone DSSA ............................................................................ 407
▪ Sanitary silicone DSSI ................................................................................................. 408
▪ Multi-silicone DMS ....................................................................................................... 409
▪ Premium high temperature silicone DHS ............................................................ 410
▪ Premium construction silicone DBSA ................................................................... 411
▪ Roof and wall silicone DBSI ...................................................................................... 412
▪ Premium silicone for natural stone DNS .............................................................. 413
▪ Premium B1 silicone DFS ......................................................................................... 414
▪ Premium painting acrylic DMA ............................................................................... 415
▪ Acrylic sealant DA ........................................................................................................ 416
▪ Premium structured acrylic DSA ............................................................................ 417
▪ Premium ventilation duct sealant DLK ................................................................. 418
▪ Premium all-weather sealant DDK ......................................................................... 419
▪ Roof sealing compound DD ..................................................................................... 420
▪ Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 421
▪ Sealant selection matrix and colour boards ....................................................... 422
395
One-component gun foam PUP B2
The gun foam with proven sound and thermal insulation as well
Foams, Sealants
as increased foam yield
Window connection joints Connection joints around shutter boxes
BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Bonds to all standard building materials ▪ General test certificate from building
such as: authorities P-NDS04-137
▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing
▪ Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 dB in line with ISO EN
▪ Gypsum plasterboard 717-1
▪ Wood ▪ Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
▪ Sand-lime brick heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) ▪ Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
▪ Masonry ness of a<0.1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3]
▪ Metals with priming coat
▪ Plaster

▪ The thermal protection and proven ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ 1-component PU foam
reduction of air permeability fulfil the tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Building material class B2
high standards for modern thermal shutter boxes ▪ Beige in colour
protection. ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 55 l
▪ The proven 61dB sound insulation and dry construction ▪ Processing temperature +5°C to
fulfils the standards of modern sound ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- +35°C
insulation and helps to reduce noise. ments, wall connections, wall penetra- ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 25 minutes
▪ The high yield of up to 55 l reduces tions and cavities ▪ Can be cut after approx. 1 hour
the number of cans needed, thus ▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations ▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
ensuring maximum economic effi- and ventilation ducts ▪ Temperature resistant from -40°C to
ciency. +90°C
▪ The low level of foam expansion dur- ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
ing the curing period avoids rework- several layers and then dampen
ing, thus guaranteeing a simple and ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
time-saving application. immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
▪ The solid valve prevents adhesion
when being stored horizontally or
during long interruptions of work, thus
guaranteeing long-lasting functionality.
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per Max. foam yield Colour Sales unit
canister (free foaming)
Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]
PUP 750 B2 (D) 053084 825 55 yellow 12
396
One-component gun foam PUP G B2
Foams, Sealants
The grey gun foam in the compact can with high foam yield
Window connection joints Closing joints in structural work

▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing
▪ Gypsum plasterboard 717-1
▪ Wood ▪ Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
▪ Sand-lime brick heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) ▪ Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
▪ Masonry ness of a<0.1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3]
▪ Plaster

▪ The compact, handy can allows for ▪ Insulating and filling component joints, ▪ 1-component PU foam
use in difficult to access areas, and wall connections and wall penetra- ▪ Building material class B2
achieves a high degree of emptying tions ▪ Concrete-grey in colour
without premature loss of gas. ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 43 l
▪ The grey colour of the foam is ideally and dry construction (e.g. in the ceil- ▪ For use at ambient and base material
suited to concrete substrates and ing area) temperatures of -5°C to +35°C (can
allows for an inconspicuous filling of ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- temperature +5°C to +20°C)
joints. tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 8 minutes
▪ The proven thermal protection and shutter boxes ▪ Can be cut after approx. 20 minutes
reduction of air permeability fulfil the ▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations ▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
high standards for modern thermal and ventilation ducts ▪ Temperature resistant from -40°C to
protection. +90°C
▪ The proven 61dB sound insulation ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
fulfils the standards of modern sound several layers and then dampen.
insulation and helps to reduce noise. ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
▪ The solid valve prevents adhesion immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
when being stored horizontally or
during long interruptions of work, thus
guaranteeing long-lasting functionality.
TECHNICAL DATA

PUP 500 G B2 (D) 503259 500 43 grey 12
397
Foams, Sealants One-component gun foam PUBS B2
The gun foam with proven resistance to water pressure
Sealing concrete manhole rings Filling pipe penetrations

▪ Concrete ▪ Test for watertightness up to 0.5 bar
▪ Anodised layer for the adhesion of manhole rings
▪ Fibre cement ▪ Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
▪ Gypsum plasterboard heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
▪ Wood ▪ Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
▪ Sand-lime brick ness of a < 0.1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3]
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone)
▪ Masonry
▪ Metals
▪ Plaster
▪ Stone

▪ External testing of watertightness ▪ To quickly fill joints between hinged ▪ One-component PU foam
when used in connection with hinged manhole rings ▪ Building material class B2
manhole rings fulfils the requirements ▪ To seal and bind well shafts, manhole ▪ Beige in colour
for a well foam. shafts, domestic sewage treatment ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
▪ The special foam is ready and easy to plants and cisterns ▪ Processing temperature +5°C to
use, and replaces the time- and work- ▪ To insulate and fill wall penetrations, +30°C
intensive application of mortar. cavities, wall connections and finished ▪ Non-tacky within approx. 15 minutes
▪ The high resistance to dilute chemi- elements ▪ Bind manholes together before skin
cals and mineral oil, the resistance to formation.
acids and bacteria found in soil, and ▪ Do not cut or spread foam coming
the resistance to rot all guarantee a from the hinge
lasting function. ▪ Hardened after approx. 24 hours
▪ PUBS is graded as normally inflam- ▪ Temperature resistant from -40°C to
mable as per the B2 test and can, +90°C
therefore, also be used above ground. ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm foam in
This offers the highest level of flex- several layers and then dampen
ibility. ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
▪ The easy dosage allows for a con- immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
trolled filling and sealing, and en-sures
that the correct amount is used.
TECHNICAL DATA

PUBS 750 B2 (D/GB) 513763 750 45 beige 12
398
One-component gun foam PUP B3
Foams, Sealants
The gun foam with the perfect dosage
Window connection joints Connection joints around shutter boxes

Bonds to all standard building materials ▪ Proven joint soundproofing
such as: R(ST,w)=60 dB in line with ISO EN
▪ Concrete 717-1
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Wood
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Plaster
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
FUNCTIONING
▪ The low level of foam expansion dur- ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work
▪ 1-component PU foam
ing the curing period avoids rework- and dry construction
▪ Building material class B3
ing, thus guaranteeing a simple and ▪ Insulating and filling window connec-
▪ Beige in colour
time-saving application. tion joints, around window sills and
▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 41 l
▪ The easy dosage allows for a control- shutter boxes
▪ Processing temperature +10°C to
led filling and sealing, and ensures ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele-
+30°C
that the correct amount is used. ments, wall connections, wall penetra-
▪ Non-tacky after approx. 15 minutes
▪ The proven 60dB sound insulation tions and cavities
▪ Can be cut after approx. 45 minutes
fulfils the standards of modern sound ▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations
▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
insulation and helps to reduce noise. and ventilation ducts
▪ Temperature resistant from -40°C to
▪ The perfect-fit connection between
+90°C
the can and the gun means that work
▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
can be interrupted for as long as you
several layers and then dampen.
like, and thus guarantees long-lasting
▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
functionality.
immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents per Max. foam yield Sales unit
PUP 750 B3 (GB) 058501 750 41 12
399
Foams, Sealants One-component gun foam PUFS B1
The hardly flammable B1 gun foam
Filling cavities in the insulation Foaming steel door frames

▪ Concrete
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Wood
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Plaster

▪ The PUFS is hardly flammable in line ▪ High-efficiency thermal insulation on ▪ 1-component PU foam
with the B1 test and can therefore be façades ▪ Building material class B1
used between solid, mineral or metal ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ Concrete-grey in colour
building materials. Thus it provides the ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
highest level of safety. tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Processing temperature +10°C to
▪ The high-quality solid valve prevents shutter boxes +25°C
adhesion when being stored horizon- ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 10 minutes
tally or during long interruptions of ments, wall connections, wall penetra- ▪ Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
work, thus guaranteeing long-lasting tions and cavities ▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
functionality. ▪ Temperature resistant from -40°C to
▪ The easy dosage allows for a control- +90°C
led filling and sealing, and ensures ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
that the correct amount is used. several layers and then dampen.
TECHNICAL DATA

PUFS 750 (D/GB) 045300 750 45 12
400
One-component gun foam PUPP G B2
Foams, Sealants
The economic adhesive foam for perimeter insulation boards
Bonding perimeter insulation boards Filling pipe penetrations

▪ Concrete ▪ General test certificate from building
▪ Bitumen coatings authorities P-NDS04-772
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Wood
▪ Cold bitumen sheeting
▪ Masonry
▪ Plaster

▪ The high foam yield allows for the ▪ Bonding expanded polystyrene panels ▪ 1-component PU foam
bonding of approx. 13 m² of wall ▪ Insulating and filling wall penetrations ▪ Building material class B2
space, and is therefore especially ▪ Foaming in electrical installations ▪ Concrete-grey in colour
economical. ▪ Filling joints and cavities in all internal ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
▪ The use of the can/gun system constructions ▪ Processing temperature +10°C to
provides a time saving of approx. 30% ▪ Fixing and sealing walls and ceilings +25°C
and thus guarantees efficient work. ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 10 minutes
▪ The special PU foam formulation ▪ Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
ensures the best adhesion to concrete ▪ Temperature resistant from -40°C to
and bituminous substrates, and allows +90°C
for the long-term fixing of insulation ▪ Low heat conductivity
boards. ▪ Applications comparable to conven-
▪ The very low level of post-expansion tional gun foams
avoids the formation of cavities and ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
guarantees a long-lasting insulation. immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
▪ Apply a min. of 3 end-to-end stripes
per board, vertically from bottom
to top on the external wall (spacing
approx. 30 cm). The bottom board
should be on fixed ground as protec-
tion from later slipping. After approx.
10 minutes apply the boards onto the
holding surface and press hard.
TECHNICAL DATA

PUP P 750 G B2 (D) 506671 750 45 12
401
One-component rapid installation foam PU1
The high-quality installation foam with reusable fix adapter

Foams, Sealants
system
Window connection joints Sealing concrete manhole rings

such as: authorities P-NDS04-136 for B2
▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing for B2:
▪ Gypsum plasterboard 717-1 for B2
▪ Wood ▪ Test for watertightness for the adhe-
▪ Sand-lime brick sion of manhole rings
▪ Masonry
▪ Plaster

▪ The reclosable fix adapter allows for ▪ Bonding and sealing manhole rings ▪ 1-component PU foam
immediate use and for the reuse of ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ Building material class B2 or B3
opened cans, thus guaranteeing long- and dry construction ▪ Beige in colour
lasting functionality. ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ Solid valve prevents adhesion when
▪ The rapid installation foam has been tion joints, around window sills and being stored horizontally
approved as watertight by an external shutter boxes ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 750 ml:
inspection and is thus suitable for use ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- 45 l (500 ml: 30 l)
in wet conditions. It fulfils the requirements, wall connections and wall ▪ Processing temperature +5°C to
ments of a well foam. penetrations +35°C
▪ The ergonomic handle sits perfectly in ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 20 minutes
the hand and allows for easy use. ▪ Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
+90°C
▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
several layers and then dampen.
TECHNICAL DATA

PU 1/500 B2 050426 500 30 12
PU 1/500 B3 (GB/E/F) 058500 500 28 12
PU 1/500 B3 (DK/SE/NO/FI) 016260 500 28 12
PU 1/750 B2 053080 750 45 12
PU 1/750 B3 (GB/E) 050427 750 41 12
PU 1/750 B3 (DK/SE/NO/FI) 016396 750 41 12
402
2-component rapid foam PU2
The high-quality 2-component rapid foam for secure fixing with
Foams, Sealants
pull activation
Foaming door frames Foaming below bath tubs

▪ Concrete
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Wood
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Plaster

▪ The humidity-independent system ▪ Installation of door frames (install ▪ 2-component PU foam
guarantees a controlled foaming, thus expanders) ▪ Building material class B2
ensuring a safe and fast curing with- ▪ Filling and insulating of cavities in ▪ Light blue in colour
out repressing. walls and ceilings ▪ Solid valve minimises premature loss
▪ The pull mechanism allows for a sim- ▪ Foaming in windows, bath tubs and of gas
ple, safe activation of the components. showers ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 13 l
▪ The extremely uniform and fine-pore ▪ Fixing insulating elements, wooden ▪ Processing temperature +15°C to
foam structure provides high strength cladding, sheet metal panels, control +25°C
values and offers a maximum of boxes ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 6 minutes
functionality. ▪ Can be cut after approx. 10 minutes
▪ The high foam yield allows for the set- ▪ Cures after approx. 30 minutes
ting of up to 3 door frames. Thus the ▪ Temperature resistant from -40°C to
foam is particularly economical. +90°C
▪ The high resistance to rotting and ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
ageing ensures consistent quality and immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
guarantees a long-lasting fixing.
TECHNICAL DATA

PU 2/402 (D) 053081 400 13 12
403
2-component fixing foam
The 2-component fixing foam for secure fixing with rotation

Foams, Sealants
activation
Foaming door frames Foaming below bath tubs

▪ Concrete
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Wood
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Plaster

▪ The humidity-independent system ▪ Installation of door frames (install ▪ 2-component PU foam
guarantees a controlled foaming, thus expanders) ▪ Building material class B2
ensuring a safe and fast curing. ▪ Filling and insulating of cavities in ▪ Light green in colour
▪ The ideal foam yield allows for the set- walls and ceilings ▪ Activation via rotary disc on the bot-
ting of up to 3 door frames. Thus the ▪ Foaming in windows, bath tubs and tom of the can
foam is particularly economical. showers ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 11 l (suf-
▪ The high resistance to rotting and ▪ Fixing insulating elements, wooden ficient for up to 3 door frames)
ageing ensures consistent quality and cladding, sheet metal panels, control ▪ Processing temperature +10°C to
guarantees a long-lasting fixing. boxes +25°C
▪ Non-tacky after 7 to 9 minutes
▪ Can be cut after 9 to 11 minutes
▪ Cures after approx. 30 minutes
+80°C
TECHNICAL DATA

PU 2/403 (D) 053089 400 11 12
404
Accessories
PUP K2 PUP M3 PUP M2
Foams, Sealants
ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES
▪ The light construction facilitates use ▪ The PUP M3 meets the tough require- ▪ The Teflon adapter prevents the adhe-
on construction sites and allows for ments of a construction site and thus sion of leftover foam, thus guarantee-
fatigue-free work. offers a long lifespan. ing trouble-free use and changing of
▪ The impact-requiring control prevents ▪ The ergonomic handle allows for an cans.
the unintentional unscrewing of the ideal position of centre of gravity, and ▪ The foam flows solely in metal parts.
regulating screw, and is therefore therefore precise handling. This increases the lifespan and offers
particularly user-friendly. ▪ The infinitely variable control of the maximum economic efficiency.
▪ The gun adapter is suitable for all foam expulsion allows for a control- ▪ The infinitely variable control of the
standard systems and enables univer- led filling and insulating, and enables foam expulsion allows for a control-
sal application. application-orientated work. led filling and insulating, and enables
▪ Opened cans can remain screwed ▪ Opened cans can remain screwed application-orientated work.
onto the gun during interruptions of onto the gun during interruptions of ▪ Opened cans can remain screwed
work without curing. work without curing. onto the gun during interruptions of
work without curing.
PUP M4 BLACK
ADVANTAGES
▪ The complete PTFE coating reduces
cleaning to a minimum.
▪ Non-return ball and basket are coated
with PTFE. This prevents bonding and
guarantees a long-lasting function.
▪ The perfect combination of the
ergonomically shaped handle and
trigger makes handling particularly
user-friendly.
▪ The tubes included with the 19 cm
long, tapered pistol pipe mean that it
can be individually lengthened for use
in the narrowest joints, thus offering a
high degree of flexibility.
TECHNICAL DATA
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

PUP K2 062400 1
PUP M3 033208 1
PUP M2 019522 1
PUP M4 BLACK 513429 1
405
Accessories
PU-cleaner
Foams, Sealants
ADVANTAGES
▪ The active components ensure a high
cleaning effect, making the cleaner
ideal for the safe removal of fresh PU
foam.
▪ The gun adapter is suitable for all
standard systems and enables univer-
sal application.
▪ The separate spray head allows for the
cleaning of external surfaces, making
the product extremely versatile.
▪ The highly active cleaner can etch
sensitive surfaces (paint, dye, textiles,
plastics). Thus you should always
conduct preliminary tests.
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit

PUR 150 (D) 053083 150 12
PUR 500 (D/GB) 053085 500 12
406
Premium sanitary silicone DSSA
Foams, Sealants
The high-quality premium sanitary silicone
Joints in sanitary areas Sealings in the kitchen
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Chrome ▪ Glazed surfaces
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Wood (with primer)
▪ Anodised layer ▪ H-PVC
▪ Enamel ▪ Ceramics
▪ Epoxy ▪ Polyester
▪ Tiles ▪ Sanitary acrylic
▪ Glass

▪ The high-quality formulation allows for ▪ Corner, movement and connection ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
easy application and smoothing, and joints in sanitary areas (sinks, showers, acetate
ensures efficient work. bath tubs, expansion joints between ▪ Permanently elastic
▪ The 25% elasticity means that DSSA tiles etc.) ▪ With fungicide
is ideal for high-stress expansion joints. ▪ Connection joints in the kitchen ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 6 minutes
This guarantees long-lasting jointing. ▪ Window and glass sealings ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
▪ The very good hold on smooth sur- ▪ Seal welds for display cabinets and +35°C
faces prevents damp from forming in glass blocks ▪ Temperature resistance: -50°C to
the substrate and guarantees reliable ▪ Small-scale adhesions (e.g. window +200°C
functioning. bars) ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
▪ The high wear resistance gives the ▪ Good chemical resistance
surface a high level of protection when ▪ Very good resistance to weather, age-
cleaning. Together with the fungicidal ing and UV
properties, an ideal jointing can be ▪ Compatible with paint
achieved that will last over the long ▪ Not paintable
term. ▪ Free of MDI and solvents
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 422
TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit

DSSA TP (D/GB) 053100 transparent 310 12
DSSA W (D/GB) 053101 white 310 12
DSSA GR (D/GB) 053102 grey 310 12
DSSA BG (D/GB) 053103 bahama beige 310 12
DSSA DG (D/GB) 053105 dark grey 310 12
DSSA SW (D/GB) 053120 black 310 12
DSSA SG (D/GB) 058530 silver grey 310 12
DSSA FUG (D/GB) 512208 joint grey 310 12
DSSA SAG (D/GB) 512209 sanitary grey 310 12
DSSA MA (D/GB) 512210 manhattan 310 12
DSSA AN (D/GB) 512211 anthracite 310 12
407
Foams, Sealants Sanitary silicone DSSI
The standard sanitary silicone
Joints in sanitary areas Wash basins
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Glass
▪ Epoxy ▪ Ceramics
▪ Tiles ▪ Painted wood
▪ Glazed surfaces ▪ Polyester

▪ The 25% elasticity means that DSSI ▪ Joints in sinks and toilets ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
is ideal for expansion and connection ▪ Expansion joints between floor and acetate
joints. This guarantees long-lasting wall tiles ▪ Permanently elastic
jointing. ▪ Joints around enamel and plastic ▪ With fungicide
▪ The very good hold on smooth sur- showers and bath tubs ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
faces, e.g. tiles, prevents damp form- ▪ Connection joints between timber and ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
ing in the substrate and guarantees tiles +30°C
reliable functioning. ▪ Connection joints in the kitchen ▪ Temperature resistance: -50°C to
▪ The fungicidal properties ensure a ▪ Seal welds for display cabinets and +120°C
clean look over the long term. glass blocks ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
▪ Good chemical resistance
▪ Very good resistance to weather, age-
ing and UV
▪ Not paintable
page 422
TECHNICAL DATA

DSSI TP (GB/E) 058515 transparent 280 12
DSSI W (GB/E) 058516 white 280 12
408
Multi-silicone DMS
The silicone sealant with an acetate base for internal and
Foams, Sealants
external applications
Joints in sanitary areas Sealings in the kitchen
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Glass
▪ Epoxy ▪ Ceramics
▪ Tiles ▪ Painted wood
▪ Glazed surfaces ▪ Polyester

▪ Thanks to the practical elasticity of ▪ Bathrooms, showers and toilets ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
25%, DMS is ideally suited to con- ▪ Connection joints to sinks acetate
nection joints with expansion. This ▪ Expansion joints between tiles ▪ Permanently elastic
guarantees long-lasting jointing. ▪ Connection joints in the kitchen ▪ With fungicide
▪ The fungicidal properties ensure a ▪ Joints between timber and tiles ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
clean look over the long term. ▪ Glazing wood and aluminium win- ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
▪ The very good hold on smooth sur- dows +40°C
faces prevents damp from forming in ▪ Seal welds for display cabinets and ▪ Temperature resistance: -50°C to
the substrate and guarantees reliable glass blocks +120°C
functioning. ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
▪ The good resistance to UV, weathering ▪ Very good resistance to weather, age-
and ageing means that DMS can be ing and UV
used both indoors and outdoors, and ▪ Not paintable
offers a high level of security over the ▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
long term. page 422
TECHNICAL DATA

DMS TP (GB/E) 040385 transparent 280 24
DMS W (GB/E) 040386 white 280 24
DMS GR (GB/E) 040389 grey 280 24
DMS SW (GB/E) 504413 black 280 24
409
Foams, Sealants Premium high temperature silicone DHS
The silicone sealant for high temperature requirements
Sealing fireplaces Sealing cookers
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Aluminium (with primer) ▪ Glass
▪ Chrome ▪ Glazed surfaces
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Ceramics
▪ Anodised layer Not for corrosive adhesive surfaces such
▪ Enamel as non ferrous heavy metal, sheet zinc
▪ Tiles etc.

▪ The high temperature resistance of up ▪ Sealing of joints around cookers, ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
to +300°C means that DHS can be ovens and fireplaces acetate
used for joints with increased thermal ▪ Sealing of joints around boilers and ▪ Permanently elastic
load. industrial furnaces ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 15
▪ Meanwhile, the high resistance to ▪ Sealing of joints around pipes and minutes
chemicals also allows for use in areas channels subjected to high tempera- ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
subjected to chemical loads, thus tures +40°C
offering a high level of application ▪ Sealing of ventilation grilles ▪ Temperature resistance: -60°C to
safety. ▪ Sealing of air conditioning units +280°C (short term to +300°C)
▪ The very good adhesion to smooth ▪ Very good resistance to chemicals
surfaces allows for the components to ▪ Very good resistance to weather, age-
be completely sealed. This allows for ing and UV
reliable functioning. ▪ Not paintable
▪ DHS is easy to apply and smooth out. ▪ Free of MDI and solvents
This allows for efficient work, and ▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
helps to guarantee a simple and time- page 422
saving application.
TECHNICAL DATA

DHS RB (D/GB) 053125 reddish brown 310 12
410
Premium construction silicone DBSA
The low-odour premium construction silicone with high
Foams, Sealants
adhesive spectrum
External connection joints Fixing mirrors
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete ▪ H-PVC
▪ Chrome ▪ Ceramics
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Copper
▪ Anodised layer ▪ Masonry
▪ Enamel ▪ Brass
▪ Epoxy ▪ PMMA, PC
▪ Tiles ▪ Polyester
▪ Glass, glazed surfaces ▪ Steel
▪ Wood (with primer) ▪ Zinc

▪ The high-quality, neutral silicone seal- ▪ Connection and expansion joints in ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
ant with a very low volume shrinkage the construction industry (e.g. win- neutral alkoxy
is suitable for demanding applications dows, doors, façades, light domes) ▪ Fulfils DIN EN ISO 11600 F+G 25
in construction and the industrial sec- ▪ Window glazing ▪ Permanently elastic
tor, and guarantees a high degree of ▪ Movement and connection joints in ▪ Low-odour
functional safety. kitchens, sanitary areas and installa- ▪ With fungicide
▪ DBSA is low-odour and is therefore tions ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 10 min
ideal for use in confined spaces. ▪ Fixing mirrors (transparent version) ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
▪ The silicone is easy to apply and ▪ Sealing machines, containers and +35°C
smooth out, thus allowing for efficient building apparatus ▪ Temperature resistance: -40°C to
work and a simple and time-saving +120°C
jointing. ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
▪ The high wear resistance gives the ▪ Non-corrosive
surface a high level of protection when ▪ Very good resistance to weather, age-
cleaning and thus ensures a perfect ing and UV
look over a long period. ▪ Compatible with paint
▪ Not paintable
▪ Resistant to wear and streak-free
page 422
TECHNICAL DATA

DBSA TP (D/GB) 053090 transparent 310 12
DBSA W (D/GB) 053091 white 310 12
DBSA GR (D/GB) 053092 concrete grey 310 12
DBSA BR (D/GB) 053093 brown 310 12
DBSA SW (D/GB) 053094 black 310 12
DBSA BG (D/GB) 053095 beige 310 12
DBSA K (D/GB) 053096 pine 310 12
DBSA E (D/GB) 053097 oak 310 12
DBSA B (D/GB) 020050 beech 310 12
DBSA ZEG (D/GB) 512212 cement grey 310 12
DBSA AN (D/GB) 512213 anthracite 310 12
411
Foams, Sealants Roof and wall silicone DBSI
The versatile construction silicone
External connection joints Joints between buildings
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete ▪ H-PVC
▪ Tiles ▪ Sanitary acrylic
▪ Glass ▪ Steel
▪ Glazed surfaces ▪ Zinc
▪ Wood (with primer)

▪ The neutral silicone sealant is suitable ▪ Connection and expansion joints in ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
for various applications in construc- the construction industry neutral oxime
tion and the industrial sector, and thus ▪ Connection joints on windows and ▪ Permanently elastic
offers a high level of flexibility. doors ▪ With fungicide
▪ The 25% elasticity means that DBSI is ▪ Sealing façades, curtain walling panels ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
ideal for expansion joints. This guaran- and metal structures ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
tees long-lasting jointing. ▪ Movement and connection joints in +30°C
▪ DBSI is non-corrosive and is therefore kitchens, sanitary areas and installa- ▪ Temperature resistance: -40°C to
well suited to copper and zinc-plated tions +120°C
surfaces. Thus it can be used without ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
problems in the metal processing ▪ Non-corrosive
industry. ▪ Very good resistance to weather, age-
ing and UV
▪ Compatible with paint
▪ Not paintable
page 422
TECHNICAL DATA

DBSI W (D/GB) 094416 transparent 310 12
DBSI TP (D/GB) 094417 white 310 12
DBSI SW (D/GB) 506413 black 310 12
412
Premium silicone for natural stone DNS
The discolouration-free silicone sealant for marble and natural
Foams, Sealants
stone
Joints on tiles and natural stone and marble

Joints on natural stone panels
panels
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Marble ▪ Wood (with primer)
▪ Natural stone (e.g. granite, porphyry, ▪ H-PVC
quartzite, sandstone) ▪ Ceramics
Also suitable for: ▪ Copper
▪ Concrete ▪ Masonry
▪ Stainless steel ▪ PMMA, PC
▪ Anodised layer ▪ Sanitary acrylic
▪ Tiles ▪ Steel
▪ Glass ▪ Zinc

▪ The specially adapted formulation ▪ Sealing and jointing marble and natu- ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
prevents edge soiling and gives a last- ral stone for internal and external use neutral alkoxy
ing clean look, particularly for natural ▪ Joints in sanitary areas ▪ Permanently elastic
stone and marble. ▪ Joints in façade construction ▪ Low-odour
▪ DNS is easy to use and smooth, thus ▪ Corner joints in floors and walls ▪ With fungicide
allowing for efficient work. This guar- ▪ Movement-compensating adhesion ▪ Skin formation time 10 to 15 minutes
antees a fast and simple jointing. of natural stone onto metal structures ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
▪ The neutral interlacing silicone with an (e.g. stair treads) +40°C
alkoxy base is low-odour and is there- ▪ Temperature resistance: -40°C to
fore ideal for use in confined spaces. +120°C
▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
▪ Non-corrosive
▪ Good chemical resistance
ing and UV
▪ Not paintable
page 422
TECHNICAL DATA

DNS TP (D/GB) 053121 transparent 310 12
413
Foams, Sealants Premium B1 silicone DFS
The hardly flammable silicone sealant
Joints on fire protection doors Sealings in public buildings
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete ▪ Glazed surfaces
▪ Tiles ▪ Steel
▪ Glass ▪ Zinc

▪ The good fire-inhibiting properties ▪ Sealing connection and expansion ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
provide maximum safety for the seal- joints that are required to have a fire- neutral alkoxy
ing of solid, mineral or metal building resistant effect against the spreading ▪ Hardly flammable material (building
materials. of fire, water, smoke and poisonous material class DIN 4102-B1) in line
▪ Non-corrosive, thus can be used on fumes. with DIN 4102-1
aluminium, copper and zinc-plated ▪ Sealing components that have ▪ Permanently elastic
surfaces. This guarantees problem- increased requirements concerning ▪ Low-odour
free use within the metal processing their properties in the case of fire. ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 25
industry. minutes
▪ The neutral interlacing silicone with ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
an alkoxy base is extremely low-odour +40°C
and is therefore ideal for use in con- ▪ Temperature resistance: -40°C to
fined spaces. +120°C
▪ Non-corrosive
ing and UV
▪ Not paintable
page 422
TECHNICAL DATA

DFS GR (D/GB) 053131 grey 310 12
414
Premium painting acrylic DMA
The elastic acrylic sealant for internal and external applications
Foams, Sealants
with immediate rain resistance
Joints in the roof area Internal expansion joints
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete ▪ Clinker brick
▪ Fibre cement ▪ Metal
▪ Gypsum ▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Gypsum plasterboard ▪ Plaster
▪ Wood ▪ Brick
▪ H-PVC ▪ Zinc
▪ Sand-lime brick

▪ The immediate rain resistance allows ▪ For internal and external application ▪ Chemical base: 1-component disper-
for external application in all weather ▪ Internal connection joints between sion acrylic
conditions, thus avoiding interruption wood, plastic and metal windows and ▪ Elasto-plastic
of work. walls ▪ Low-odour
▪ The 20% elasticity means that DMA is ▪ Joints in dry and internal construction ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
ideal for expansion joints. This guaran- ▪ Joints between stairs and walls, ceil- ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
tees long-lasting jointing. ings and walls +40°C
▪ The optimised formulation ensures ▪ Connection joints for shutter boxes ▪ Temperature resistance: -20°C to
that strongly absorbent substrates do and window sills +75°C
not cause splitting in the joints. This ▪ Renovation work (split jointing) ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 20%
increases functional safety. ▪ Non-corrosive
▪ The water-based acrylate sealant has a ▪ Very good resistance to weather, age-
neutral odour and is therefore ideal for ing and UV
use in confined spaces. ▪ Compatible with paint
▪ Can be painted and plastered
▪ Frost-protected in the cartridge
▪ Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
page 422
TECHNICAL DATA

DMA W (D/GB) 512186 white 310 12
415
Foams, Sealants Acrylic sealant DA
The acrylic sealant for internal joints
Sealing door frames Closing internal masonry cracks
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete ▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Anodised layer ▪ Clinker brick
▪ Gypsum ▪ Masonry
▪ Gypsum plasterboard ▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Wood ▪ Plaster
▪ H-PVC ▪ Brick

▪ The good hold on absorbent sub- ▪ Fractures in masonry and other solid ▪ Chemical base: 1-component disper-
strates guarantees a secure sealing building materials in internal areas sion acrylic
and thus allows for a reliable and ▪ Connection joints with low movement ▪ Elasto-plastic
economic application. ▪ Joints in window sill connections ▪ Low-odour
▪ The sealant can be painted and plas- ▪ Connection joints inside buildings ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 20
tered and allows for a good hold of between windows, doors, stairs, ceil- minutes
standard paints/plasters on the sealings and walls ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
ant, thus guaranteeing a non-critical +40°C
post-treatment. ▪ Temperature resistance: -20°C to
▪ The water-based acrylate sealant has a +75°C
neutral odour and is therefore ideal for ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 10%
use in confined spaces. ▪ Non-corrosive
▪ Can be painted and plastered
page 422
TECHNICAL DATA

DA W (E/F) 058512 white 310 12
DA W (D/GB) 053110 white 310 12
DA GR (D/GB) 053111 grey 310 12
DA BR (D/GB) 053112 brown 310 12
416
Premium structured acrylic DSA
Foams, Sealants
The structured acrylic sealant for plastered walls
Joints in the roof area Closing external masonry cracks
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Gypsum ▪ Polystyrene
▪ H-PVC ▪ Brick
▪ Sand-lime brick

▪ The pitted structure is ideal for coarse ▪ Filler paste to repair coarse surfaces ▪ Chemical base: 1-component disper-
surfaces, and ensures a perfect on internal and external walls sion acrylic
appearance, e.g. on rough plaster. ▪ Connection joints with low movement ▪ Elasto-plastic
▪ The sealant can be painted and plas- ▪ Joints in dry and internal construction ▪ Low-odour
tered and allows for an outstanding ▪ Joints between walls and ceilings ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
hold of standard paints/plasters on ▪ Joints on window and shutter connec- ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
the sealant, thus guaranteeing a non- tions +40°C
critical post-treatment. ▪ Temperature resistance: -20°C to
▪ The good resistance to UV, weather +75°C (rain-resistant once cured)
and ageing allows for use both indoors ▪ Non-corrosive
and outdoors. This guarantees versa- ▪ Very good resistance to weather, age-
tile and long-lasting jointing. ing and UV
▪ Paintable
page 422
TECHNICAL DATA

DSA W (D/GB) 512185 white 310 12
417
Premium ventilation duct sealant DLK
The approved sealant for use in ventilation and air conditioning

Foams, Sealants
systems
Sealing ventilation ducts Sealing ventilation ducts
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Aluminium ▪ Ceramics
▪ Concrete ▪ Copper
▪ Chrome ▪ Masonry
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Brass
▪ Anodised layer ▪ PC
▪ Epoxy ▪ PMMA
▪ Tiles ▪ Polyester
▪ Glass ▪ Steel
▪ Glazed surfaces ▪ Zinc
▪ H-PVC

▪ The fungicidal properties guarantee a ▪ Sealings in ventilation ducts, system ▪ Chemical base: 1-component MS
proven antibacterial inertia over a long and machine construction polymer®
period. ▪ Sealing exhaust fans, e.g. in large ▪ Certified in accordance with DIN EN
▪ DLK is non-corrosive, and thus can be kitchens and halls ISO 846
used on aluminium, copper and zinc- ▪ Closing joints and seams in climate ▪ Permanently elastic
plated surfaces. This offers maximum constructions ▪ Low-odour
flexibility. ▪ Connection and expansion joints in ▪ With fungicide
▪ Thanks to the high elasticity of 25%, the construction industry (e.g. metal/ ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 10
DLK is ideally suited to high-stress plastic façades, light domes) minutes
expansion joints. This guarantees long- ▪ General joint sealings in construction ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
lasting sealing. +40°C
▪ DLK is low-odour and therefore ideal ▪ Temperature resistance: -40°C to
for use in confined spaces. +90°C
▪ Non-corrosive
▪ High resistance to chemicals
ing and UV
▪ Compatible with paint and can be
painted
page 422
TECHNICAL DATA

DLK GR (D/GB) 512189 grey 290 12
418
Premium all-weather sealant DDK
The permanently elastic joint sealant with a strong hold on all
Foams, Sealants
substrates
Chimney flashings Sealing gutters
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Aluminium ▪ Clinker brick
▪ Bitumen sheeting ▪ Masonry
▪ Roofing felt ▪ Metal
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Brick
▪ Wood ▪ Zinc

▪ Thanks to the high elasticity of 25%, ▪ Sealing of roofing membranes ▪ Chemical base: 1-component syn-
DDK is ideally suited to high-stress ▪ Grouting roof penetrations such as thetic rubber
expansion joints. This guarantees long- chimneys or light domes, as well as ▪ Permanently elastic
lasting jointing. edge connections ▪ Highly transparent formulation
▪ DDK holds without a base coat, ▪ Sealing of metal and plastic gutters ▪ Skin formation time: 15 - 20 minutes
including on moist and bituminous ▪ Sealings around antennas and ventila- ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
substrates, and is therefore suitable for tion ducts +40°C
all applications in the roofing area. For ▪ Sealing of chimney flashings ▪ Temperature resistance: -25°C to
a high degree of economy. ▪ Sealant for metal structures +100°C
▪ The immediate rain resistance allows ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
for external application in all weather ▪ Allows for emergency roof repairs
conditions, thus avoiding interruption ▪ Non-corrosive
of work. ▪ Very good resistance to weather, age-
▪ DDK is non-corrosive, and thus can be ing and UV
used on aluminium, copper and zinc- ▪ Compatible with paint
plated surfaces. This offers maximum ▪ Paintable
flexibility. ▪ Frost-protected in the cartridge
page 422
TECHNICAL DATA

DDK TR (D/GB) 049103 transparent 310 12
419
Foams, Sealants Roof sealing compound DD
The special sealant to fill joints between bitumen sheeting
Sealings around skylights Sealings around roofs with bitumen sheeting
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Aluminium ▪ Copper
▪ Concrete ▪ Plastics
▪ Bitumen sheeting ▪ Masonry
▪ Roofing felt ▪ Metal
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Brick
▪ Wood ▪ Zinc
▪ Clinker brick

▪ The special bitumen-based formula- ▪ Sealing roofing membranes and roof- ▪ Chemical base: 1-component bitumen
tion seals roofing membranes and ing felt ▪ Plastic
roofing felt securely. This guarantees ▪ Bonding bitumen shingle ▪ Skin formation time > 15 hours
long-lasting functionality. ▪ Grouting roof penetrations such as ▪ Processing temperature: +5°C to
▪ DD also holds to moist substrates chimneys or light domes, as well as +40°C
without a base layer. This makes edge connections ▪ Temperature resistance: -20°C to
application largely independent of the ▪ Sealing of metal and plastic gutters +80°C
weather and thus helps to avoid inter- ▪ Sealings around antennas and ventila- ▪ Non-corrosive
ruption of work. tion ducts ▪ Frost-protected in the cartridge
▪ DD is non-corrosive, and thus can be ▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
used on aluminium, copper and zinc- page 422
plated surfaces. This offers maximum
flexibility.
TECHNICAL DATA

DD SW (D/GB) 053127 black 310 12
420
Accessories sealants
KP M1 KP M2
Foams, Sealants
ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES
▪ The handy, robust solid metal con- ▪ The 17:1 transmission ratio makes
struction for standard cartridges up to extrusion rapid and energy-efficient
310 ml bears up against requirements even in the case of highly viscous
on the construction site and, as such, materials, thus guaranteeing stress-
is also suitable for professional use. free work.
▪ The continuous in-feed allows for a ▪ The robust design with the special,
precise dosage, making it easy to use. hardened drive block meets the tough
▪ The slim shape of the device allows for requirements of a construction site
an exact application, even in difficult and thus offers a long lifespan.
to reach spots, thus offering a high ▪ The rotating cartridge shells make it
level of flexibility possible to perfectly align the extru-
sion nozzle, and guarantee application-
orientated work.
TECHNICAL DATA
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

KP M 1 053115 1
KP M 2 053117 1
421
Foams, Sealants Sealant selection matrix
SEALANT SELECTION MATRIX
Non ferrous heavy metal (copper, brass)

Acrylic glass (Macrolon, perspex etc.)
Gypsum / gypsum plasterboard

Acrylic tubs (sanitary acrylic)
+ suitable
Natural stone / marble

T requires test
Brick / clinker brick

ABS / Polystyrene
- not suitable
Zinc / galvanizing
Sandblasted iron
Concrete block
Stainless steel
Chem. basis
Stoneware
Aluminium
Hard PVC
Polyester
Ceramics
Concrete
Bitumen
Aircrete
Resopal
Enamel
Plaster
Wood
Glass
Tiles
DSSA Premium sanitary silicone Silicone acetate + - + + - - - - + - + + - + + + + - + - - + + - -
DSSI Sanitary silicone Silicone acetate - - + + - - - - + - + + - + + + + - + - - + + - -
DMS Multi-silicone Silicone acetate + - T + - - - - + - + + - + - + + - + - - + + - -
DHS Premium high temperature silicon Silicone acetate + - - + T - - T + - + + T + - + + - + T T + + T T
DBSA Premium construction silicone Silicone alkoxy + + T + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DBSI Roof and wall silicone Silicone oxime + - + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DNS Premium silicone for natural stone Silicone oxime + - + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
DFS Premium B1 silicone Silicone alkoxy + + + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DMA Premium painting acrylic Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - + + - + + + - + + + - + + + + + + +
DA Acrylic Sealant Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - - + - - + T - - + T - + + + + + + T
DSA Premium structured acrylic Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - - + - - + + - T + T - + + + + + + +
DLK Ventilation Duct Sealant MS polymer® + + - + + + - + + + + + - + + + + T + + T + + + +
DDK Premium all-weather sealant Synthetic rubber + - - + + - + + + + - + - - + + + - + + + + + + +
DD Roof sealing compound Bitumen - - - + + - + + + + - + - - - + + - + - T - + + +
Note: Avoid direct contact between the silicone and bituminous or plasticiser materials (e.g. EPDM, butyl, neoprene). The written and spoken information contained in this technical datasheet and our practical
support is provided to the best of our knowledge and does not represent binding information or guarantees as described in § 443 of the German Civil Code. We recommend that you test the suitability of our pro-
ducts for the intended application prior to use. Due to the diverse range of applications of the individual product and the unpredictable conditions on site, we also recommend testing the adhesion prior to use.
SEALANT COLOUR BOARD

DSSA Premium sanitary silicone
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
53100 53101 53103 58530 512208 53102 512209 512210 53105 512211 53120
transparent white bahama beige silver grey joint grey grey sanitary grey manhattan dark grey anthracite black
DHS Premium high temperature silicone
Art.-No.
53125
reddish brown
DBSA Construction silicone
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
53090 53091 53095 53096 53097 20050 53092 512212 53093 512213 53094
transparent white beige pine oak beech concrete grey cement grey brown anthracite black
DFS Premium B1 silicone DA Acrylic sealant
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.

53131 53110 58512 53111 53112
grey white white grey brown
DLK Premium ventilation duct sealant
Art.-No.
512189
grey
422
Sealant selection matrix
Foams, Sealants
08 07 01 03 12
03 10 11 04
11 03
03 07
11 03 11 04
09 03
11
07
01
10
01 09
08 05
04 03
02 05 03 04
03 03 02
04 04
03
07 07
08 04
02 01
Example of use for sealants

01 DSSA Premium sanitary silicone 07 DMA Premium painting acrylic
02 DHS Premium high temperature silicone 08 DA Acrylic sealant
03 DBSA Premium construction silicone 09 DSA Premium structured acrylic
04 DBSI Roof and wall silicone 10 DLK Premium ventilation duct sealant
05 DNS Premium silicone for natural stone 11 DDK Premium all-weather sealant
06 DFS Premium B1 silicone 12 DD Roof sealing compound
423
424
Adhesives
Adhesives
Adhesives
▪ Assembly adhesive MK .............................................................................................. 426

▪ Construction adhesive KK ......................................................................................... 427
▪ All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD .......................................................... 428
▪ PVC adhesive.................................................................................................................. 429
425
Assembly adhesive MK
The building adhesive for interior areas with high initial

Adhesives
adhesion
Skirting Door stops
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete ▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Pumice ▪ Clinker brick
▪ Fibre cement ▪ Metal
▪ Gypsum ▪ Polystyrene hard foam
▪ H-PVC ▪ Brick
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY

▪ The extremely high initial adhesion of ▪ Skirting ▪ Chemical base: One-component acr-
120 kg/m² makes it possible to attach ▪ Timber sub-structures ylate dispersion
lots of components without the need ▪ Décor, acoustic and insulating panels ▪ Creme white in colour
for additional fixings, and thus reduces ▪ Cable ducts ▪ Processing temperature +5°C to
the amount of time required. ▪ Window sills +35°C
▪ The components can be adjusted for ▪ Tiles ▪ Setting time approx. 15 minutes
a few minutes after they have been ▪ Door plates ▪ High initial adhesion of 120 kg/m²
attached. This makes installation ▪ Fully functional after 24 to 48 hours
easier. ▪ Temperature resistance -20°C to
▪ The acrylate adhesive has a neutral +70°C
odour and is therefore ideal for use in ▪ Non-drip (suitable for use on ceilings)
confined spaces. ▪ Addresses uneven surfaces
▪ The special recipe makes it compatible ▪ At least one of the components to be
with foamed polystyrene, e.g. Styro- bonded must be absorbent.
foam®. MK is, therefore, suitable for a ▪ Reclosable nozzle
broad range of applications. ▪ Free from solvents, silicone and MDI
▪ Extrude with silicone application gun
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit
MK-310 (D) 053128 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12
MK-310 (GB) 046903 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12
MK-310 (E/P) 514857 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12
MK-310 (H/RO) 040179 310 Cartridge creamwhite 12
426
Construction adhesive KK
Adhesives
The fast-curing building adhesive for interior and exterior use
Signs Bonding in interior construction
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ ABS ▪ Ceramics
▪ Pumice ▪ Masonry
▪ Anodised layer ▪ Metal
▪ Fibre cement ▪ Natural stone
▪ Gypsum ▪ Polystyrene hard foam
▪ Wooden materials ▪ Plaster
▪ H-PVC ▪ Brick
▪ Sand-lime brick

▪ The polyurethane adhesive is resistant ▪ Gluing timber sub-structures ▪ Chemical base: One-component PUR
to moisture and thus can be used in ▪ Stair construction and stair renova- adhesive
exterior areas. tions ▪ Beige in colour
▪ The extremely quick hardening ▪ Laminate cladding ▪ Processing temperature 0°C to +35°C
shortens the pressing and joining ▪ Skirting ▪ Setting time approx. 3 minutes
times. Thus subsequent work can be ▪ Décor, acoustic and insulating panels ▪ Fully functional after approx. 10 min-
completed more quickly. ▪ Professional modelling utes (for invisible joints)
▪ The optimised recipe achieves a high ▪ Door plates ▪ Temperature resistance -40°C to
adhesion, including in the case of high ▪ Cable ducts +110°C
temperatures, for high security. ▪ General repair and installation bond- ▪ Non-drip (suitable for use on ceilings)
▪ The special recipe makes it compatible ings ▪ Lightly foaming / bridges gaps; fix
with foamed polystyrene, e.g. Styro- where necessary
foam®. Thus, KK is suitable for a broad ▪ Suitable for bonding non-absorbent
range of applications. components
▪ Very high ultimate strength
▪ Reclosable nozzle
▪ Free from solvents and silicone
▪ Extrude with silicone application gun
TECHNICAL DATA
KK-310 (D) 059014 310 Cartridge beige 12
KK-310 (GB) 046911 1) 310 Cartridge beige 12
KK-310 (GB) 046910 310 Cartridge beige 12
KK-310 (HU/RO) 040180 310 Cartridge beige 12
1) Product supplied without gloves in line with Appendix XVII of EC regulation no. 1907/2006 (REACH). For sale in non-EEA countries only.
427
Adhesives All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD
The flexible adhesive and sealant for interior and exterior use
Sheet metal coverings Bonding and sealing aluminium profiles
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ ABS ▪ Plastics
▪ Pumice ▪ Masonry
▪ Anodised layer ▪ Metals
▪ Gypsum plasterboard ▪ Natural stone (coloured variants)
▪ Glass ▪ Polycarbonate and PMMA
▪ Wooden materials ▪ Polystyrene hard foam
▪ H-PVC ▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Ceramics ▪ Plaster
▪ Clinker brick ▪ Brick

▪ The MS polymer® allows for an elastic Stress-compensating bonding and sealing ▪ Chemical base: One-component
adhesion for vibration-dampening and of: hybrid polymer
stress-compensating connections for ▪ Standard mirrors (coloured variant) ▪ Colours: white, grey, black, crystal
demanding applications. ▪ Vibrating constructions clear
▪ The extremely high initial adhesion of ▪ Metal profiles ▪ Processing temperature +5°C to
110 kg/m² (coloured variant) makes it ▪ Joints and seams in climate and venti- +35°C
possible to attach lots of components lated constructions ▪ Setting time 5 to 10 minutes
without the need for additional fixing, ▪ Kitchens and built-in furniture ▪ High initial adhesion of 110 kg/m² or
and thus reduces the amount of time ▪ Stair treads and window sills 50 kg/m² for the crystal clear variant
required. ▪ Floor joints, connection joints in car ▪ Fully functional after 1 to 3 days
▪ The transparent variant is ideal for body and vehicle construction ▪ Temperature resistance: -40°C to
inconspicuous gluing and sealing, and +90°C
guarantees an ideal appearance. ▪ Also bonds on a moist base material
and is water resistant
▪ Suitable for bonding non-absorbent
components (see TDS)
▪ Can be painted (see TDS)
▪ Free from solvents, MDI and silicone
▪ Very good resistance to weather, age
and UV
TECHNICAL DATA
KD-290 white (GB) 046915 290 Cartridge white 12
KD-290 crystal clear
503317 290 Cartridge crystal clear 12
(D)
KD-290 white (D) 059389 290 Cartridge white 12
KD-290 grey (D) 503318 290 Cartridge grey 12
KD-290 black (D) 503319 290 Cartridge black 12
KD-290 (I) 046917 290 Cartridge white 12
428
PVC adhesive
Adhesives
The UV and weather-proof PVC special adhesive
Pressurised water pipes up to 1.5 bar Rainwater downpipes made of PVC
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
▪ Not suitable for PE, PP, PTFE, silicone
and bitumen

▪ The effective resistance to weather- ▪ Weatherboarding, guttering, rabbet ▪ Chemical base: One-component PVC
ing and exceptional resistance to UV ledges and shutter strips in window adhesive
rays allows for long-lasting adhesion in construction ▪ The PVC adhesive uses the principle of
exterior areas. ▪ Removal systems, pipes pressurised cold welding; in other words, the adhe-
▪ The quick hardening shortens the up to 1.5 bar, bushing and fittings in sive partially dissolves the surfaces so
pressing and joining times. Thus sanitary areas that, once inserted, the components
subsequent work can be completed ▪ Gutters are as good as welded in place.
more quickly. ▪ Moulded pieces ▪ Transparent in colour
▪ Panels ▪ Processing temperature +5°C to
▪ PVC pond foils +35°C
▪ Setting time approx. 3 minutes
▪ Fully functional after 5 to 15 minutes
▪ Temperature resistance -15°C to
+70°C
▪ Max. gap filling capacity < 0.6 mm
▪ Apply across the entire area on both
sides
▪ Non-drip
▪ For pipes pressurised up to 1.5 bar
▪ Water-resistant
▪ Resistant to weathering and UV rays
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Colour Type of packaging Sales unit
PVC-125 (D/F) 046395 125 transparent Tube in folding box 25
PVC-125 (GB/I) 046926 125 transparent Tube in folding box 25
429
430
Drills and bits
Drills and bits
▪ Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric .................................................................. 432

▪ Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer ...................................................................... 434
▪ Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV ........................................................ 437
▪ Chisel ................................................................................................................................. 439
▪ Profi-bit FPB .................................................................................................................... 440
▪ Diamond bit FDB .......................................................................................................... 443
▪ Stainless steel bit FSB ................................................................................................. 446
▪ Bit holder FBH ................................................................................................................ 448
431
Drills and bits Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric
The expert for the best performance in reinforced concrete
▪ The one-piece cutting element made To create approval-compliant drill
from solid carbide guarantees a low holes in:
vibration run which results in quiet ▪ Concrete
drilling. ▪ Masonry
▪ The drill bit head with four cutting Also suitable for:
edges prevents jamming in the con- ▪ Natural stone
crete reinforcement.
▪ The quadruple flute reliably transports
the drilling dust from the drill hole,
thus reducing wear.
▪ The distinctive centring tip allows
for simple and high-precision drilling
and thus offers increased installation
safety.
▪ The PGM®-compliant cutting element
guarantees perfect-fit drill holes and
satisfies the highest safety require-
ments.
432
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric
TECHNICAL DATA
Detail: top of drill Detail: top of drill

Hammer drill bit SDS Plus IV Quattric
Ø 6 - 16 mm from Ø 18 mm
Drill hole Total length Working length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
lges
SDS Plus IV 6/50/110 504123 6 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus IV 6,5/250/310 506521 6,5 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus IV 18/200/250 504162 18 250 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Plus IV 6/50/110 DP 508104 6 110 50 Plastic tube 5 1
433
Drills and bits Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer
The 2-cutter for the fastest drilling progress
▪ The distinctive chisel-shaped drill To create approval-compliant drill
bit head ensures the fastest drilling holes in:
progress. ▪ Concrete
▪ The large-volume flute quickly trans- ▪ Masonry
ports the drilling dust from the drill Also suitable for:
hole, thus reducing wear. ▪ Natural stone
▪ The core-reinforced flute places more
impact energy on the carbide cutting
edge for the greatest stability and
transfer of force.
▪ The distinctive centring tip allows
for simple and high-precision drilling
and thus offers increased installation
safety.
ments.
434
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer
TECHNICAL DATA
SDS Plus II Pointer Detail: top of drill

diameter
lges
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Plus II 4/50/110 503877 4 110 50 Plastic clip 1 5
SDS Plus II 5,5/100/160 503887 5,5 160 100 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 6,5/250/310 503913 6 310 250 Plastic clip 1 1
435
Drills and bits Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer
TECHNICAL DATA
SDS Plus II Pointer Detail: top of drill

diameter
lges
SDS Plus II 4/50/110 QP 508079 4 110 50 Plastic tube 10 1
SDS Plus II 6,5/200/260 QP 508090 6,5 260 200 Plastic tube 10 1
436
Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV
The hammer drill bits with SDS Max drill chuck
▪ The SDS Max drill chuck ensures opti- To create approval-compliant drill
mum transfer of force and allows for holes in:
rapid drilling progress for large volume ▪ Concrete
drill holes. ▪ Masonry
▪ The drill bit head with four cutting Also suitable for:
edges prevents jamming in the con- ▪ Natural stone
crete reinforcement.
▪ The quadruple flute reliably transports
the drilling dust from the drill hole,
thus reducing wear.
▪ The core-reinforced flute ensures maxi-
mum transfer of energy, and guaran-
tees a low-vibration drilling.
ments.
437
Drills and bits Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV
TECHNICAL DATA
Detail: top of drill SDS Max II Detail: top of drill SDS Max IV
Hammerdrill SDS Max II and IV
Ø 12 - 15 mm from Ø 16 mm
diameter
do l
SDS Max II 12/200/340 504188 12 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 14/1000/1120 098279 1) 14 1120 1000 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 16/200/340 504198 16 340 200 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 25/2000/2120 098287 1) 25 1940 2000 Plastic tube 1 1
1) Delivery time approximately 1 week.
438
Chisel
High-performance chisel with SDS Plus and SDS Max drill

chuck
▪ The SDS Plus and SDS Max drill chuck Suitable for creating holes, slots and
for the chisel allow for use with profes- installation paths in:
sional hammer drilling machines, and ▪ Concrete
ensure a proven and safe transfer of ▪ Masonry
force. ▪ Natural stone
▪ The use of a high quality, specially
hardened steel with surface protection
increases the life span of the tools.
▪ The high oscillation endurance allows
for high work comfort and contributes
to the achievement of clean results.
TECHNICAL DATA
Pointed Flat Scaling
Hollow Canal Tile scaling
with glides Slotting

Type Length Width Contents Sales unit
l B
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Plus Pointed 250 504277 Pointed 250 — 1 1
SDS Plus Flat 20/250 504278 Flat 250 20 1 1
SDS Plus Scaling 40/250 504279 Scaling 250 40 1 1
SDS Plus Hollow 22/250 504280 Hollow 250 22 1 1
SDS Max Pointed 280 504281 Pointed 280 — 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/280 504284 Flat 280 25 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/400 504286 Flat 400 25 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/600 504287 Flat 600 25 1 1
SDS Max Scaling 50/400 504288 Scaling 400 50 1 1
SDS Max Hollow 26/300 504293 Hollow 300 26 1 1
SDS Max Canal 32/300 504294 Canal 300 32 1 1
SDS Max Tile Scaling 50/400 504295 Tile scaling 400 50 1 1
SDS Max with Glides 35/380 504296 with glides 380 35 1 1
SDS Max Slotting 32/300 504301 Slotting 300 32 1 1
439
Drills and bits Profi-bit FPB
The economical bit
▪ The bit made from special steel with a Number of internal drives in various pro-
high hardness grade (s2 mod.) guaran- file sizes, such as:
tees the greatest service life and offers ▪ PH, PZ cross-slot
maximum cost-effectiveness. ▪ TX star recess
▪ The high dimensional accuracy allows ▪ Hexagon socket
for an ideal fit. Thus clean results and ▪ Slot
a long life span are achieved. ▪ Suitable for ¼“ drives
▪ The profile shape ensures ideal trans-
fer of force and prevents damages to
the screw heads, even in the case of
high torques.
▪ Also available as a convenient and
user-friendly bit set with 13 and 31
parts, including a bit holder
TECHNICAL DATA
Star recess TX Cross drive PH Cross drive PZ
Slot SL Allen HEX Cross drive PH Dry Walling
Profi-bit FPB in plastic box

Version Type of packaging Length Contents Sales unit
l
FPB TX8/2 507701 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PH1/2 507709 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PH2C/1 507711 PH2 + dry walling attachment Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PZ1/2 507713 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FPB PH1 50mm/1 507717 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB PZ1 50mm/1 507720 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 50 1 12
FPB SL 0,8-1-1,2/3 507723 Slot set 0,5 x 4,0 ; 1,0 x 5,5; 1,2 x 6,5 Plastic box 25 3 12
FPB HEX 4-5-6/3 507724 Allen set 4-5-6 Plastic box 25 3 12
440
Profi-bit FPB
TECHNICAL DATA
Profi-Bit FPB in storage box

l
FPB TX10/10 507725 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PH1/10 507730 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PZ1/10 507733 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FPB PZ1 50mm/5 507736 Cross drive PZ Storage box 50 10 6
TECHNICAL DATA
Profi-Bit FPB in polybag

l
FPB TX 10/B10 508471 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB TX20/B10 508473 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FPB PH1/B10 508479 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 5 1
FPB PZ1/B10 508482 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 5 1
441
Drills and bits Profi-bit FPB
TECHNICAL DATA
FPB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Profi FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs inside 12 set Display FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs
Contents Length Sales unit
je 1xPZ1+2+3, PH1+2+3,
FPB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Profi 507783 25 1
TX10+15+20+25+30+40 und 1 x FBH UVH
je 1xPZ3, PH3, HEX 3+4+5+6,
FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs inside 12 set Display 507781 SL 4,5+5,5+6,5, 1 x FBH Quick, 2xPZ1, PH1+2, 25 1
TX10+15+20+25+30+40, je 3xPZ2
je 1xPZ3, PH3, HEX 3+4+5+6,
FPB Bit-Set 31 pcs 507782 SL 4,5+5,5+6,5, 1 x FBH Quick, 2xPZ1, PH1+2, 25 1
TX10+15+20+25+30+40, je 3xPZ2
442
Diamond bit FDB
The non-slip bit
▪ The diamond particles ensure the best Number of internal drives in various pro-
possible transfer of force and prevent file sizes, such as:
the bit tip from slipping out of the ▪ PH, PZ cross-slot
screw head. ▪ TX star recess
▪ The diamond-coated bit with a high ▪ Suitable for ¼“ drives
hardness grade (s2 mod.) guarantees
the greatest service life and offers
maximum cost-effectiveness.
▪ The torsion zones created by the
tapered bit cross-section offer relief in
the case of extreme loads and allow
for a more effortless installation.
▪ The high dimensional accuracy allows
for an ideal fit. Thus clean results and
a long life span are achieved.
▪ Also available as a convenient and
user-friendly bit set with 13 parts,
including a bit holder
TECHNICAL DATA
Diamond-Bit FDB in plastic box

l
FDB TX10/2 507739 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PH1/2 507746 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PH2/2 507747 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PH3 /2 507748 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
FDB PZ1 /2 507749 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 12
443
Drills and bits Diamond bit FDB
TECHNICAL DATA
Diamond-Bit FDB in storage box

l
FDB TX10/10 507752 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PH1 /10 507757 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PH2 /10 507758 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PH3/10 507759 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
FDB PZ1/10 507760 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 6
TECHNICAL DATA
Diamond-Bit FDB in polybag

l
FDB TX10/10 508486 TX star recess Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PH1/10 508492 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 10 1
FDB PZ1/10 508495 Cross drive PZ Polybag 25 10 1
444
Diamond bit FDB
TECHNICAL DATA
FDB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Diamond

je 1xPZ1+2+3, PH1+2+3,
FDB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Diamond 507784 25 1
TX10+15+20+25+30+40 and 1 x FBH UVH
445
Drills and bits Stainless steel bit FSB
The anti-rust bit for stainless steel screws
▪ The special stainless steel with a high Number of internal drives in various pro-
hardness grade guarantees the great- file sizes, such as:
est service life and offers maximum ▪ PH, PZ cross-slot
cost-effectiveness. ▪ TX star recess
▪ The stainless steel bit FSB effectively ▪ Suitable for ¼“ drives
prevents the formation of extraneous
rust on stainless steel screws, thus
guaranteeing rust-free surfaces.
▪ The high dimensional accuracy allows
for an ideal fit. Thus clean results and
a long life span are achieved.
▪ The torsion zones created by the
tapered bit cross-section offer relief in
the case of extreme loads and allow
for more effortless installation.
▪ Ideal in combination with fischer
Power-Fast screws made from stain-
less steel
▪ Also available as a 13-part bit set
TECHNICAL DATA
Star recess TX Cross drive PZ
Stainless-Steel-Bit FSB in plastic box

l
FSB TX10/2 507763 TX star recess Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB PZ1/2 507768 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 1
FSB PZ2/2 507769 Cross drive PZ Plastic box 25 2 1
446
Stainless steel bit FSB
TECHNICAL DATA
Star recess TX Cross drive PZ
Stainless-Steel-Bit FSB in
storage box
l
FSB TX10/10 507770 TX star recess Storage box 25 10 1
FSB PZ1/10 507775 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 1
FSB PZ2/10 507776 Cross drive PZ Storage box 25 10 1
TECHNICAL DATA
FSB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Stainless

je 1xPZ1+3, TX10+15+30+40, je 2xPZ2,
FSB Bit-Set, 13 pcs Stainless 507785 25 1
TX20+25 and 1x FBH UVH
447
Drills and bits Bit holder FBH
The bit holder for rapid bit exchange
▪ The bit holder family for ¼“ bits with ▪ The bit holders FBH, UVH and FBH
magnetic insert hold the bit securely Quick for use with cylinder drill chucks
in the drill chuck and offer a smooth ▪ The bit holder FBH SDS for use with
installation procedure. SDS-Plus drill chucks
▪ The rapid bit exchange of the bit
holder FBH Quick and FBH SDS allows
for a rapid exchange of the bit while
offering the best hold.
TECHNICAL DATA
FBH UVH FBH Quick FBH SDS

Version Length Sales unit
l
FBH UVH 507777 magnetic 50 1
FBH QUICK 507779 magnetic 50 1
FBH SDS 507780 magnetic 80 1
448
449
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Fundamentals
Building materials
● Concrete The substrate and its quality is decisive for selection of the fixing: The building
material and anchor base. A differentiation is made between concrete, masonry
and panel building materials.
Concrete is made from a mixture of cement, additives and water. The main properties
of concrete are:
▪ High compressive strength, but only low tensile strength (≈ 10% of the
Concrete compressive strength).
▪ Insertion of reinforcement steel (individual bars or mats) increases the tensile
strength (steel + concrete = reinforced concrete)
▪ Easily reproducible, because regulated by standards and thus it represents an ideal
anchor base.
Concrete is mainly divided into two categories:
standard concrete and lightweight concrete: While standard concrete contains gravel,
lightweight concrete comprises additives like pumice, expanded clay or Styropore, usually
with lower compressive strength. Among other things, this leads to unfavourable conditions
for anchoring fixings.
The magnitude of the performance of a heavy-load fixing depends, among other
things, on the compressive and tensile strength of the concrete. This is indicated by the
numbers in the abbreviations: e. g., the most frequently occurring concrete strength is C
20/25 for a cube compressive strength of 25 N/mm².
Concrete strength classes in different countries

Country Specimen Dimensions1) Concrete strength class Unit Standard
[cm]
China Cube 15 x 15 x 15 C15, C20, C25, C30, C35, C40, C45, C55, C60 N/mm2 GBJ 10-89
Denmark Cylinder 15 x 30 5, 10, 15, 25, 35, 45, 55 N/mm2 DS 411
C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37,
Germany Cube 15 x 15 x 15 N/mm2 DIN 1045-1
C40/50, C45/55, C50/60
C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C35/45, C40/50,
France Cylinder 16 x 32 N/mm2
C45/55, C50/60
BS 1881:
Great Britain Cube 15 x 15 x 15 C25/10 N/mm2
Part 116
15 x 15 x 15
Italy Cube 16 x 16 x 16 C12/15, C20/25, C30/37, C40/50, C50/60 N/mm2 ENV 206
20 x 20 x 20
Japan Cylinder 10 x 20 ≧15 N/mm2 JIS A 1108
Korea Cylinder 10 x 20 C 180, C 210, C 240, C 270, C 300 kg/cm2 KS F 2405
The Netherlands Cube 15 x 15 x 15 B15, B25, B35, B45, B55, B65 N/mm2 NEN 6720
B5/B80, B10/B120, B15/B160,
N/mm2 /
Austria Cube 20 x 20 x 20 B20/B225, B25/B300, B30/350, ÖN B 4200
kp/cm2
B40/B500, B50/B600, B60/B700
K8, K12, K16, K20, K25, K30, K35,
Sweden Cube 15 x 15 x 15 N/mm2 BBK 79
K40, K45, K50, K55, K60, K70, K80
B25/15, B30/20, B35/25, B40/30, B45/35,
Switzerland Cube 20 x 20 x 20 N/mm2 SIA 162
B50/40
non-reinforced:
HM-20, HM-25, HM-30,
HM-35, HM-40, HM-45, HM-50
reinforced concrete:
Spain Cylinder 15 x 30 HA-25, HA-30, HA-35, N/mm2 EHE
HA-40, HA-45, HA-50
Prestressed concrete:
HP-25, HP-30, HP-35, HP-40, HP-45,
HP-50
USA Cylinder 15 x 30 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000 PSI ACI 318
1)
Conversion: fCylinder = 0.85 x fCube, 20x20x20; fCube, 15x15x15 = 1.05 x fCube, 20x20x20
450
▸ Expert tip
▪ Standard concrete qualities:

C12/15 to C 50/60, even higher qualities are available for special applications.
The anchors that are mainly approved for concrete may be used from a concrete
quality of C 20/25 up to a max. of C 50/60.
▪ C 20/25 means:
C = Concrete
20 = Compressive strength fck or fck,cyl of a concrete test cylinder
(Ø 150 mm, height 300 mm) in N/mm2
25 = Compressive strength fck, cube of a concrete test cube (edge length
150 mm) in N/mm2
▪ Normal concrete without accelerating additives reaches its nominal strength after
28 days. Only then can the fixing be applied, in compliance with the approval.
▪ Fresh concrete: still processible up to an hour after laying.
▪ Green concrete: up to 4 hours old, hardening, no longer processible.
▪ New concrete: 4 hours to 28 days old, hardening, minimum
compressive strength not yet reached.
▪ Hard concrete: older than 28 days, hardened, nominal strength reached.
▪ Anchors used in new concrete must be suitable for it or may be loaded only
after reaching the minimum compressive strength.
▪ Concrete always shows cracks (shrinkage during hardening, burdening)
▪ In cracked concrete, crack-suitable anchors must be used, which must be able
to expand for opening of cracks (expansion anchor, e.g. FAZ II), anchor via form
lock (undercut anchor e.g. FZA) or the adhesive bond must be suitable for the
tensile area (injection, e.g. FIS EM).
▪ Cutting through reinforcement steel while making drill holes is not permitted.
In special cases, non load-bearing steels can be cut after consultation with the
responsible structural engineer (diamond coring).
▪ The concrete must be load-bearing along the entire length of the drill hole
(no honeycombs or cavities).
451
Building materials
● Masonry
Masonry shows a larger variety in contrast to the anchoring base concrete. The
width of different bricks that are joined together using different mortars into a single
masonry compound is very large.
1 2 The division of masonry can take place as per:
1. Solid sand-lime brick ▪ The used brick (e.g. natural stone, bricks, lime stone or cellular concrete masonry).
2. Solid blocks, also known as brick or clinker brick ▪ The constructive structure (e.g. single or double layer).
▪ The strength class and gross density of the brick.
▪ Generally, four groups of masonry blocks are differentiated:
1 2 ▪ Solid blocks with dense structure are building materials that are very resistant
to compressive loads without cavities or with only a low percentage of hole sur-
1. Horizontal coring brick and vertical perforated brick
faces (up to max. 15%, e. g. as grip-hole). They are very well suited for anchoring
are often described as perforated bricks or honeycomb
bricks. fixings.
2. Perforated sand-lime brick ▪ Perforated bricks with a compact structure (perforated and hollow
checker bricks) These are mostly manufactured from the same compressive
strength materials as the solid blocks but are provided with cavities. If higher
loads are introduced into these building materials, special fixings should be used
1 2 (e. g. injection anchorings), like those which bridge or fill out the cavities.
Solid blocks with porous structure usually have a very large number of pores
1. Brick made of simple concrete, expanded clay,
and low compressive strength. Therefore, special fixings should be used for
2. Aircrete
optimal fastening, e. g. fixings with long expansion zone and fixings that engage
with the material.
Perforated bricks with porous structure (light perforated bricks) have many
cavities and pores and thus usually low compressive strength. In this case, special
care is needed in selection and installation of the correct fixing. Suitable fixings
Light concrete hollow blocks, e. g. of pumice or expan- include those with a long expansion zone or injection anchors with a form locking
ding clay anchorage especially with light concrete hollow blocks, with cavities that can be
filled with polystyrene.
▸ Expert tip
▪ Before fixing in masonry find out about exactly, which stone (description, dimensions,
perforation, material, compressive strength) and which mortar (mortar category) is involved.
▪ For safety-relevant anchoring in unknown or old masonry, loading trials can be carried out
on site after consultation with the planner or the construction engineer.
▪ For fixings close to the edge it is of relevance whether a load lies on the masonry (e.g. roof
truss). The load prevents the stones from sliding out of the masonry compound.
▪ Even the so-called full bricks can have holes (e.g. MZ, KS). The holes are mostly larger grip-
holes in the centre of the brick. (Up to max. 15% cavity proportion per brick)
▪ Always drill without hammering in ventilating and hollow bricks. Here special, well polished
drills with hard metal trimming are available.
▪ Plaster or other non load-bearing layers may not be added to the load-bearing base.
▪ The anchoring in the masonry joints must be avoided as far as possible due to the
inhomogeniety of joints. If the anchoring in a joint cannot be excluded (e.g. plaster on the
masonry), then it is recommended to reduce the load.
▪ For construction-related permissible systems, the anchoring in joints (straight or horizontal
joints) is regulated in the approvals.
▪ Lowering of fixings in the masonry makes sense only if high loads have to be anchored.
▪ Expansion fixing that punctually induces a high load in the base is mostly not suitable for
anchoring in the masonry (Exception: frame fixing for facade construction).
▪ Injection anchoring achieves the highest loads in masonry materials.
452
Building materials
Panel building materials are thin-walled materials that often have only low ● Panel building materials
strength - e.g. plasterboard like “Rigips”, “Knauf”, “LaGyp”, “Norgips”; Gypsum
fibreboard like “Fermacell”, “Rigicell” or chip board, hard fibre boards, plywood,
among other things. Special fixing must be selected for optimum reinforcement;
so-called cavity fixing. These are fixings of plastic or metal and expand on the
reverse side - fixings engaging with form locking that can anchor directly on the
reverse side of the panel in the cavity.
Prestressed concrete hollow ceilings are concrete slabs that contain
standardised cavities and are reinforced with tensioning wires (steel wires) on
the rear side. The size of the cavities and the distance from one another as well
as the mirror thickness (thickness of the concrete of the ceiling bottom up to the
beginning of the cavity) are exactly prescribed. There are only a few anchors with
building authority approval for this base (e.g. FHY).
▸ Expert tip
▪ Use only those anchors in simple materials, boards or prestressed concrete

hollow slabs that are permissible or suitable for these substrates.
▪ Contact your fischer consultant on site before anchoring heavy or safety-relevant
loads in aforementioned substrates.
453
Direct installation
without drilling ▪ The fixing is hammered or screwed directly into the substrate.
▪ This enables a quick installation.
▪ Metal expansion fixing FMD for use in porous concrete of certain quality.
Drilling
The building material is decives when drilling. Four methods are available:
Rotary drilling: Drilling in rotary mode without impact, with a sharply ground carbide
drill bit. For perforated bricks and materials with low strength, the drill hole does not
become too large with it and the bars in the perforated bricks do not break.
Carbide drill bits drill faster if they are ground sharp, similar to steel drill bits. There are
also special masonry drill bits available.
Rotary drilling Impact drilling: Rotation and a high number of light impacts with the impact drilling
machine, for solid building materials with dense structure.
Hammer drilling: Rotation and a small number of minor impacts with high impact
energy with the drilling hammer, also for solid building materials with dense structure.
Diamond or core drilling process: It is mainly used for larger drill hole diameters or
for highly reinforced components and/or if the volume or the vibrations have to be
Impact
adhered to while working.
drilling
Hammer
Standard Sharply ground
drilling carbide drill bits carbide drill bits
▸ Expert tip
▪ For almost all permissible fixings, rotary drillings and hammer drillings are
prescribed in the approval or guideline.
▪ Do not use drills with excessively worn out cutting edge width across corners
anymore (see rules of approval).
▪ For certain fixtures, special drills (e.g. drill bits) are prescribed in the approval. They
must be used.
▪ Drill holes must be cleaned carefully (brushing and blowing out). Adhere to the
respective approval or manufacturer guidelines.
▪ The drill hole depth is always specified exactly and based on a definite thickness of the
anchoring base. The following rule of thumb is followed for general applications without
approval: Necessary thickness of the anchoring base = drill hole depth + 30 mm.
▪ For incorrect holes (reinforcement hits or wrong position), the position of the new drill
hole to be created is adjusted. Normally, a double hole depth of the incorrect hole must
be assumed as the distance to the incorrect hole. The wrong drill hole must be closed
(e.g. with FIS V).
▪ Diamond coring is permissible only in exceptional cases or else the drill hole wall can
be too smooth for a fixture (see adhesive bond) and the drill hole tolerances cannot be
adhered to.
▪ Permanent moisture or dampness reduces the load-bearing capacity of chemical
fixings and plastic anchors.
▪ The danger of cutting through the load-bearing reinforcement steel must be taken
into consideration.
▪ To avoid tilting of the fixture, it must always be drilled perpendicular to the anchoring
base. Exceptional cases are regulated in the anchor approvals and/or the manufacturer’s
specifications (approx. 3 °- 5 ° is tolerable).
454
Installation
Generally, the following aspects have to be considered during installation:
The edge distance and axial spacing, as well as the component thickness and
width, must be complied with properly if the fixing is to hold the required load.
Otherwise it may lead to spalling of the construction material or cracks. For fixing
without permission especially for plastic anchors, usually a necessary edge distance 2 x hef
(hef = anchoring depth) and a necessary axial distance of 4 x hef is normal. If the expansion
direction of the fixing runs parallel to the component, the edge distance can be reduced
to 1 x hef.
The drill hole depth must - other than a few exceptions like injection technology - be
larger than the anchoring depth: that is because function safety is ensured only if the screw
has enough room to project beyond the tip of a plastic fixing.
Drill hole cleaning after drilling, by blowing out, brushing or suction, is indispensable.
A hole that is not cleaned reduces the holding forces. The drilling dust has a negative effect
on the load-bearing capacity of the fixing in the drill hole.
▸ Expert tip
▪ Specifications for component geometry, edge and axis distances must be adhered
to. Non-adherence can lead to reduction in the load-bearing capacity or damage to
components.
▪ Drill hole cleaning is essential. The specifications in the approvals and the
manufacturer’s specifications must be adhered to.
Installation types
Differentiate between three different methods:
1. Push through installation: Especially as installation relief for series installations or
for accessories with two or more fixing points:
▪ The holes in the accessory can be used as a drilling template if their hole diameters
are at least as large as the drill diameter in the construction material.
▪ In addition to simplifying installation, a good fit of the fixing holes is achieved.
▪ The fixing is inserted into the drill hole through the item to be mounted and then fischer anchorbolt FAZ II fischer universal frame
expanded. E.g.: FAZ II, FBN II, FH II fixing FUR
2. Pre-positioned installation: The anchor is installed before the installation of the
accessory. In this installation, the anchor diameter and the drill hole diameter are not
identical.
The installation sequence:
▪ Transfer the hole pattern of the accessory to the anchor base,
▪ Clean drills, drill holes, fix anchors and then screw on the accessory.
E.g.: plastic fixings: S, SX, UX; Metal: FZA, EA II fischer zykon anchor FZA fischer aircrete
anchor GB
3. Stand-off installation: Makes it possible to attach accessories at a particular
distance from the anchoring base in a compression-proof manner and guaranteeing
tensile strength. For that, metal anchors with metric internal thread are used which
can assimilate screws or threaded bolts with lock nuts or injection technology with
threaded bolts.
Useful length and anchoring depth: Must be taken into consideration apart from the
installation type of the respective fixing.
fischer bolt FBN II fischer Hhighbond
anchor FHB II
455
▸ Expert tip
▪ The clearance holes of the attached item are specified for the respective anchor
size in the approvals and in the manufacturer’s specifications.
▪ For a stand-off installation with a cross load V of the anchor, an additional bending
moment occurs which is mostly standard.
▪ The attached item must lie flat on the base and may be lined with a compression-
proof levelling course of max. 3 mm or with half the diameter of the anchor. Otherwise,
the anchoring must be assessed as a stand-off installation with a lever arm.
▪ The attached item must lie on the entire length of the clearance hole (= thickness of
the attached item) at the anchor/threaded bolt. Otherwise, the anchoring must be
assessed as a stand-off installation with a lever arm.
▪ Comply with the maximum fixing height tfix in the manufacturer’s specifications.
This dimension, also specified as the useful length, consists of:
tfix = thickness of the attached item + non load-bearing layers up to the load-bearing
base.
▪ Many of the officially approved anchors must be tightened with a prescribed torque.
A calibrated torque key must be used for this. The torque ensures the necessary
preload force as well as the correct installation of the anchor. For chemical anchors,
the prescribed hardening time must be allowed before a tightening torque or
service load may be applied.
▪ Anchors must be mounted as units delivered in series. The exchange or removal of
parts is not permissible.
Loads
For the selection of an anchor, it is necessary to know the load on the total construction
and the resulting anchor cutting forces for every individual anchor.
The cutting forces can be distinguished according to:
▪ Dimension
▪ Direction
▪ Type of load
▪ Pickup point
There are various types of loads.
In the approvals, characteristic failure loads are generally given. In documents with
the manufacturer’s specifications, anchors with approvals, so-called permissible
loads are given. For anchors without approval, a manufacturer’s recommendation
is given as “recommended load”.
456
▸ Expert tip
▪ Decide the size, direction and the pickup point of the load. These
parameters determine the utilisation of the anchoring.
▪ Characteristic failure loads (NRK or VRK) describe every load that
is reached or exceeded in 95% of all failures (5% fractile).
▪ Permissible loads are working loads that already include an
appropriate material and installation safety factor. These apply only, Tension
if the approval conditions are complied with (Napp or Vapp).
▪ Recommended loads or maximum working loads include an
adequate load safety factor. These apply only if the manufacturer’s
specifications are complied with. (Frec – valid for all load directions,
Nrec or Vrec)
▪ The calculation is carried out by dividing the respective failure load
or characteristic loads by a safety factor. Compression
▪ Recommended safety factor compared to the average failure
load.
Steel and bonded anchors 4≤
plastic anchor 7≤
▪ Recommended safety factor compared to the characteristic
failure loads.
Steel and bonded anchors 3≤γ
Shear load
plastic anchor 5≤γ
▪ The specified loads loads apply to individual anchors that are
placed away from the edge, i.e. there is no influence of edges,
corners and other anchors.
▪ The characteristic axis- and edge distances, labelled with Ccr,N
and Ccr,V, give the distances at which an anchor can have its max.
characteristic load in the material. Combined tension and shear
load
▪ The specified minimum axis- and edge distances, labelled with
Smin and Cmin, give the distances where there is no failure of the
building material during the installation of the anchor. The loads
must be reduced in this case → Adhere to the design methods.
Combined tension and shear

load at distance e
shear load at distance e
Type of loads
statically dormant dynamically rising dynamically changing shock earthquake
457
There are various bearing mechanisms, which the forces, having an effect on the
fixing, initiate in the component.
For friction locking, the expansion part of the anchor is pressed on the drill hole
wall: the outer tensile loads are held through friction.
Through anchor Plastic fixings
With form locking, the fixing geometry matches the shape of the substrate and/or of
the drill hole.
Undercut anchor Injection fixing 1
With adhesive bond, a mortar binds the fixing with the anchor base.
Injection fixing 2 Rebar
▸ Expert tip
▪ For many anchors, the anchoring takes place through a combination of the active
principles (e.g. friction locking and form lock in soft stone).
458
Failure modes
With excess stress, incorrect installation or a substrate with inadequate load bearing
capacity, the following failure modes can occur:
Fracture of the anchor base due to
▪ Tensile load “N” or shear load “V” too high
Steel failure tension Steel failure shearing ▪ Inadequate strength of anchor base
▪ Setting depth too low
Component splits due to

▪ Component dimensions too small
▪ Deviation from the specified edge and axial spacings
Extraction Cracked concrete
▪ Expansion pressure too high
Fixing pulls out due to

▪ Failure of the frictional and bonded connection due to high load or
incorrect installation
Concrete edge Concrete column

Steel fracture due to
breaking breaking
▪ Fixing and/or steel strength too low for the applied load
▸ Expert tip
▪ In most of the anchor approvals, the anchoring of the mainly static loads is regulated.
However, even officially approved systems are available for anchoring of nonstatic
loads (dynamic, e.g. FHB dyn) as well as for unusual effects in the nuclear power plant
construction (FZA-K).
▪ There are no anchor approvals in Europe for the shock or earthquake type of loads.
The anchoring of such loads is however also possible due to existing guidelines or
with the help of test reports. At the moment, earthquakes loads are regulated in the
American documents. Anchors like FAZ II, FH II and the injection system FIS EM can
be assessed on this basis even for earthquake loads.
▪ Main failure causes for anchors are overload, faulty installation or an
insufficient load-bearing base.
459
Cracks in concrete
components
Cracks can occur anywhere in concrete at any time: factors involved in this are
loads like dead load, traffic or wind loads, shrinkage and creeping of the concrete
or external influences like earthquakes or ground motions resulting in tensions, defor-
mations and thus crack formation.
Example: in a bridge, bending occurs due to pressure forces applied to the bridge deck.
A compressive zone will occur at the top of the bridge deck, while tensile forces and
strains will occur in the lower part of the bridge deck. Concrete is not able to support
tensile loads. Steel bars, the so-called reinforcements take over this task. However, while
steel bars are capable of bearing these tensile stresses, they are stretched as they do so.
innumerable cracks are formed that are barely visible to the naked eye. This is called the
cracked tensile zone.
Druck
Tension Pressure
Cracked zone
V-shaped tensile zone
bending rack
Fixings suitable for cracks
With anchorings in concrete, it is almost always assumed that cracks are present
in the anchoring area that influence the bearing capacity of the fixings.
However it is very complicated, if not impossible, to prove whether the concrete
is cracked or non-cracked. For safety reasons, the use of fixings suitable for
cracks is basically recommended to designers and tradesmen. Fixings with an
approval according to ETAG 001 for cracked concrete have proved their suitability in
cracks and may thus be used without restriction in the tensile and compressive zones
of the concrete. Crack suitable fixings are also checked and approved on the basis of
American standards. These “Evaluation reports” are prepared according to ACI 318.
FZA FAZ II FHB II SXS
▪ Due to safety reasons, always use crack suitable anchor systems such as FAZ
II, FH II, FHB II or FIS EM.
460
Fire protection - Fundamentals
In Germany, the procedure for construction and operational fire protection are
specified by the Fire protection standard DIN 4102, the Model Building Ordinance
(MBO), Regional Construction Ordinances (LBO) and various trade-specific regulationss
from professional associations.
Thus the following applies, according to Parts 1 and 2 of DIN 4102:
Building materials like concrete, wood, stone, metal, etc. are divided into
flammable or non-flammable building material classes according to their behaviour.
In contrast, structural members consist of different combustible and non-combustible
building materials. They are not divided into fire classes, rather they are evaluated as a
whole according to their fire resistance duration.
The fire resistance duration F is indicated in minutes and classified according to two
categories:
Components with a fire resistance duration of F30 and F60 are fire inhibiting.
Fire resistant, on the other hand, are all components with a fire resistance of F90,
F120 and F180.
Tested systems like cable, ventilation or utility systems are tested not only for fire
resistance, but also for function capability in the case of fire (e.g. supply lines to sprinkler
systems). The fire resistance duration of these systems is specified with e. g. E30
to E120 for electrical cable systems and/or with L30 to L120 for ventilation lines.
The fixings that are used to anchor these systems must have at least the same fire
resistance duration.
The standard temperature-time curve (ETK) of DIN 4102 and ISO 834 is based on a
simulation of actual fire conditions and forms the evaluation basis that is valid worldwide
for determination of the fire resistance duration. Besides that, there are other temperature
curves for special fire exposures, e. g. the hydrocarbon curve for fire causing with
combustible liquids or the RAB/ZTV tunnel curve (Germany) and/or the Rijkswaterstaat
tunnel curve (Netherlands), which describe tunnel fires.
fire room temperature [°C]
Duration of the fire [min.]
Temperature Curves: ——— (ETK)

——— Hydrocarbon-curve
——— RABT/ZTV-Tunnelcurve
——— Rijkswaterstaat-Tunnelcurve
461
Fire protection in the

fastening technology
Fastening technology is of critical importance in fire protection: for example in
order to secure the functionality and structural stability of railings, utility systems or
ceiling elements. The assessment of the fixing in case of fire takes place according
to the technical rule TR020.
The identification and classification of anchors and fixings consists of indication of
the respective fire resistance duration e. g. R90. Before introduction of characteristic
load values for fixings by the DIBt, the fire resistance duration was not regulated by the
building authority approvals, but by fire expert opinions from tests.
The safety concepts measure the failure load in case of fire through assessment of
a so-called γ factor. Different safety concepts were applied in the building authority
approvals and the fire expert opinions. Because of this, it is possible that the loads in
the fire expert opinions determined in tests are larger than the permissible loads given
in the approvals. Naturally, in these cases, only the maximum loads according to the
building authority approval are valid. In the mean time, a new evaluation document from
the DIBt [German Institute of Construction Engineering] has been used for determining
the characteristic load values and the corresponding fire resistance duration. These
new building authority approvals represent a design basis that can be tracked. All old
approvals will be converted to this new procedural method within a short time.
Tests have shown that approved frame fixings made of polyamide (nylon) with
galvanised screws for facade fastening are generally more fire-resistant than the
ventilated facade and the sub-structure made of aluminium or wood: The expansion
part of the plastic fixing sleeve that is anchored in the building material remains fire-
resistant for at least 90 minutes in the façade fastening.
462
Corrosion - Fundamentals
Corrosion is a chemical reaction in which metal is decomposed. The less noble the
metal (“electrochemical potential“), the more intense is the material damage. In
this process it is either converted into flaking rust or worn away in places. Different
appearance patterns are differentiated here. The most frequent types of corrosion in
fixings and anchors include:
Surface corrosion: In this case, the metal corrodes relatively uniformly over the
entire surface or over a part of the surface. An example of this is the invisible rusting
due to condensation of a screw in the transition area from anchor plate to hole. The In 1985, the suspended concrete ceiling of
result: The connection that appears completely intact from the outside fails abruptly. an indoor swimming pool collapsed in Uster,
Contact corrosion: If metals with a different nobility contact each other in a Switzerland. The ceiling attachments of
conductive medium, the less noble metal always corrodes (the anode). As a stainless steel exhibited no external defects
consequence, stainless steel is usually not endangered. What is decisive is the surface whatsoever, but inside were completely
ratios of the two types of metal: the greater the surface area of the most noble metal destroyed in some cases due to stress
in comparison to the less noble, the greater the corrosion becomes. For example, if corrosion cracking.
large stainless steel sheets are screwed with galvanised screws, the screws will be
highly attacked within a very short time. In contrast, using stainless steel screws for
galvanised sheets is not critical.
Stress corrosion cracking: If lasting internal or external tensile stresses occur, there
can be strain and corrosion of the metal. In this process, a crack develops due to
mechanical stresses, which grows under increasing loads and thus prepares a path
for progressive corrosion. For example, it occurs with A4 steel in an atmosphere
containing chlorine (indoor swimming pools, etc.). Generally stress corrosion cracking
is not visible with fixings and usually leads to sudden failure of the anchoring. Example of trans-crystalline stress corrosion
cracking on stainless steel 1.4401 with high
chloride concentration.
Corrosion protection
There are different methods for protecting fastenings from corrosion.
The most important are:
The galvanised zinc coating (or even electrolytic zinc coating) with subsequently
started passivation is to reach a corrosion protection with the usually applied process
in the metal refinement. Layer thicknesses between 3 µm and 10 µm can be achieved.
Since the galvanising is worn off over time, it offers adequate corrosion protection only in
dry interior rooms.
Hot-dip galvanising is the application of a metal zinc coating by dipping it in molten
zinc (at approx. 450 °C). Zinc layer thicknesses of 45-80 µm offer an excellent corrosion
protection for moisture rooms and outside applications.
Stainless steel fixings of the corrosion resistance class III e.g. A4 material no.
1.4401, 1.4362 are suitable for fastenings in damp rooms, in open air, in industrial
atmospheres or near the sea (but not directly in sea water). These steels are alloys with a
chrome content of at least 12% that forms a passive layer on the steel surface that protects
against corrosion.
Stainless steel fixings of highly corrosion resistant steel of the corrosion resistance
class IV e. g. material no.1.4529 are used in especially aggressive environments like
atmospheres containing chlorine (indoor swimming pools), in road tunnels or with direct
sea water contact. In this case, the chrome content of normal stainless steels drops
below 12%. The protective passive layer disappears and the anchor becomes susceptible
to corrosion. On the other hand, the special alloys are very corrosion resistant in these
highly aggressive media, due to their relatively high percentage of molybdenum. With
an alloy percentage of 50%, they clearly surpass the usual unalloyed, low alloyed or high
alloyed steels with maximum 30% alloy percentages. This means the steel 1.4529 alloyed
with chrome, molybdenum and nickel has an alloy percentage of 58%. The rest consists
of iron and carbon. Because of this high percentage of expensive alloy additives, the
manufacturing of these steel types are correspondingly costly.
463
Dynamics
- predominantly The general building authority approvals by the German Institute of Construction
non-static loads in the fixing Engineering in Berlin (DIBt) and the European Technical Approvals (ETA) are
technology generally exclusively for anchoring of predominantly static loads. However, in
contrast to these current permits, in practice a number of dynamic effects occur,
e. g. increasing and alternating stresses in swinging cranes, crane rails, guide rails in
elevator construction, machines, industrial robots and blast fans in tunnel construction.
This also includes anchorings for components susceptible to vibration like antennas and
masts.
statical strength
(statical capacity)
fatigue strength
Oscillating amplitude
(capacity in case of fatigue)
durable oscillation strength

(durable capacity in case of fatigue)
N = 2 ‰ 106
1 10 100 1.000 10.000 100.000 1.000.000 10.000.000 100.000.000

Number of cycles N
Wöhler curve
Action Run of the oscillation Possible cause
Unbalances,
harmonic sinusoidal tumbling machines
period T
optional, Regularly abutting parts

periodic periodical (e.g. punching machines),
period TD rail- and road traffic
optional,
transient Earthquakes
nonperiodical
optional,
impulsive with very short Impact, explosion
time of influence
Dynamic effects
It is generally true that the anchoring of components with more than 10.000 load cycles
has to be carried out with fixings, which are tested and approved for this. The regular,
sub-sequent anchoring of these dynamically loaded items to be mounted still caused the
planning engineer big problems, even recently. Generally, the approvals for fixings only
apply for anchoring of predominantly static loads. The path through expert opinions and
“approvals for individual cases“ was difficult and tedious. Besides that, higher costs than
necessary often occurred due to the general planning uncertainty, since the anchors were
often oversized.
The bonded anchors fischer Highbond anchor FHB dyn and fischer UMV multicone dyn
are approved for dynamic loads. The approvals apply to anchoring of dynamic loads
with unlimited numbers of load cycles, for tension and for shear loads. In addition, the FHB
dyn is manufactured in anchor size M16 of highly corrosion-resistant steel, material no.
1.4529. Tests have shown that this material - in contrast to the usual standard stainless
steel types in the corrosion resistance class III, e.g. A4 - is suitable not only for use in humid
internal conditions and outside, but also for holding dynamic loads.
464
Legal basis
The European Union (EU) essentially determines the legal foundations for the
approval of building products in Europe. It pursues the goal of making the European
Common Market a reality for all products, thus also for building products.
For this purpose, the “Directive 89/106/EEC of the Council for Aligning the Legal
and Administrative Specifications of the Member States Regarding Building
Products” (BPR) was issued. This directive is implemented with the regulation regarding
the marketing of and free trade with building products.
The important requirements of buildings in the sense of the BPR include:
1. Mechanical strength and stability
2. Fire Protection
3. Hygiene, health and environmental protection
4. Safety in use
5. Sound protection
6. Energy savings and heat protection
On the basis of the BPR, standards and guidelines will be issued as basic documents
that regulate the approval of building products. The very first basic document that was
developed in this context is the “Guidelines for European Technical Approval (ETAG)”
for “Metal anchors for use in concrete,” ETAG 001.
European standards have no special importance in connection with the BPR. A building
product can only be brought onto the market and freely traded if it is useful, i. e. have
proven conformity with the important requirements and therefore the CE mark is
applied. Usability and conformity will generally be proven by compliance with coordinated
and/or recognized standards. If corresponding standards are not available, the proof will
be given by a European Technical Approval (ETA). An important advantage is that
products with an ETA and/or a CE mark can be freely traded in the EU (see data sheet for
“Directive for Building Products” of the Bavarian State Ministry for Economy, Transport and
Technology).
In addition, evidences with a national approval can be provided e. g. in Germany with a
general building authority approval or in France with a so-called SOCOTECH.
The national approvals are however being increasingly replaced by European Technical
Approvals (ETA) which are recognised in all EU member states. European approvals are
issued by the members of the EOTA (European Organisation for Technical Approvals),
e. g. the German Association of Construction Engineering (DIBt). The DIBt also
issues the German approvals. In a coexistence phase, European and national approvals
will remain valid.
465
Approval specifications
for fixings
Currently, according to the above-mentioned ETAG 001, Parts 1-6, approvals
for metal fixings in concrete are possible for:
▪ Torque-controlled expansion anchors
▪ Undercut anchors
▪ Deformation-controlled expansion anchors
▪ Bonded anchors
▪ Anchors for multiple use for non-structural applications
The resulting approvals still contain only the characteristic values of the respective fixing
type. Using the design resistance guidelines (ETAG 001, Annex C for steel anchors and
TR029 for bonded anchors) and the characteristic values for the load bearing capacity of
the respective fixing type, it is possible to design any anchoring. Three design methods
(A, B and C) are available depending on the respective fixing type.
The ETAG 001 divides possible approvals of metal fixings in 12 options. Options 1-6
are for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete, options 7-12 are only for use in non-
cracked concrete. Approvals according to Option 1 give the most flexibility of the fixing
connections, those according to option 12 are most restricted. That means fixings with
approvals according to option 1 are of the highest value and the value according to
option 12 is the lowest. It is possible to optimally utilise anchorings because of the type
and manner of design and the division of the approvals into different options.
Part 6 of the ETAG 001 regulates the use of metal fixings in cracked and uncracked
concrete that are used as multiple fixings of non-load-bearing systems. Non-load-bearing
systems include components that do not contribute to the stability of the construction.
These are for instance simple suspended ceilings and underceilings, pipelines as well as
facade claddings. These systems can be referred to as so-called redundant systems. In
case of failure of a fixing point, the stability of the system is not affected.
For the use of anchors for multiple fixings, it is assumed that in case of excessive slip or
failure of a fixing point, the load is transferred to a neighbouring fixing point (without
essential deviation of the requirements regarding the serviceability and the limit state of
the load bearing capacity at the component to be fixed). Here, a fixing point can consist
of one or more anchors.
Calculation of fastenings
According to ETAG 001, the effort for designing of anchorings by designers and users
is relatively high, since evidence has to be given of various failure modes.
The design method in ETAG 001 is based on the CC method of the DIBt from the
year 1993. It is based on the concept of partial safety factors.
With the method A already mentioned above, the characteristic resistances depend on
the load direction and take into consideration all conceivable failure modes (see
Failure Modes chapter).
With method B, a characteristic resistance is assumed to be independent of the load
direction and the influence of reduced edge distances and spacings are taken into
consideration with factors. In principle, this method corresponds to the κ-method in the
older approvals..
466
With method C, a characteristic resistance is given. This characteristic resistance is valid for
all load directions and predetermined edge distances and spacings which cannot be reduced.
Method C corresponds to the older method for verifying the steel expansion anchors in non-
cracked concrete.
For daily use and for evidence of fixings, fischer has developed a simple, fast and effective
design software. The software makes it possible for designers and users to calculate fixing
connections and fixing multiple dimensioning using a convenient input. An easy-to-read status
line continuously shows the used capacity of the fixing, which significantly simplifies the
selection of the technically and economically correct fastening system.
The 12 different options of the guideline for the European Technical Approvals for “Metal fixing for anchoring in concrete”,
ETAG 001
Approved option 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Approved for cracked and non-cracked concrete • • • • • •

Concrete
approved only for the pressure area • • • • • •
C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25

Better concrete qualities result in load increases to to to to to to
Concrete C 50/60 C 50/60 C 50/60 C 50/60 C 50/60 C 50/60
qualities
only only only only only only
No load increase due to better concrete quality
C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25 C 20/25
Optimal utilization due to

different loads for tensile and shear loads • • • •
Bearing
capacity
Only one load for all
loading directions • • • • • • • •
Reduction of spacings possible • • • •
Axial Reduction of the large base spacings1) possible (with

spacing simultaneous reduction in load) • • • •
Fixed, large base spacing • • • •
Reduction of the edge distances possible (with simultaneous

reduction in load) • • • •
Edge Reduction of the large base spacings2) possible (with

distance simultaneous reduction in load) • • • •
fixed, relatively large base- spacing • • • •
A ), B ), A ), B ),
1 2 1 2
A ), B ), A ), B ),
1 2 1 2
Dimensioning methods B2), C2) B2), C2) C 2) C 2) B2), C2) B2), C2) C 2) C 2)
C 2) C 2) C 2) C 2)
1) Base spacing = 3 x anchoring base, base edge distance = 1.5 x anchoring depth
2) Base spacing = 4 x anchoring base, base edge distance = 2 x anchoring depth
467
Approvals, markings and

their importance
In the following, excerpts of approvals that are currently issued in Europe and their
symbols will be given with their corresponding importance:
Please check wether your application is safety relevant.

An application is safety relevant when failure of anchorages would cause risk to human
life or serious injuries and/or lead to considerable economic consequences. In this case
please use anchors with a European Technical (ETA) or with a German Approval. You may
recognise these anchors by:
European Technical Approval General building authority

issued by a European approval aut- Z-21.2-1734 approval
hority (e.g. DIBt) on the basis of the German approval, issued by the
European Technical Approval -
Option 1 for cracked concrete guidelines for European technical DIBt, Berlin for anchorings in con-
approvals (ETAG) crete to be dimensioned according
ETA: European Technical Approval/ to Method A (CC method).
Options 1–12 Proof of compliance of the building
CE: European conformity mark con- product with the general building
firms the compliance of the building authority approval. confirmed by a
product (e.g. fixing) with the guide- material testing facility.
lines for European Technical Appro-
vals. Products with the CE mark can
be freely traded in the European
economic market.
See ICC-ES
CC = International Code Coun- General building authority
Evaluation Report
at www.ic-es.org cil, formed from BOCA, ICBO approval
Inspection agency:
and SBCCI German approval, issued by the
ESR-2948 IEA (AA-707)
ICC Evaluation Service Inc. (ICC ES) DIBt, Berlin.
issues evaluation reports, in this Proof of compliance of the building
case for the above anchor based product with the general building
upon the Uniform Building CodeTM authority approval. confirmed by a
and related codes in the United material testing facility.
States of America.
FM Certificate Fire-tested fixing

Recognised for use in local water- The fixing was subjected to a fire
based fire extinguisger systems test. A “Examination report regar-
(Factory Mutual Research Corporati- ding testing for fire behaviour“ (with
on for Property Conservation, Ame- F class) is available.
rican insurance company).
468
Fixing of high-quality, aging-resistant Reference to fixing dimensioning
nylon (polyamide) The fixing can be dimensioned with
the fischer software on the basis of
the CC-method.
For Sprinkler Systems. Fixing that can be dynamically

Meets the requirements according to loaded
VdS CEA 4001. The fixing is suitable and approved
for anchoring of “not predominantly
static“ (i.e. dynamic) loads.
Tested for flame resistance General building authority test

according to VDE P-NDS04-137 certificate
469
Worldwide Presence
Service
fischer International Sales
her.de
w.fisc
w w
Your advantages with the fischer INTERNATIONAL SALES TEAM e-mail: export@fischer.de
▪ One-on-one assistance from multi lingual staff. fax: +49 7443 12-8726
▪ Immediate information and individual solutions regarding the widest range of fixings
and fasteners worldwide.
▪ Contact to over 35 own subsidiaries and over 80 local partners worldwide.
▪ Visit organization A-Z and training programs.
▪ By implementing the fischer process system (fps) we offer you the quickest most
efficient service.
470
Global Advice
Service
fischer Technical Sales Support
her.de
w.fisc
w w
Our Service e-mail: intsupport@fischer.de

▪ Technical advice and product recommendation
▪ Support for engeneers, consultants and craftsmen
▪ Special solutions in the scope of fixing technology
▪ Special seminars for engineers, consultants, architects
471
Training courses & seminars
Service
Attractive seminars in the Klaus Fischer Customer Service Centre e

her.d
▪ Tradespeople, engineers and specialist ▪ There is a wide range of seminars on
w.fisc
dealers have been learning “important offer. Numerous partners from various w w
and interesting information” about lines of business make the most of the
fixing technology in the fischer opportunity.
ACADEMY for over 30 years. phone: +49 7443 12-4361
▪ You can view the current range
▪ All seminars are consistently based on of seminars on offer at the or +49 7641 456-3375
practice. fischer ACADEMY at
www.fischer.de/Seminare
▪ Developing solutions and direct
implementation in professionally ▪ You can also contact the staff at the
equipped practice rooms. fischer ACADEMY directly if you
have any queries or wish to register.
▪ The aim of the seminars is to enable
you to utilise the full benefits of the
products – always in line with the
demands of the approval.
472
Safety and economy The fixing technology CompetenceCentres
Service
▪ Be it in the Klaus Fischer Customer Service Centre in ▪ These are professional training institutions, which give a
Tumlingen, the branch offices in Brehna/Leipzig, Bielefeld varity of tradespeople working with anchors and plugs an
and Lüneburg, or at events held on your own premises: understanding of how to work safely and economically with
We address the individual and specific requirements of the fixing systems. Here, tradespeople pass on their knowledge
participants from retail, trade and planning offices. In doing of fixings to other tradespeople in line with the acknowledged
so, we value having a close connection to daily practice. rules of technology.
▪ The fischer ACADEMY works closely with the
CompetenceCentres, providing teaching materials, training
the instructors and organising meetings to share experiences.
473
Borderless Services
Service
fischer Subsidiaries
fischer Deutschland Vertriebs GmbH

Weinhalde 14-18
72178 Waldachtal
GERMANY
Tel.: (0049) 744312-6000 fischer Cobemabel s.n.c.
Fax: (0049) 744312-4500 Schaliënhoevedreef 20 D
www.fischer.de 2800 Mechelen fischer S.A.S.
E-Mail: info@fischer.de BELGIUM 12, rue Livio B. P. 10182
anwendungstechnik@fischer.de Tel.: (0032) 152847-00 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex
vertriebsinnendienst@fischer.de Fax: (0032) 152847-10 FRANCE
www.fischer.be Tel.: (0033) 38839-1867
E-Mail: info@fischerbelgium.be Fax: (0033) 38839-8044
fischer Argentina S.A.
www.fischer.fr
Armenia 3044
E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
1605 Munro fischer Brasil Indústria e Comércio Ltda. fischer international s.r.o.
Ra-PCIA: De Buenos Aires Estrada do Dende, 300 Ilha do Governador Průmyslová 1833
ARGENTINA BR-21920-001 Rio de Janeiro-RJ 25001 Brandýs nad Labem fischer fixings UK Limited
Tel.: (0054) 1147-622778 BRAZIL CZECH REPUBLIC Whitely Road
Fax: (0054) 1147-561311 Tel.: (0055) 21 24 67 87 96 Tel.: +(00420) 3269046-01 Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford
www.fischer.com.ar Fax: (0055) 21 24 67 11 30 Fax: (00420) 3269046-00 OX 10 9AT
E-Mail: asistenciatecnica@fischer.com.ar www.fischerbrasil.com.br www.fischer-cz.cz GREAT BRITAIN
E-Mail: fischer@fischerbrasil.com.br E-Mail: info@fischerwerke.cz Tel.: (0044) 149 182 79-00
Fax: (0004) 149 182 79-53
fischer Australia Pty. Ltd.
www.fischer.co.uk
Unit 1, 61 Waterview Close fischer (Taicang) fixings Co., Ltd. fischer a/s
E-Mail: info@fischer.co.uk
Dandenong South Shanghai Rep. Office Sandvadsvej 17 A
VIC 3175 Rm 1503-1504, 4600 Køge
AUSTRALIA No. 63 Chifeng Road, DENMARK fischer Hellas
Tel.: (0061) 39799-2096 200092 Shanghai Tel.: (0045) 4632-0220 Emporiki EPE G, Papandreou 125
Fax: (0061) 39799-2696 CHINA Fax: (0045) 4632-5052 144 52 Metamorphosis, Athens
www.fischerfixings.com.au Tel.: (0086) 2151001668 www.fischerdanmark.dk GREECE
E-Mail: info@fischerfixings.com.au Fax: (0086) 2165979669 E-Mail: fidk@fischerdanmark.dk www.fischer.gr
www.fischer.com.cn
E-Mail: ficnsh@fischer.com.cn
fischer Austria GmbH fischer Finland fischer HUNGÀRIA Bt.
Wiener Straße 95 Suomalaistentie 7 B Szerémi út 7.
2514 Traiskirchen fischer Hrvatska d.o.o. 02270 Espoo 1117 Budapest
AUSTRIA Nadinska 29 · Velikopoje FINLAND HUNGARY
Tel.: (0043) 225253730-0 10010 Zagreb Tel.: (00358) 2074146-60 Tel.: (0036) 134797-55
Fax: (0043) 225253730-70 CROATIA Fax: (00358) 2074146-69 Fax: (0036) 134797-65
www.fischer.at www.fischer.ar www.fischer.de www.fischerhungary.hu
E-Mail: office@fischer.at E-Mail: alen.dopsaj@fischer.at E-Mail: jorma.makkonen@fischerfinland.fi E-Mail: info@fischerhungary.hu
474
Service
fischer italia s.r.l.
Corso Stati Uniti, 25
Casella Postale 391 fischer systems Asia Pte. Ltd.
35127 Padova Z.I. Sud 150 Kampong Ampat
fischer Metal Sanayi ve Ticaret
ITALY #04-03 KA Centre
Limited Sirketi
Tel.: (0039) 0498063-111 fischer Norge AS Singapore 368324
Yeni yol Sokak
Fax: (0039) 0498063-401 Oluf Onsumsvei 9 SINGAPORE ETAP Is Merkezi. A Blok
www.fischeritalia.it 0680 OSLO Tel.: (0065) 6285-2207 No: 16/9
E-Mail: sercli@fischeritalia.it NORWAY Fax: (0065) 6285-8310 34722 Hasanpasa / Kadikoy
Tel.: (0047) 232427-10 www.fischer.sg Istanbul
Fax: (0047) 232427-13 E-Mail: sales@fischer.sg Tel.: (0090) 216 326 0066
fischer Japan K.K.
www.fischernorge.no Fax: (0090) 216 326 0018
Seishin Kudan Building 3rd Floor
E-Mail: jmo@fischernorge.no
3-4-15 Kudan Minami fischer S. K. s. r. o.
Chiyoda-ku Vajnorská 134/A fischer Sverige AB
Tokyo 102-0074 fischerpolska Sp. z o.o. 831 04 Bratislava Koppargatan 11
JAPAN ul..Albatrosow 2 SLOVAKIA 602 23 Norrköping
Tel.: (0081) 503675-7782 30-716 Kraków Tel.: (0421) 2 4920 6046 SWEDEN
Fax: (0081) 503675-7782 POLAND Fax: (0421) 2 4920 6044 Tel.: (0046) 1131-4450
www.fischerjapan.co.jp Tel.: (0048) 1229008-80 E-Mail: info@fischerwerke.sk Fax: (0046) 1131-1950
E-Mail: georg.lenz@fischerjapan.co.jp Fax: (0048) 1229008-88 www.fischer-sk.sk www.fischersverige.se
www.fischerpolska.pl E-Mail: gg@fischersverige.se
E-Mail: info@fischerpolska.pl
fischer Sistemas de fischer Korea Co. Ltd.
Fijación, S.A. de C.V. #503 Dae-Ryung Techno Town 8th 481-11 fischer FZE
Blvd. Manuel Avila Camacho 3130 - 400B fischerwerke Portugal , Lda Gasan-dong, Geumcheon-Gu P. O. Box 261738
Col. Valle Dorado, Tlalnepantla Av. Casal da Serra , Lote I-4, Sala 5 153-775 SEOUL Jebel Ali Free Zone
Estado de Mexico, C.P. 54020 2625-085 Povoa de Santa Iria SOUTH KOREA Dubai
MEXICO PORTUGAL Tel.: (0082) 154489-55 UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
Tel.: (0052) 555572-0883 Tel.: (00351) 2195-37450 Fax: (0082) 154489-03 Tel.: (00971) 488374-77
Fax: (0052) 555572-1590 Fax: (00351) 2195-91390 www.fischerkorea.com Fax: (00971) 1488374-76
www.fischer.de www.fischer.pt E-Mail: info@fischerkorea.com www.fischer.ae
E-Mail: info@fischermex.com.mx E-Mail: fischerportugal.info@fischer.es E-Mail: fixings@fischer.ae
Fischer Ibérica S.A.
fischer Benelux B.V. 000 fischer Befestigungssysteme Rus Klaus Fischer 1 fischer fixings LLC
Amsterdamsestraatweg 45 B/C l. Dokukina 16/1, Building 1 43300 Mont-Roig del Camp 62 Orange Ave
1411 AX Naarden 129226 Moscow Tarragona Suffern, NY 10901
NETHERLANDS RUSSIA SPAIN USA
Tel.: (0031) 3569566-66 Tel.: (007) 495 223-0334 Tel.: (0034) 9778387-11 Tel.: (001) 845-5045098
Fax: (0031) 3569566-99 Fax: (007) 495 223-0334 Fax: (0034) 9778387-70 Fax: (001) 845-6252666
www.fischer.nl www.fischerfixing.ru www.fischer.es www.fischerfixings.com
E-Mail: info@fischer.nl E-Mail: info@fischerfixing.ru E-Mail: tacos@fischer.es E-Mail: info@fischerfixingsusa.com
475
Borderless Services
Service
fischer distribution partners

Algeria Colombia Guatemala Israel
Haddad Equipment Professionnel Ingenieria y Representaciones S.A. Fijaciones S.A. Ledico Ltd.
D6, Cité du Lycée Calle 41 Norte No. 1N-03 8A CALLE 6-62 - ZONA 4 31 Lazarov St.
16012 Rouiba Cali Guatemala Rishon Le Ziyon
Tel.: (00213) 21 8549 05 Tel.: (0057) 23 194020 Tel.: (00502) 23 607406 Tel.: (00972) 3963 0000
Fax: (00213) 21 8557 72 Fax: (0057) 24 482521 E-Mail: gustavo.herrera@edisa.com.gt Fax: (00972) 3963 0055
E-Mail: heprouiba@hotmail.com E-Mail: germanramirez@inresa.cc E-Mail: yoav@ledico.com
Honduras
Azerbaijan Costa Rica Importadora Ferretera S.A
Santral Elektrik LTD Distribuidora Arsa 17 Calle Circunvalacion 5 Y6 Jordan
Boyuk Shor Highway 11/2062 A.GUADALUPE 400MT.ES-475MT.SUR San Pedro Sula / Honduras C.A Izzat Marji Group
Baku, AZ1029 San Jose E-Mail: importaciones@imferra.com No. 10, Amer Bin Malek St. - Um Sumaq
Tel.: (00994) 12-514 40 48 Tel.: (00506) 28 54224 P.O. Box 1945
(00994) 12-514 40 50 E-Mail: lartavia@disarsa.com Amman 11821
INDUFESA Tel.: (00962) 655 20284
(00994) 50 312 54 06 mobile Calle Principal Col. San Jose del Pedregal, No. 401
Fax: (00994) 12-514 40 46 Fax: (00962) 655 20294
Cuba S 70123 Comayaguela, M.D.C. E-Mail: info@marji.jo
CI. Neginter del Caribe Ltda.
Bahrain Mirarmar Trade Center, Edificio Santa Clara Oficina 133, Larach & Cia, S. de R.L. de C.V
M.H. Al Mahroos BSC (c) Calle 3ra entre 76 y 78 1347 Calle de la Salud, Colonia Miramontes Kazakhstan
Building No. 208, Shaikh Salman Highway, P.O. Box 65 Ciudad de La Habana Tegucigalpa M.D.C Zentr. Krepyoshnych Materialov (ZKM)
Salihiya, Block 356 Tel.: (0053) 72 044145 E-Mail: Importaciones@larachycia.com Satpaeva 90, 4 et, 24
Manama,Bahrain E-Mail: juancarlos@neginter.cu KZ - 480046 Almaty
Tel.: (00973) 17 40 80 90 Tel.: (007) 727 2777747
Hong Kong Fax: (007) 727 2777757
Fax: (00973) 17 40 43 23 Cyprus Infix (HK) LTD
E-Mail: almahroos@almahroos.com E-Mail: ck_ckm@ck.kz
Unicol Chemicals Ltd. 12 Ka Yip Street
www.almahroos.com 10.P.Demetrakopoulos Street Chai Wan
P.O. Box 25606 Tel.: (00852) 2898 26 68 Kazakhstan
Bangladesh 1090 Nicosia Fax: (00852) 2898 23 38 Lamed Ltd.
Abedin Equipment Ltd. Tel.: (00357) 22 663316 or +357 22 667073 E-Mail: barry@infix.com.hk Tazhibaevoi 155/1
B 52, Kemal Ataturk Avenue Fax: (00357) 22 667059 050060 Almaty
Banani, Dhaka - 1213 E-Mail: ioannis@unicolltd.com Tel.: (007) 7272 446400
Iceland E-Mail: lamed@ lamed.kz
Tel.: (00880) 28 81871819 info@unicolltd.com Byko Ltd.
Fax: (00880) 29 862340 Skemmuvegur 2a
E-Mail: info@abedinequipment.com Egypt 200 Kopavogur Kenya
ms.islam@abedinequipment.com Modern Machines & Materials Co. Tel.: (00354) 51 54000 Alibhai Shariff & Sons Limited
23 El Madina El Monawara St. Fax: (00354) 51 54199 P. O. Box 40382-00100
Barbados Mohandseen E-Mail: simi@byko.is Nairobi
D.B.W. Incorporated Cairo Tel.: (00254) 20 2219965
ST. MICHAEL / WEST INDIES Tel.: (0020) 23 3354771 (00254) 722 207622 mobile
India Fax: (00254) 20 311392 / 2218103
Tel.: (001246) 43 87651 Fax: (0020) 23 7612387 Bosch India Ltd.
Fax: (001246) 43 87654 E-Mail: mmm.egypt@hotmail.com E-Mail: ajay@alibhaishariff.com
RMB Complex, Power Tools
enayatazab@hotmail.com Hosur Road, Adugodi,
Bolivia Bangalore - 560030 Kuwait
WAKO IMPORTAC.Y REPRESENTAC. Estonia Tel.: (0091) 80 22992099 M/S SAFINA AL NAJJAT CO.
AV.PEDRO RIBERA NRO. 3550 Hekamerk OÜ (0091) 98 45197313 mobile Shuwaikh - Khalifa Jassim Street
Santa Cruz Kadaka tee 185 Fax: (0091) 80 22213706 P.O.Box 20329, Safat 13064
Tel.: (00591) 3488929/3488921 12618 Tallinn E-Mail: Soma.Sundaram@in.bosch.com Tel.: (00965) 2481 8786 - 2482 5972
E-Mail: wako@wako.scz.com Tel.: (00372) 67 76304 Fax: (00965) 2481 83858
Fax: (00372) 67 76301 E-Mail: teampro@terra.net.lb
Indonesia
Botswana E-Mail: erkki@hekamerk.ee PT Bersama Bangun Persada
Prominent Paints Botswana (Pty.) Ltd. Perkantoran Mega Sunter Blok D10-11 Lebanon
P.O. Box 292 Gaborone Ethiopia Jl. Danau Sunter Selatan Team-Pro S.A.L.
Botswana Seif Tewfik Sherif Jakarta 14350, Indonesia Dora; Dora Trade Center
Tel.: (00267) 39 53327 Arada Sub City, Kebele 01/02 Tel.: (0062) 21-6583 7575 Beirut
Fax: (00267) 39 53509 Global Insurance building, 7th Floor Fax: (0062) 21-6583 5363 Tel.: (00961) 1249088
E-Mail: alan.phillips@prominentpaints.co.za P.O. Box 2525 E-Mail: hendrik@mrsafetygroup.com Fax: (00961) 1249098
Addis Ababa E-Mail: info@team-pro.info
Canada Tel.: (00251) 11-1558008 Iran
Wm. P. Somerville (1996) Ltd. Fax: (00251)-11-1558009 Abzarsara Co. Latvia
Fasteners For Construction E-Mail: seif@ethionet.et Arash Baghaie SIA Multifikss
3964 Kitchener Street 148 Sanai St. Artilerijas 65
Burnaby, BC V5C 3M2 Ecuador 15866 Teheran LV-1009 Riga
Tel.: (001) 60 42983622 Pino Aristata S.A. Tel.: (0098) 21 8 82 84 20 Tel.: (00371) 67455195
(001) 60 42985926 Luis Urdaneta Nr 1909 y Tulcan Fax: (0098) 21 8 30 14 86 (00371) 29212385
E-Mail: wmp1996@telus.net Apartado Postal Nr 09-04-500 E-Mail: Alireza.Ramzgooyan@abzarsara.com Fax: (00371) 67 612926
Guayaquil
Canada Tel.: (00593) 422 88000 Ireland Lithuania
Canadian Fasteners Hegedus Ltd. E-Mail: principal@pinoaristata.com Masonry Fixings Services Ltd. UAB Augrika
1180 De Louvain Ouest Unit 83 Savanoriu ave. 173
Montréal, Quebec H4N 1G5 Georgia Cherry Orchard Industrial Estate 2028 Vilnius
Tel.: (001) 51 43813431 „Caucasus 99“ Ltd. Dublin 10 Tel.: (00370) 52640600
(001) 51 43819987 Tamara Schwili Str. 12 Tel.: (00353) 16 426700 Fax: (00370) 52640014
E-Mail: rbyford@ancragescanadiens.com 0102 Tiblissi Fax: (00353) 16 263493 E-Mail: info@augrika.lt
Tel.: (00995) 32 37 53 79 E-Mail: info@masonryfixings.ie
Chile Fax: (00995) 32 38 52 38 Maldives
American Screw de Chile Ltda E-Mail: admin@dewalt.ge Ireland M/S Sonee Hardware
CNO.A MELIPILLA 10338-C.1844 Chadwicks Ltd. (SaMontec) Sonee Building
Santiago Ghana Chadwicks Building Materials #7 Ibrahim Hassan Didi Magu
Tel.: (0056) 24 407000 Stegha Ltd. Walkinstown 20188 Malè
E-Mail: mauricio.penaloza@amscrew.cl East La Dadekotopon (Tseaddo) Dublin 12 Tel.: (00960) 33 36699
P.O. Box TF, 440 La Tel.: (00353) 14 197500 Fax: (00960) 33 20304
Accra Fax: (00353) 14 6501075 E-Mail: suhas@sonee.com.mv
Tel.: (00233) 24 4382522 E-Mail: finbarr.bennett@chadwicks.ie
E-Mail: sales@stegha.com
476
Service
Malta Philippines Switzerland Ukraine
NVC Trading E.C. Daughson, Inc SFS unimarket AG Elementary Mechanics UA Co. Ltd.
3 / 9 Dr. Nikola Zammit Street No 100 Congressional Avenue, Project 8 Befestigungstechnik Kurenevskaya str. 18
QRM 15 Quezon City Philippines 1106 Werkstrasse 4 04073 Kiev
Siggiewi Tel.: (0063) 29 27 35 70 CH-6020 Emmenbrücke Tel.: (00380) 442275220
Tel.: (00356) 21 465384 Fax: (0063) 29 27 35 67 Tel.: (0041) 41 2096500 E-Mail: elmechanics@ukr.net
Fax: (00356) 21 462337 E-Mail: emmanuel.lopez@ecdaughson.com Fax: (0041) 41 2096565
E-Mail: nicholas@nvctrading.com E-Mail: ferronorm@sfsunimarket.biz Ukraine
Romania TOW „SMK Ukraina“
Marocco SC Profix SRL Switzerland Promyshlennaja 31
Outipro Calea Baciului Nr. 179 SFS unimarket AG 65031 Odessa
53, Rue du Lieutenant Mohamed Mahroud Cluj Napoca Befestigungstechnik Tel.: (00380) 487941616
Casablanca Tel.: (0040) 722319422 Blegi 14 E-Mail: cmk-ua@mail.ru
Tel.: (00212) 22 247721 Fax: (0040) 264403060 CH-6343 Rotkreuz
Fax: (00212) 22 408234 E-Mail: office@profix.com.ro Tel.: (0041) 41 7982525 Uruguay
E-Mail: miri.mounir@outipro.ma Fax: (0041) 41 7982555 Pampin y Cia
Qatar E-Mail: befestigungstechnik@sfsunimarket.biz Valparaiso 1199
Moldova TEAM PRO QATAR Montevideo
Altosan SRL Doha-Mouayzer-Saylia Road 250 Switzerland Tel.: (00598) 29 240608
Siusev str. 78 Doha,Qatar SFS unimarket SA E-Mail: apampin@pampin.com.uy
2023 Chisinau Tel.: (00974) 4 451 5976 Technique de fixation
Tel.: (00373) 22 222797 Fax: (00974) 4 451 5974 Rte de Grandcour Uruguay
E-Mail: serghei.motinga@altosan.md E-Mail: customerservice-qatar@team-pro.info CH-1530 Payerne Juan Goldfarb S.A.
Tel.: (0041) 26 6623636 Rio Negro 1617
Mongolia Rwanda Fax: (0041) 26 6623616 Montevideo
Mongolian Star Melchers / MSM/LLC Maltexx Ltd. E-Mail: techniquedefixation@sfsunimarket.biz Tel.: (00598) 29 022606
MSM Building (Sam Karema Epsylon Consulting S.A.R.L.) E-Mail: importaciones@goldfarb.com.uy
62/1 Chinggis Avenue, Khan-Uul District Rue Araucaria nord 106 Syria
C.P.O. Box 154 Gacuriro - Kigali Dallal Est. Uruguay
17070 Ulaanbaatar Tel.: (00250) 788 411422 P.O. Box 8303 LANDFOR S.A.
Tel.: (00976) 11 70148138, ext. 108 E-Mail: sam.karema@gmail.com Baron Street. ITUZAINGO SUR RINCON 531 ES302
(00976) 99 999454 mobile Aleppo-Syria ZONA FRANCA FLORIDA
Fax: (00976) 11 342175 Saudi Arabia Tel.: (00963) 93 3887722 Tel.: (00598) 29 027492
E-Mail: sergelen@msmco.net Juffali Technical Equipment Company (JTECO) E-Mail: rdallal@cyberia.net.lb E-Mail: rectools@netgate.com.uy
Kilo 6, Madinah Road
Mozambique P.O. Box 1049 Taiwan Uruguay
Nova Vida Lda - Maputo Jeddah 21431, Saudi Arabia Seven Technology Co.Ltd. Record Tools S.A.
Rua Paulino Santos Gil No 94 Tel.: (00966) 2 66 72 222 Ext. 1527/1528 5 F, No. 25, Lane 38, Sec. 2, Jhongsiao Rd Paysandu 951
Maputo Fax: (00966) 2 66 76 308 Sanchong City County 241, Taipei Montevideo
Tel.: (00258) 21 327 370 E-Mail: roland@eajb.com.sa Tel.: (00886) 22999 2048 Tel.: (00598) 9161164-9157575
Fax: (00258) 21 327 371 Fax: (00886) 22999 6545 E-Mail: rectools@netgate.com.uy
E-Mail: info@novavida.co.mz South Africa E-Mail: kentlo@livemail.tw
Upat S.A. (Pty.) Ltd. Venezuela
Lekrom House Chong Fong Technology Co.Ltd. Impex
Namibia Cnr. 3rd & Miller Streets No. 1, 23 alley 91 lane, Sec. 1 Nei Hu Road
Werner Behnsen Enterprises cc Zona Industrial La Morita 1
New Doornfontein Taipei Av. Este Parcela 61, Galpón 02
PO Box 6302 Ausspannplatz Johannesburg Tel.: (00886) 2 8992 2592
8 Kalie Roodt Street Maracay
Tel.: (0027) 11 624 6700 Fax: (00886) 2 8992 3797 Edo Aragua
Northern Industrial Fax: (0027) 11 624 6760 E-Mail: lgco.paul@gmail.com
Windhoek Tel.: (00582) 432696291
E-Mail: ideas@upat.co.za E-Mail: danielgigena@impex.net.ve
Tel.: (00264) 61234234 Perfect Link Co. Ltd.
Fax: (00264) 61225353 impex.net.ve
Sri Lanka 2 Fl. No 261, Siyuan Road
E-Mail: info@wtb-namibia.com 231 Taipei, Sindian City
Diesel & Motor Engineering Co. Ltd. Vietnam
65, Jetawana Road Tel.: (00886) 2 299 920 48 Huu Hong Machinery Joint Stock Company
Oman P.O. Box 339 Fax: (00886) 2 299 965 45
Technical Supplies International Co LLC 157-159 Xuan Hong Street Ward 12 Tan Binh District
Colombo 14 E-Mail: harvey@perfectlink.com.tw HoChiMinh City
Al Athaibah, Sultanate of Oman Tel.: (00941) 1 46 06 800
Post Box: 1827 · Postal Code: 130 Tel.: (0084) 8 8117 454
Tel.: (00941) 613 627 / 28 Thailand Fax: (0084) 8 8116 338
Tel.: (00968) 2450 39 15 Tel.: (00941) 44 90 80 R F S International Co.,Ltd.
Tel.: (00968) 2450 39 20 E-Mail: fischer@huuhong.com.vn
E-Mail: Mahesh.Madawala@dimolanka.com 38, 40 Chaleom Prakiat Ratchakarn Thi 9 Rd. Soi 33
E-Mail: venugopal@tecsintl.com E-Mail: Jaminda.mendis@dimolanka.com Nongbon, Pravet, Bangkok 10250, Thailand
Tel.: (0066) 2 7473751 - 2
Pakistan Swaziland Fax: (0066) 2 7473754
H.S.AHMEDALLY Tech-Tool 2000 (Pty.) Ltd. E-Mail: vinai@ssm.in.th
Showroom=08,Serena Pride, P.O. Box 607
Plot= 14/A/1, Block-6, PECHS, Matsapha M202 Tunisia
Shara-e-Faisal, Adjacent KFC Nursury Tel.: (00268) 251 86621 TEG Tunisienne Èquipement General
Karachi Fax: (00268) 251 86411 43, Av Hèdi Chaker
Tel.: (0092) 21-34548345-47 E-Mail: sales@techtool.co.sz 1002 Tunis
Fax: (0092) 21-34548348 Tel.: (00216) 71800297
E-Mail: sghazanfar@hsahmedally.com Switzerland (00216) 71795531
SFS unimarket AG Fax: (00216) 71792739
Paraguay Befestigungstechnik E-Mail: habibsahnoun@tegnegoce.com
Ferreteria Americana Nefenstrasse 30
MCAL.ESTIGARRIBA 111 CH-9435 Heerbrugg
Tel.: (00595) 21-492021 Tel.: (0041) 71 7275200 UgandaMaltexx Ltd.
E-Mail: jcsosa@nuevaamericana.com.py Fax: (0041) 71 7275219 P.O. Box
E-Mail: befestigungstechnik@sfsunimarket.biz 35789 Kampala
Tel.: (00256) 788 075446
E-Mail: info@maltexx.com
477
Borderless Services
Service
478
The information in this catalogue is intended for general
guidance only and is given without engagement. Additional
information and advice on specific applications is available from
our Technical Support Team. For this however, we require a pre-
cise description of your particular application.
All the data in this catalogue concerning work with our fixing
elements must be adapted to suit local conditions and the type of
materials in use.
If no detailed performance specifications are given for certain
articles and types, please contact our Technical Service
Department for advice.
fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG

72178 Waldachtal
Germany
We cannot be responsible for any errors, and we reserve the right

to make technical and range modifications without notice.
No liability is accepted for printing errors and omissions.
06/2012 International Catalogue
International Catalogue
Contacts
fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG

Weinhalde 14 -18
72176 Waldachtal
Germany
Phone (0049) 7443 12-0
Fax (0049) 7443 12-4222
E-mail info@fischer.de
www.fischer.de
fischer fixings UK Ltd.

Whitely Road
Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford
Great Britain
Phone (0044) 1491 827900
Fax (0044) 1491 827953
E-mail info@fischer.co.uk
www.fischer.co.uk
fischer Systems Asia Pte. Ltd.

150 Kampong Ampat
#04-03 KA Centre
Singapore 368324
Phone (0065) 62 85 22 07
Fax (0065) 62 85 83 10
088220 · 06/2012 · V-MPS/MP · Printed in Germany

E-mail sales@fischer.sg
Your dealer:
www.fischer.de

Guia Fijacion Fisher PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Guia Fijacion Fisher PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

06/2012 International Catalogue

fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG

fischer fixings UK Ltd.

fischer Systems Asia Pte. Ltd.

088220 · 06/2012 · V-MPS/MP · Printed in Germany

ﬁscherwerke GmbH & Co. KG

We cannot be responsible for any errors, and we reserve the right

fischer is a specialist for secure and economical construction fittings.

fischer caters to customers all around the globe – with 35 foreign

The fischer ACADEMY is also one-of-a-kind. In our 4000 square-meter

Our fixing products catalogue is also a part of our comprehensive

The application selection guide, which is arranged according to instances

Yours, Klaus Fischer

A brand and its promise to perform

Always with its finger on the pulse of the times

Safety that connects – Decisive quality

Our service to you

Injection mortar FIS VT 300 T

Anchor bolt FBN II A4

Application selection guide 24 1b

High performance steel anchors 151 3

Frame fixings / Stand-off installation 223 4

General fixings 275 5

Cavity fixings 309 6

Electrical fixings 323 7

Sanitary fixings 353 8

Scaffold and eye screw fixings 363 9

Insulation fixings / Façade fixings 373 10

Foams and sealants 395 11

Drills and bits 431 13

Basic knowledge 450 14

Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn 128

Highbond anchor FHB II-A S 49 Stand-off installation Thermax 135

Highbond anchor FHB II-A L 53 Remedial wall tie VBS 8 140

Resin anchor R with RG M 57 Remedial wall tie VBS-M 140

Weather facing reconstruction

Injection mortar FIS EM 67 Can System FCS 146

Injection mortar FIS V 71 fill & fix injection fixing 148

Injection mortar FIS VW 75

Injection mortar FIS P 86 Bolt anchor FAZ II GS 158

Injection for cracked concrete High performance anchor

Injection in solid brick masonry 106 Concrete screw FBS 179

Injection in perforated brick masonry 111 Hammerset anchor EA II 182

Push-through installation in masonry 116 Nail anchor FNA II 185

Injection for aerated concrete 119 Ceiling nail FDN 189

Bolt anchor FBN II 193

Bolt anchor EXA 202

Heavy-duty anchor TA M 206 Universal plug UX 277

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T 210 Expansion plug SX 280

Sleeve anchor FSA 212 Expansion plug S 283

Fixing set for diamond drills

Wall screw MR 216 Expansion plug M-S 288

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY 218 Anchor M 290

Brass fixing MS 292

Frame fixing SXR 225 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K 296

Frame fixing SXS 237 Brass fixing PA 4 300

Nail sleeve FNH 246 Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB 304

Window frame fixing F-S 248 Repair pad FIX.it 305

Metal frame fixing F-M 250 Doorstop TS 306

Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS 252

Wall tie VB 255

Self-drilling adjustable screw JUSS 258 Metal cavity fixing HM 310

Gravity- and spring toggle